Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of contents
The Container Store Group, Inc. Consolidated financial statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 21, 2013

Registration No. 333-191465

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to

FORM S-1



REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  5719
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  26-0565401
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

500 Freeport Parkway
Coppell, TX 75019
(972) 538-6000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



William A. "Kip" Tindell, III
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
500 Freeport Parkway
Coppell, TX 75019
(972) 538-6000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Howard A. Sobel, Esq.
Gregory P. Rodgers, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Fax: (212) 751-4864

 

Roxane F. Reardon, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Fax: (212) 455-2502



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.



If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                            

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                            

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o                            

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of each class of securities to be
registered

  Amount to Be
Registered(1)

  Proposed
Maximum Offering
Price
per Share(2)

  Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of Registration
Fee(3)

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  14,375,000   $16.00   $230,000,000   $31,144.00

 

(1)   Includes 1,875,000 shares of common stock that may be sold if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares granted by the Registrant is exercised.

(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)   The Registrant previously paid $27,280 on October 2, 2013 in connection with a prior filing of this Registration Statement, and the additional amount of $3,864 is being paid herewith.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Subject to completion, dated October 21, 2013

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Preliminary Prospectus

12,500,000 shares

GRAPHIC

Common stock

This is The Container Store Group, Inc.'s initial public offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. After pricing this offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TCS."

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, and will be subject to reduced public reporting requirements. This prospectus complies with the requirements that apply to an issuer that is an emerging growth company.

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

PRICE $               A SHARE

   

    Per share     Total  
   

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discount(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    
   

(1)   We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting."

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional 1,875,000 shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                          , 2013.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

J.P. Morgan   Barclays   Credit Suisse

Morgan Stanley
                                                  BofA Merrill Lynch
                                                                                                   Wells Fargo Securities
                                                                                                                                                    Jefferies

 

Guggenheim Securities

The date of this prospectus is                          , 2013.

GRAPHIC

 


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


Table of contents

 
  Page

Prospectus summary

  1

Risk factors

  16

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

  40

The exchange

  42

Use of proceeds

  44

Capitalization

  45

Dividend policy

  48

Dilution

  49

Selected consolidated financial data

  52

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

  57

Letter from our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  85

Business

  90

Management

  103

Executive compensation

  111

Certain relationships and related party transactions

  126

Principal stockholders

  130

Description of capital stock

  133

Description of indebtedness

  137

Shares eligible for future sale

  140

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

  144

Certain ERISA considerations

  149

Underwriting

  150

Legal matters

  158

Experts

  158

Where you can find more information

  158

Index to consolidated financial statements

  F-1

GRAPHIC

i


Table of Contents

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to:

"we," "us," "our" and "The Container Store" refer to the consolidated operations of The Container Store Group, Inc., and its consolidated subsidiaries;

"The Container Store, Inc." refer to The Container Store, Inc., a Texas corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary;

"TCS" refer to our TCS segment, which consists of our retail stores, website and call center;

"Elfa" refer to our Elfa segment, which consists of our Sweden-based corporate group that designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems that are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages; and

"LGP" refer to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or any sale of shares of our common stock.

For investors outside the United States: We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.


Basis of presentation

Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to February 28. Our last five completed fiscal years ended on March 2, 2013, February 25, 2012, February 26, 2011, February 27, 2010 and February 28, 2009, respectively. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal years in this prospectus by reference to the calendar year prior to the one in which the fiscal year ends. For example, "fiscal 2012" refers to our fiscal year ended March 2, 2013. The fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 included 53 weeks, whereas the fiscal years ended February 25, 2012, February 26, 2011, February 27, 2010 and February 28, 2009 included 52 weeks. The first half of fiscal 2013 ended on August 31, 2013 and the first half of fiscal 2012 ended on August 25, 2012, and both included twenty six weeks.


Presentation of certain financial measures

Certain financial measures presented in this prospectus, such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, net working capital, Adjusted EBITDA margin, comparable store sales, average ticket, four-wall Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin, total initial cash investment, pre-tax payback period and annualized return on invested capital are not recognized under accounting principles generally

ii


Table of Contents

accepted in the United States, which we refer to as "GAAP." We define these terms, other than EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as follows:

"net working capital" means, as of any date, current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term debt and revolving lines of credit).

"Adjusted EBITDA margin" means, for any period, the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the net sales for that period.

net sales from our stores are included in "comparable store sales" beginning on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following each store's opening. When a store is relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. Net sales from our website and our call center are also included in calculations of comparable store sales.

"average ticket" for any period is calculated by dividing (a) net sales of merchandise by our TCS segment (or, if average ticket is being calculated with respect to the elfa® Custom Design Center, the net sales of merchandise from the elfa® Custom Design Center) for that period (regardless of whether such net sales are included in comparable store sales for such period) by (b) the number of transactions for that period comprising such net sales.

"four-wall Adjusted EBITDA" means, for any period for a given store, the Adjusted EBITDA for that period for that store, before allocation of corporate selling, general and administrative expenses allocated to that store.

"four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin" means, for any period for a given store, the four-wall Adjusted EBITDA for that period for that store, divided by the net sales for that period for that store.

"total initial cash investment" means, for a given store, our initial cash investment in that store, which consists of initial inventory, pre- and grand opening expenses and capital investment, net of tenant allowances.

"pre-tax payback period" means, for a given store, the number of years it takes for the cumulative four-wall Adjusted EBITDA from that store from its opening to equal our total initial cash investment in that store. For stores that have not paid back yet, we assume that the future four-wall future Adjusted EBITDA for that store will be comparable to its historical four-wall Adjusted EBITDA.

"annualized return on invested capital" means, for a given store, a percentage calculated by dividing (a) the total four-wall Adjusted EBITDA for that store from the store opening date through the end of the most recently completed fiscal year by (b) our total initial cash investment in that store, and dividing that quotient by the number of years that store has been open.

For definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations of those measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see "Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data." The use of certain of these measures is also discussed under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business."

iii


Table of Contents


Trademarks, trade names and service marks

This prospectus includes our trademarks, trade names and service marks, such as "The Container Store," "Contain Yourself" and "elfa," which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property. This prospectus also contains trademarks, trade names and service marks of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, trade names and service marks. We do not intend our use or display of other parties' trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.


Market and industry data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate is based on information from independent industry and research organizations and other third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts), and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us upon reviewing such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. Although we believe the data from these third-party sources is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

iv


Table of Contents

 


Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

Company overview

We are the leading specialty retailer of storage and organization products in the United States, with over $700 million of net sales in fiscal 2012. We are the original storage and organization specialty retailer and the only national retailer solely devoted to the category. Our goal is to help provide order to an increasingly busy and chaotic world. We provide creative, multifunctional, customizable storage and organization solutions that help our customers save time, save space and improve the quality of their lives. We believe our commitment to the category, breadth of product assortment, passionate employees and focus on solutions-based selling create a long-lasting bond with our customers and foster devotion to The Container Store brand. As a result, we continue to expand our base of passionate, enthusiastic and loyal customers, which we believe will further drive our growth and profitability.

We foster an employee-first culture built around our Foundation Principles, which are described on the inside front cover of this prospectus and in the letter from William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to prospective shareholders appearing on page 85. The Foundation Principles define how we approach our relationships with our employees, vendors, customers and communities and influence every aspect of our business.

Our business was established with one store in Dallas, Texas in 1978. Today our operations consist of two reporting segments:

TCS, which consists of our retail stores, website and call center. In fiscal 2012, the TCS segment had net sales of $613 million, which represented approximately 87% of our total net sales; and

Elfa, based in Malmö, Sweden, which designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems that are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages. In addition to supplying our TCS segment, which is the exclusive distributor of elfa® branded products in the United States, Elfa sells to various retailers and distributors in more than 30 other countries around the world on a wholesale basis. In fiscal 2012, the Elfa segment had $94 million of third party net sales, which represented approximately 13% of our total net sales.

As of October 1, 2013, we operated 62 stores with an average size of approximately 19,000 selling square feet in 22 states and the District of Columbia. In fiscal 2012, our TCS net sales were derived from approximately 10,500 unique stock keeping units ("SKUs") organized into 16 distinct lifestyle departments sourced from approximately 700 vendors around the world. The breadth, depth and quality of our product offerings are designed to appeal to a broad demographic, including our core customers, who are predominantly female, affluent, highly educated and busy.

 

1


Table of Contents

The passion and dedication of our employees, management team and vendor network allows us to successfully execute our business strategy. We believe our culture and conscious business approach ultimately drive our strong financial performance, as demonstrated by:

thirteen consecutive fiscal quarters (through August 2013) of positive comparable store sales growth;

consistently improving profitability, with Adjusted EBITDA margin increasing from 8.5% in fiscal 2008 to 12.4% in fiscal 2012; and

strong new store performance, with an average four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin of 21.5% in the first twelve months of operation and an average pre-tax payback period of approximately 2.5 years for our 12 new stores that opened from fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2011.

As described in our "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," we experienced GAAP net losses of $45.1 million, $30.7 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012 and the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, respectively. The net losses in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 are inclusive of intangible asset impairments at our Elfa segment in the amounts of $52.4 million, $47.0 million, $15.5 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Our competitive strengths

Deep-rooted, employee-first culture.     We believe our highly-trained, experienced and motivated employees are critical to delivering our solutions-based retail experience to our customers. Taking care of our employees is The Container Store's top priority, so we continually invest in their recruitment, training and overall job satisfaction. We believe that these investments result in high employee retention rates, inspired service and an enhanced customer experience that differentiates us from other retailers.

We are highly selective in our hiring process, typically hiring less than 4% of annual applicants, and often our new employees are existing customers. We train our employees extensively and continuously throughout their employment. Each new full-time store employee receives more than 260 hours of formal training in their first year alone, which we believe to be far beyond the industry average. Training focuses on our culture, leadership skills, product knowledge, space design skills and operational skills. In addition, we offer flexible work schedules, comprehensive benefits and above industry average compensation to both full and part-time employees. As a result, we have an average full-time employee turn-over rate of approximately 10% annually, compared to the retail industry average of over 100%, and we have been recognized in FORTUNE Magazine's list of "100 Best Companies To Work For®" in each of the last 14 years.

An unmatched collection of storage and organization products.     We offer our customers storage and organization solutions through an extensive and carefully curated assortment of creative and original products at competitive prices. We accomplish this in three principal ways:

Highly experienced buying team—Our buying team is responsible for sourcing all of our products and averages 15 years tenure at The Container Store. To ensure that our merchandise remains fresh and on-trend, our buying team frequently works directly with vendors to create high quality and differentiated new products exclusively for The Container Store, often based on direct feedback from our customers. The buying team also introduces approximately 2,000 new SKUs on average into our assortment each year.

 

2


Table of Contents

Deep vendor relationships—We strive to form meaningful, long-lasting relationships with all of our vendors. We have been developing and refining our distinctive relationship-focused approach to our vendors for over 35 years. We do not view vendor negotiations as a zero-sum game, but rather as an opportunity to develop mutually beneficial relationships, which we believe has created a unique sense of loyalty among our vendors. We estimate that over half of our net sales in fiscal 2012 were generated from merchandise exclusive to The Container Store, and we believe that only a small portion of our merchandise is carried by other national retailers. Our strong vendor relationships benefit us in a number of ways, including an increased number of exclusive products, competitive pricing and favorable payment terms.

The elfa® advantage—We are the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the United States. elfa® is both our highest sales volume and, by virtue of our vertical integration, our highest gross margin department. Each of our stores includes an elfa® Custom Design Center where our highly trained experts can assist customers in designing and installing a customized storage solution. In fiscal 2012, the elfa® department represented approximately $141 million, or approximately 23%, of TCS net sales, which included approximately $106 million of elfa® Custom Design Center net sales with an average ticket of $583.01. This compares to an average ticket for the entire TCS segment of $57.34.

Highly-differentiated shopping experience.     We place great emphasis on creating an inviting and engaging store experience. Our customers often come to The Container Store knowing that they have a storage and organization challenge, but without a clear plan of how to address and solve their underlying issue. Our highly-trained salespeople seek to interact with our customers, asking questions, listening and learning from them so that they can understand the complete scope of their needs. This allows us to provide our customers with creative, tailored, comprehensive and multifunctional solutions, often utilizing multiple products from many of the 16 distinct lifestyle departments in our stores. This selling approach allows us to sell a broader range of products and to deliver a differentiated experience to our customers, which we believe results in a higher average ticket, repeat visits and frequent referrals to other potential customers.

Our interactive customer service experience is further enhanced by a variety of additional service offerings, including our elfa® Installation Service, GoShop! Click & Pickup (in which a customer orders online and picks up at a store with curbside delivery to the customer's car in most markets) and GoShop! Scan & Deliver in the Manhattan market (in which a customer simply scans her products with a hand-held device, checks out, after which the merchandise is delivered to her home). These services and, in the case of GoShop! Click & Pickup and GoShop! Scan & Deliver, advanced technologies, provide additional convenience and flexibility to our customers and reinforce our commitment to providing a differentiated shopping experience.

Proven real estate site selection proces s. We seek to locate our stores in highly desirable retail developments surrounded by dense concentrations of our core customers. We maintain a disciplined approach to new store development and perform comprehensive market research before selecting a new site based on customer demographics from eSite, an independent customer analytics research firm, and data from our customer database to identify existing customers. Additionally, we maintain a flexible cost structure that allows us to achieve consistent four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margins across a range of store sales volumes and successfully operate stores in a variety of markets. Our data-driven approach, premium locations and flexible new store model have resulted in strong performance across our store base. We have never closed or relocated a store due to underperformance.

 

3


Table of Contents

We have deep relationships with best-in-class commercial real estate firms and believe that we are a sought-after tenant given our brand and the high volume of affluent customers that visit our stores. As a result, we continue to have access to desirable retail sites on attractive terms.

Powerful brand with strong customer loyalty.     We believe that The Container Store brand has become synonymous with the storage and organization category and an organized, stress-reduced lifestyle. The strength of our brand is built on our history as the originator and leader of the storage and organization category, our best-in-class product offerings and our commitment to our employees, vendors, customers and communities. We believe that this makes us the preferred retail destination for storage and organization solutions.

We have achieved nationwide recognition attributable in part to numerous news and media impressions. We are consistently presented with opportunities to showcase our brand on a national stage. Notable publicity includes appearances on "Oprah's Favorite Things" in her farewell season in 2010 and on "Ellen's 12 Days of Christmas" in 2012. In addition, we received the National Retail Federation's Gold Medal Award for excellence in 2011. The prominence of our brand has also led to a significant number of unpaid media impressions, including print mentions in newspapers and magazines with more than 520 million readers and television broadcast mentions on shows with more than 270 million viewers in 2012. We also enjoy a strong following on various social media outlets including Facebook (over 243,000 "likes"), Twitter (over 22,000 followers) and Pinterest (over 29,000 followers), in each case as of October 1, 2013.

Highly experienced and passionate management team with proven track record.     Led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, our senior management team averages over 17 years with The Container Store, and is responsible for our proven track record of growth and consistent performance. Both Kip and Sharon Tindell, our Chief Merchandising Officer, have been inducted into the Retailing Hall of Fame. Melissa Reiff, our President and Chief Operating Officer, joined the team in 1995 and has been instrumental in elevating and leading the organization through its sizable expansion over the past two decades. Kip, Sharon, Melissa and the rest of the management team are dedicated to maintaining our employee-first culture and crafting mutually beneficial relationships with all of our stakeholders, which we believe will lead to continued growth and value creation in the future.

Our growth strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Expanding our store base.     We believe that our expansion opportunities in the United States are significant. Our current footprint of 62 stores extends to 22 states and the District of Columbia. We expect to open six new stores during fiscal 2013 (including one store relocation), five of which have already opened, and an additional seven new stores in fiscal 2014 (including one store relocation). Based on research conducted for us by eSite, we believe that we can grow our current U.S. store footprint to at least 300 stores in our current format by adding more stores in new and existing markets. The rate of future store additions in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe for such expansion. We have adopted a disciplined expansion strategy designed to leverage the strength of our business model and nationally recognized brand name to successfully develop new stores in an array of markets that are primed for growth, including new,

 

4


Table of Contents

existing, small and large markets. While our current expansion focus is on domestic markets, we believe international expansion may provide additional growth opportunities for us in the future.

Historically, our new store openings have been highly successful due in part to our new store opening execution strategy, which involves months of hiring, training and preparation and culminates in a multi-day grand opening celebration in partnership with a local charity. This distinctive approach enables our new stores to deliver strong sales volumes quickly and results in shorter new store pre-tax payback periods. The average four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin was 21.5% in the first twelve months of operation and the average pre-tax payback period was approximately 2.5 years for our 12 new stores that opened from fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2011.

Driving comparable store sales growth.     We have achieved positive comparable store sales growth in each of the past thirteen fiscal quarters (through August 2013) and have increased our average ticket by 12.8% during the same period. We believe that we can continue to grow our comparable store sales by driving store traffic, improving customer conversion and growing our average ticket by continuing to provide a differentiated shopping experience through our solutions-based selling approach, new product and service introductions and well-maintained stores. Our employees receive continuous training on our products to ensure that our customers are sold complete solutions rather than individual products. We also believe that our high levels of service will continue to drive increased sales of products in our higher margin elfa® department and complete space design solutions. We believe that these factors, combined with our continuous focus on further increasing brand awareness, will attract new customers and increase loyalty with existing customers.

Enhancing and growing multi-channel presence.     In addition to our retail stores, we also offer our products directly to our customers through our fully-integrated website and call center, which collectively accounted for 5.4% of TCS net sales in fiscal 2012. Through continual technology enhancements and innovative services, such as GoShop! Click & Pickup, we believe we are well positioned for continued growth in our direct sales channels. Our website and call center sales have increased 84% from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2012, including 25% growth in fiscal 2012.

Increasing brand awareness.     We will continue to promote our brand by constantly communicating our message of organized and stress-reduced living to our current and potential customers. We do this through our comprehensive marketing strategy, which includes direct mail, advertising, online, public relations and social media. Our Customer Relationship Management ("CRM") strategy allows us to target our marketing efforts through direct mail and email. This strategy is supported by our customer database of over 14 million customer households, which includes customer transaction data and demographic overlays that help us better understand customer behaviors and identify opportunities. Additionally, our marketing and brand building efforts are enhanced by an on-going dialogue with our customers through growing social and mobile channels including Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest and Instagram.

As a part of our commitment to Conscious Capitalism®, we focus on serving the local communities in which we operate. We provide donations, gift cards and storage and organization makeovers to a variety of local non-profit organizations to show our support for the organizations that are important to our customers. Additionally, when opening each new store, we partner with a prominent local non-profit organization, working together to welcome the new store to the community. We host a grand opening party on the Thursday night before the Saturday on which the store opens, and donate 10% of our initial Saturday and Sunday sales from that new store to our non-profit partner.

 

5


Table of Contents

As we continue to grow our store base, we plan to continue our active partnerships with local non-profit organizations in order to build a sense of community with our customers and promote The Container Store brand.

Improving profitability.     We believe that the expected expansion of our store base and the expected growth in comparable store sales will result in improved Adjusted EBITDA margins as we take advantage of economies of scale in product sourcing and leverage our existing infrastructure, supply chain, corporate overhead and other fixed costs. We also expect to maintain our disciplined pricing approach, which involves strategic promotional campaigns with limited use of traditional markdowns or discounting.

Our market

We operate within the storage and organization category, which extends across many retail segments including housewares, office supplies and travel, among others. This category is highly fragmented and The Container Store is the only national retailer solely devoted to it. We have little direct competition from other national or regional retailers in the storage and organization market. Certain national mass merchants, specialty, and online retailers carry some storage and organization products. However, they typically devote only a limited portion of their merchandise to the category comprising a small subset of the products offered by The Container Store.

We believe the category is growing and will continue to grow due, in part, to several favorable demographic trends, including (1) the desire for efficiency and organization of Baby Boomers as they become "empty nesters," (2) the generation of Baby Boomers' children driving demand for organizational products as they move into their first homes and (3) the increase of dual-income families with a need for solutions to organize and simplify their busy lives. Given The Container Store's industry leadership, unmatched product assortment, excellent customer service and national footprint, we believe we are well positioned to increase our share of this growing category.

Summary risk factors

We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the following risks, including the risks discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors," before investing in our common stock:

an overall decline in the health of the economy and consumer spending may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could reduce demand for our products and materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition;

costs and risks related to new store openings could severely limit our growth opportunities;

if we are unable to source and market new products to meet our high standards and customer preferences or are unable to offer our customers an aesthetically pleasing shopping environment, our results of operations may be adversely affected;

we depend on a single distribution center for all our stores;

we face competition from mass merchants, specialty retail stores and internet-based competition;

 

6


Table of Contents

we have debt service obligations and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which may require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt and limit our financial and operating flexibility; and

our fixed lease obligations could adversely affect our financial performance.

Distribution and exchange of preferred stock

Upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), a special distribution in the aggregate amount of $170.8 million, which we refer to as the "Distribution," will be paid from the net proceeds of this offering as follows: (i) first, on a pro rata basis to all 140 holders of our 12% Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of our senior preferred stock until such liquidation preference has been reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, the remainder of such $170.8 million on a pro rata basis to all 140 holders of our 12% Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of our junior preferred stock. The amount of net proceeds of this offering, and accordingly the amount of the Distribution, will depend on the initial public offering price per share in this offering.

Immediately following the payment of the Distribution, we will exchange each outstanding share of our senior and junior preferred stock for a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (a) the liquidation preference amount of such preferred stock by (b) with respect to the senior preferred stock, the initial public offering price in this offering and, with respect to the junior preferred stock, the Junior Preferred Stock Exchange Price (as defined in the section entitled "The exchange"). As of October 1, 2013, on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the reduction resulting from the Distribution, the liquidation preference per share of our outstanding senior preferred stock would have been $1,000.00 and the liquidation preference per share of our outstanding junior preferred stock would have been $1,854.56. For more information, see "Prospectus summary—The offering" and "The exchange."

Principal equity holders

Upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange, funds affiliated with LGP will collectively hold approximately 29.5 million shares, or 60.8%, of our outstanding common stock. It is possible that the interests of LGP may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders, including you. Founded in 1989, LGP is one of the nation's leading private equity firms with approximately $15 billion in equity capital under management. Based in Los Angeles, LGP has invested in over 65 companies, targeting investments in established companies that are leaders in their markets with strong management teams. LGP has extensive experience investing in retail companies, including investments in Whole Foods Market, J. Crew, PETCO Animal Supplies, BJ's Wholesale Club, Topshop, David's Bridal, Leslie's Poolmart, Jo-Ann Stores, Sports Authority, Savers, Neiman Marcus Group, Tourneau, Jetro Cash & Carry and The Tire Rack. LGP acquired its shares of our stock in 2007, in connection with transactions in which The Container Store, Inc. was sold to The Container Store Group, Inc. (f/k/a TCS Holdings, Inc.), which was majority-owned by LGP. LGP will participate in the Distribution and the Exchange

 

7


Table of Contents

on the same basis as the other holders of our preferred stock, but will not otherwise receive any compensation or equity securities in connection with the offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange, Kip Tindell, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, his wife, Sharon Tindell, our Chief Merchandising Officer, and Melissa Reiff, our President and Chief Operating Officer, will collectively hold approximately 3.5 million shares, or 7.1% of our outstanding common stock.

Corporate information

The Container Store Group, Inc. (f/k/a TCS Holdings, Inc.), the issuer of the common stock in this offering, was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on June 29, 2007 for the purpose of acquiring our wholly owned subsidiary, The Container Store, Inc. Our corporate headquarters are located at 500 Freeport Parkway, Coppell, TX 75019. Our telephone number is (972) 538-6000. Our principal website address is www.containerstore.com . The information on any of our websites is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be part of this prospectus.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other companies that are not emerging growth companies. Accordingly, we have included detailed compensation information for only our three most highly compensated executive officers and have not included a compensation discussion and analysis (CD&A) of our executive compensation programs in this prospectus. In addition, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act");

comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the "PCAOB") regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements ( i.e. , an auditor discussion and analysis);

submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes, such as "say-on-pay," "say-on-frequency" and "say-on-golden parachutes;" or

disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer's compensation to median employee compensation.

While we are an emerging growth company, Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act would also permit us to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of this accommodation.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of:

our reporting $1 billion or more in annual gross revenues;

our issuance, in a three year period, of more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt;

the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter; and

the end of fiscal 2018.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


The offering

Common stock offered by us   12,500,000 shares.  

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us

 

1,875,000 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

48,586,000 shares (or 50,461,000 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with, as discussed below, a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1.

 

 

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, our existing common stock will be subject to a stock split calculated based upon the public offering price per share of our common stock. The number of shares being offered hereby to the public will remain fixed regardless of the stock split calculation. However, the total number of shares outstanding after the offering, the stock split ratio and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders will depend on the public offering price per share of our common stock.

 

 

 

Unless specifically stated otherwise, the information in this prospectus (other than in our historical consolidated financial statements), assumes a stock split of 6.7-for-one (6.7:1), which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon an offering price of $15.00, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The stock split will be effectuated prior to the closing of this offering.

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the stock split ratios for our outstanding common stock at the indicated initial public offering price per share:

 

 

 

     

 
   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

 

Stock split ratio for our outstanding common stock

   
7.1:1
   
6.7:1
   
6.3:1
   
5.9:1
   
5.9:1
   
8.7:1
 

 

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

  In this prospectus, we have calculated the number of shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Exchange using the liquidation preference of the shares of our outstanding preferred stock as of October 1, 2013. Accordingly, such number does not take into account shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock on or after October 1, 2013 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Such liquidation preference will accrue at a rate of $249,327.17 per day in the aggregate (which would be exchanged in the Exchange for approximately 14,481 shares of our common stock per day, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Such accrual of the liquidation preference compounds on a quarterly basis, and as a result, the rate of accrual will increase on the first day of the next calendar quarter. For more information, please see "Use of Proceeds" and "The Exchange."

 

For additional information regarding the impact of a change in the assumed initial public offering price and/or the actual closing date of this offering on the number of shares outstanding after the closing of this offering related to the exchange of our preferred stock, see "The Exchange."

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $170.8 million (or approximately $197.1 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering as follows:

 

(i)  first, to make a distribution to all 140 holders of our 12% Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of such shares until such liquidation preference is reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, to pay the remainder as a distribution to all 140 holders of our 12% Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of such shares (see "—Distribution and Exchange of Preferred Stock" above); and

 

10


Table of Contents

 

if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use the net proceeds that we receive to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (as such term is defined under "Description of Indebtedness").

Directed share program

 

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 1,750,000 shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our directors, officers, all TCS employees and certain Elfa employees and other parties related to the Company. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

Controlled company

 

Upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, certain affiliates of LGP and certain members of management who intend to enter into a voting agreement with LGP, as described in "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Voting agreement," will collectively own approximately 33.0 million shares, or 67.9%, of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the listing rules, and therefore will be exempt from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements, of the New York Stock Exchange. See "Management—Corporate Governance."

Dividend policy

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our subsidiary, The Container Store, Inc., and its subsidiaries. The Container Store, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the Revolving Credit Facility (as such term is defined under "Description of Indebtedness") and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries.

 

11


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"TCS"

In this prospectus, the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock and our preferred stock outstanding as of October 1, 2013, and excludes:

272,580 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of October 1, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $15.00 per share, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

3,827,743 shares of common stock reserved as of the closing date of this offering for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Plan (as defined in "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans"), giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), including:

stock options to be granted to our directors and certain of our employees in connection with this offering as described in "Management—Director compensation" and "Management—Executive compensation—Offering grants to employees under the 2013 Equity Plan",

the shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock on and after October 1, 2013; and

1,875,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

the exchange of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 32,765,673 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange (this figure has been calculated using the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock as of October 1, 2013), which will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering;

an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) which will be effectuated prior to the closing of this offering;

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws upon the closing of this offering; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

See "The Exchange" for a further discussion of the impact of the initial public offering price and the actual closing date of this offering on the number of shares of common stock outstanding following the offering and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders.

 

12


Table of Contents

 


Summary historical consolidated financial
and operating data

The following tables summarize our financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data for the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012, and March 2, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years and for the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods. Our audited consolidated financial statements as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013 have been included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2013 and for the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013 have been included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (inclusive only of normally recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. The fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 included 53 weeks, whereas the fiscal years ended February 25, 2012 and February 26, 2011 included 52 weeks. Line items that are only applicable to our TCS segment are noted with (*) and to our Elfa segment with (+). For segment data, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

   
(in thousands)February 26,
2011February 25,
2012March 2,
2013August 25,
2012August 31,
2013

  Fiscal year ended   Twenty six weeks ended  
   

Consolidated statement of operations data:

                               

Net sales

  $ 568,820   $ 633,619   $ 706,757   $ 314,316   $ 343,419  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    235,295     266,355     291,146     131,162     142,818  
       

Gross profit

    333,525     367,264     415,611     183,154     200,601  
       

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    269,474     293,665     331,380     155,307     169,287  

Pre-opening costs*

    1,747     5,203     7,562     4,436     3,934  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+

    52,388     47,037     15,533          

Depreciation and amortization

    24,354     27,451     29,550     14,489     15,050  

Restructuring charges+

    341     133     6,369     2,309     361  

Other expenses

        193     987     482     626  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    139     210     88     (5 )   73  
       

Income (loss) from operations

    (14,918 )   (6,628 )   24,142     6,136     11,270  

Interest expense

    26,006     25,417     21,388     10,890     11,074  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*

            7,333     7,329     1,101  
       

Loss before taxes

    (40,924 )   (32,045 )   (4,579 )   (12,083 )   (905 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes(1)

    4,129     (1,374 )   (4,449 )   (2,998 )   (217 )
       

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 ) $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )
   

 

13


Table of Contents


   
 
  As of    
 
(in thousands)
  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 31,
2013

   
 
   

Consolidated balance sheet data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 49,756   $ 51,163   $ 25,351   $ 12,744        

Net working capital(2)

    21,341     21,367     22,557     29,793        

Total assets

    773,303     746,678     752,820     754,351        

Long-term debt(3)

    300,893     300,166     285,371     370,977        

Total stockholders' equity

    268,227     232,989     233,375     139,566        
   

 

   
 
  Fiscal year   Twenty six weeks ended  
 
  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Other financial data:

                               

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(4)

  $ 67,707   $ 75,644   $ 87,585   $ 30,139   $ 32,719  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(5)

    11.9%     11.9%     12.4%     9.6%     9.5%  

Comparable store sales growth for the period*(6)

    8.1%     7.6%     4.4%     5.6%     2.9%  

Number of stores open at end of period*

    49     53     58     57     61  

Average ticket*(7)

  $ 53.68   $ 55.60   $ 57.34   $ 54.70   $ 57.54  
   

(1)   The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory Federal tax rate is predominantly related to fluctuations in the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred assets not expected to be realized, the effects of foreign income taxed at a different rate and intraperiod tax allocations between continuing operations and other comprehensive income.

(2)   Net working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term debt and revolving lines of credit).

(3)   Long-term debt consists of the current and long-term portions of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Elfa Term Loan Facility and other mortgages and loans.

(4)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have been presented in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility and is the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period as discussed further below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management, our board of directors and LGP to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to covenant compliance and executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management's discretionary use, as they do not reflect certain cash requirements such as tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures, store openings and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA contain certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation, such as pre-opening costs, stock compensation expense, and losses on extinguishment of debt. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

 

14


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:

   
 
  Fiscal year ended   Twenty six weeks
ended
 
(in thousands)
  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 ) $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Depreciation and amortization

    24,354     27,451     29,550     14,489     15,050  

Interest expense

    26,006     25,417     21,388     10,890     11,074  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    4,129     (1,374 )   (4,449 )   (2,998 )   (217 )
       

EBITDA

    9,436     20,823     46,359     13,296     25,219  

Management fees(a)

        500     1,000     500     500  

Pre-opening costs*(b)

    1,747     5,000     7,562     4,436     3,934  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+(c)

    52,388     47,037     15,533          

Non-cash rent(d)

    2,442     1,935     2,014     1,306     702  

Restructuring charges+(e)

    341     133     6,369     2,309     361  

Stock compensation expense(f)

            283         213  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*(g)

            7,333     7,329     1,101  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(h)

    1,269     (66 )   55     444     16  

Other adjustments(i)

    84     282     1,077     519     673  
       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $67,707   $75,644   $ 87,585   $ 30,139   $ 32,719  
   

    (a)    Fees paid to LGP in accordance with our management services agreement, which will terminate on the closing of this offering.

    (b)    Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and relocating stores. Prior to fiscal 2012, the amount of pre-opening costs permitted pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA was limited to $5.0 million, and the limit was increased to $10.0 million in April 2012. Similar limits exist in our compensation plan. We adjust for these costs to facilitate comparisons of our performance from period to period.

    (c)    Non-cash charges related to impairment of intangible assets, related to Elfa, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance.

    (d)    Reflects the extent to which our annual GAAP rent expense has been above or below our cash rent payments due to lease accounting adjustments. The adjustment varies depending on the average age of our lease portfolio (weighted for size), as our GAAP rent expense on younger leases typically exceeds our cash cost, while our GAAP rent expense on older leases is typically less than our cash cost. Although our GAAP rent expense has exceeded our cash rent payments through our last fiscal year, as our lease portfolio matures we expect our cash rent payments to exceed our GAAP rent expense, beginning in fiscal 2013.

    (e)    Includes charges incurred to restructure business operations at Elfa, including the sale of a subsidiary in Germany and a manufacturing facility in Norway in fiscal 2012, as well as the relocation of certain head office functions in sales and marketing from the Västervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden in fiscal 2012, which we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance.

    (f)    Non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period.

    (g)    Loss recorded as a result of the repayment of then outstanding term loan facility and senior subordinated notes in April 2012, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations, and the April 2013 amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In the event the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we expect to incur a charge in connection with our repayment of a portion of the borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering.

    (h)    Realized foreign exchange transactional gains/losses.

    (i)    Other adjustments include amounts our management does not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operations, including costs incurred in preparations for this offering and other charges.

(5)   Adjusted EBITDA margin means, for any period, the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the net sales for that period.

(6)   A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full month following the store's opening. When a store is relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. Net sales from our website and call center are also included in calculations of comparable store sales.

(7)   Average ticket for any period is calculated by dividing (a) net sales of merchandise by our TCS segment (or, if average ticket is being calculated with respect to the elfa® Custom Design Center, the net sales of merchandise from the elfa® Custom Design Center) for that period (regardless of whether such net sales are included in comparable store sales for such period) by (b) the number of transactions for that period comprising such net sales.

 

15


Table of Contents


Risk factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks or uncertainties. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business

An overall decline in the health of the economy and consumer spending may affect consumer purchases of discretionary items, which could reduce demand for our products and materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.

Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending generally and for discretionary items in particular. Factors influencing consumer spending include general economic conditions, consumer disposable income, fuel prices, recession and fears of recession, unemployment, war and fears of war, inclement weather, availability of consumer credit, consumer debt levels, conditions in the housing market, interest rates, sales tax rates and rate increases, inflation, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and political conditions, and consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security. For example, the 2008-2009 economic downturn led to decreased discretionary spending, which adversely impacted our business and resulted in declining sales trends. In addition, a decrease in home purchases has led and may continue to lead to decreased consumer spending on home-related products. Prolonged or pervasive economic downturns could slow the pace of new store openings or cause current stores to close. Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending have reduced and may continue to further reduce consumer demand for our products, thus reducing our sales and harming our business and operating results. In particular, consumer purchases of discretionary items, such as our elfa® closet systems, tend to decline during recessionary periods when disposable income is lower.

Costs and risks relating to new store openings could severely limit our growth opportunities.

Our growth strategy depends on opening stores in new and existing markets. We must successfully choose store sites, execute favorable real estate transactions on terms that are acceptable to us, hire competent personnel and effectively open and operate these new stores. Our plans to increase our number of retail stores will depend in part on the availability of existing retail stores or store sites. A lack of available financing on terms acceptable to real estate developers or a tightening credit market may adversely affect the number or quality of retail sites available to us. We cannot assure you that stores or sites will be available to us, or that they will be available on terms acceptable to us. If additional retail store sites are unavailable on acceptable terms, we may not be able to carry out a significant part of our growth strategy.

If we are unable to source and market new products to meet our high standards and customer preferences or are unable to offer our customers an aesthetically pleasing shopping environment, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to source and market new products that both meet our standards for quality and appeal to customers' preferences. A small number of our employees, including our buying team, are primarily responsible for both sourcing products that meet our high specifications and identifying and responding to changing customer preferences. Failure to source

16


Table of Contents

and market such products, or to accurately forecast changing customer preferences, could lead to a decrease in the number of customer transactions at our stores and a decrease in the amount customers spend when they visit our stores. In addition, the sourcing of our products is dependent, in part, on our relationships with our vendors. If we are unable to maintain these relationships we may not be able to continue to source products at competitive prices that both meet our standards and appeal to our customers. We also attempt to create a pleasant and appealing shopping experience. If we are not successful in creating a pleasant and appealing shopping experience we may lose customers. If we do not succeed in introducing and sourcing new products that consumers want to buy or maintaining good relationships with our vendors, or are unable to provide a pleasant and appealing shopping environment or maintain our level of customer service, our sales, operating margins and market share may decrease, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have experienced net losses in the past and we may experience net losses in the future.

We experienced net losses of $45.1 million, $30.7 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively. These net losses are inclusive of intangible asset impairments at our Elfa segment in the amounts of $52.4 million, $47.0 million, $15.5 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively. We may experience net losses in the future, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in future periods.

We depend on a single distribution center for all of our stores.

We handle merchandise distribution for all of our stores from a single facility in Coppell, Texas, a suburb of Dallas, Texas. We use independent third party transportation companies as well as leased trucks to deliver our merchandise to our stores and our clients. Any significant interruption in the operation of our distribution center or the domestic transportation infrastructure due to natural disasters, accidents, inclement weather, system failures, work stoppages, slowdowns or strikes by employees of the transportation companies, or other causes could delay or impair our ability to distribute merchandise to our stores, which could result in lower sales, a loss of loyalty to our brands and excess inventory and would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our business depends upon the successful operation of our distribution center, as well as our ability to fulfill orders and to deliver our merchandise to our customers in a timely manner.

Our facilities and systems, as well as those of our vendors, are vulnerable to natural disasters and other unexpected events, and as a result we may lose merchandise and be unable to effectively deliver it to our stores and result in delay shipments to our online customers.

Our retail stores, corporate offices, distribution center, infrastructure projects and direct-to-customer operations, as well as the operations of our vendors from which we receive goods and services, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, hardware and software failures, computer viruses and similar events. If any of these events result in damage to our facilities or systems, or those of our vendors, we may experience interruptions in our business until the damage is repaired, resulting in the potential loss of customers and revenues. In addition, we may incur costs in repairing any damage beyond our applicable insurance coverage.

17


Table of Contents

We rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for substantially all of our product shipments and are subject to increased shipping costs as well as the potential inability of our third-party transportation providers to deliver on a timely basis.

We currently rely upon independent third-party transportation providers for substantially all of our product shipments, including shipments to and from all of our stores. Our utilization of these delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, and employee strikes and inclement weather which may impact a shipping company's ability to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. If we change the shipping companies we use, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries and we would incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those received from independent third-party transportation providers, which in turn would increase our costs.

Our business depends in part on a strong brand image. If we are not able to protect our brand, we may be unable to attract a sufficient number of customers or sell sufficient quantities of our products.

We believe that the brand image we have developed has contributed significantly to the success of our business to date. We also believe that protecting The Container Store brand is integral to our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Our brand image may be diminished if we do not continue to make investments in areas such as marketing and advertising, as well as the day-to-day investments required for store operations, catalog mailings, online sales and employee training. Our brand image may be further diminished if new products fail to maintain or enhance our distinctive brand image. Furthermore, our reputation could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to maintain high ethical, social and environmental standards for all of our operations and activities, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image or reputation, some of which may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our vendors. Any failure to maintain a strong brand image could have an adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

If we fail to successfully anticipate consumer preferences and demand, or to manage inventory commensurate with demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to identify, originate and define storage and organization product trends, as well as to anticipate, gauge and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. Our products must appeal to a range of consumers whose preferences cannot always be predicted with certainty. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to develop products that customers respond to positively or that we will successfully meet consumer demands in the future. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify or respond effectively to consumer preferences and demand could adversely affect sales of our products. If this occurs, our sales may decline, and we may be required to mark down certain products to sell the resulting excess inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we must manage our merchandise in stock and inventory levels to track consumer demand. Much of our merchandise requires that we provide vendors with significant ordering lead time, frequently before market factors are known. In addition, the nature of our products requires us to carry a significant amount of inventory prior to peak selling seasons. If we are not able to

18


Table of Contents

anticipate consumer demand for our different product offerings, or successfully manage inventory levels for products that are in demand, we may experience:

back orders, order cancellations and lost sales for products that are in high demand for which we did not stock adequate inventory; and

overstock inventory levels for products that have lower consumer demand, requiring us to take markdowns or other steps to sell slower moving merchandise.

As a result of these and other factors, we are vulnerable to demand and pricing shifts and to misjudgments in the selection and timing of merchandise purchases.

New stores in new markets, where we are less familiar with the target customer and less well-known, may face different or additional risks and increased costs compared to stores operated in existing markets or new stores in existing markets. We also may not be able to advertise cost-effectively in new or smaller markets in which we have less store density, which could slow sales growth at such stores.

Successful expansion increases the complexity of our business and we may not be able to effectively manage our growth, which may cause our brand image and financial performance to suffer.

Our expansion in new and existing markets may present competitive, distribution, merchandising and regulatory challenges that differ from our current challenges, including competition among our stores, diminished novelty of our store design and concept, added strain on our distribution center, additional information to be processed by our management information systems and diversion of management attention from operations, such as the control of inventory levels in our stores. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain and distribute adequate product supplies to our stores or maintain adequate warehousing and distribution capability at acceptable costs. New stores also may have lower than anticipated sales volumes relative to previously opened stores during their comparable years of operation, and sales volumes at new stores may not be sufficient to achieve store-level profitability or profitability comparable to that of existing stores. To the extent that we are not able to meet these various challenges, our sales could decrease, our operating costs could increase and our operating profitability could be impacted.

Our business requires that we lease substantial amounts of space and there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to lease space on terms as favorable as the leases negotiated in the past.

We do not own any real estate at our TCS segment. Instead, we lease all of our store locations, as well as our corporate headquarters and distribution center in Coppell, Texas. Our stores are leased from third parties and generally have an initial term of ten to fifteen years. Many of our lease agreements also have additional five-year renewal options. We believe that we have been able to negotiate favorable rental rates and tenant allowances over the last few years due in large part to the state of the economy and higher than usual vacancy rates in a number of regional malls and shopping centers. These trends may not continue, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to negotiate such favorable terms. Many of our leases have early cancellation clauses, which permit the lease to be terminated by us or the landlord if certain sales levels are not met in specific periods or if the shopping venue does not meet specified occupancy standards. In addition to fixed minimum lease payments, most of our store leases provide for additional rental payments based on a percentage of sales, or "percentage rent," if sales at the respective stores exceed

19


Table of Contents

specified levels, as well as the payment of common area maintenance charges, real property insurance and real estate taxes. Many of our lease agreements have defined escalating rent provisions over the initial term and any extensions. Increases in our already substantial occupancy costs and difficulty in identifying economically suitable new store locations could have significant negative consequences, which include:

requiring that a greater portion of our available cash be applied to pay our rental obligations, thus reducing cash available for other purposes and reducing our operating profitability;

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; and

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business or in the industry in which we compete.

Additional sites that we lease may be subject to long-term non-cancelable leases if we are unable to negotiate our current standard lease terms. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Moreover, even if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation under that lease. In addition, if we are not able to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We will require significant capital to fund our expanding business, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. We plan to use cash from operations to fund our operations and execute our growth strategy. If we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow, we may not meet our growth expectations or we may require additional financing which could adversely affect our financial health and impose covenants that limit our business activities.

We plan to continue our growth and expansion, including opening a number of new stores, remodeling existing stores and upgrading our information technology systems and other infrastructure, as opportunities arise. Our plans to expand our store base may not be successful and the implementation of these other plans may not result in expected increases in our net sales even though they increase our costs. We will require significant capital to support our expanding business and execute on our growth strategy.

We currently primarily depend on cash flow from operations and the Revolving Credit Facility to fund our business and growth plans. Upon the closing of this offering we expect that we will continue to primarily depend on cash flow from operations and our Revolving Credit Facility to fund our business and growth plans. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us, or is not available on satisfactory terms, our ability to operate and expand our business or respond to competitive pressures would be curtailed and we may need to delay, limit or eliminate planned store openings or operations or other elements of our growth strategy. If we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, your ownership would be diluted.

20


Table of Contents

Disruptions in the global financial markets may make it difficult for us to borrow a sufficient amount of capital to finance the carrying costs of inventory and to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs, which could negatively affect our business.

Disruptions in the global financial markets and banking systems have made credit and capital markets more difficult for companies to access, even for some companies with established revolving or other credit facilities. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, each member of the syndicate for the Revolving Credit Facility is responsible for providing a portion of the loans to be made under the facility. Factors that have previously affected our borrowing ability under the Revolving Credit Facility have included the borrowing base formula limitations, adjustments in the appraised value of our inventory used to calculate the borrowing base and the availability of each of the lenders to advance its portion of requested borrowing drawdowns under the facility. If, in connection with a disruption in the global financial markets or otherwise, any participant, or group of participants, with a significant portion of the commitments in the Revolving Credit Facility fails to satisfy its obligations to extend credit under the facility and we are unable to find a replacement for such participant or group of participants on a timely basis (if at all), our liquidity and our business may be materially adversely affected.

Our costs may change as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

In fiscal 2012, approximately 79% of our merchandise was manufactured abroad based on cost of merchandise purchased. The prices charged by foreign manufacturers may be affected by the fluctuation of their local currency against the U.S. dollar. We source goods from various countries, including China, and thus changes in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies may affect the costs of goods that we purchase.

Our largest exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations is between the U.S. dollar and Swedish krona. The TCS segment purchases all products from the Elfa segment in Swedish krona. Approximately 19% of our U.S. dollar merchandise purchases in the TCS segment in fiscal 2012 were originally made in Swedish krona from our Elfa segment.

If we are unable to effectively manage our online sales, our reputation and operating results may be harmed.

E-commerce has been our fastest growing business over the last several years and continues to be a growing part of our business. The success of our e-commerce business depends, in part, on factors over which we may not control. We must successfully respond to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to e-commerce usage. We are also vulnerable to certain additional risks and uncertainties associated with our e-commerce websites, including: changes in required technology interfaces; website downtime and other technical failures; costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software; computer viruses; changes in applicable federal and state regulations; security breaches; and consumer privacy concerns. In addition, we must keep up to date with competitive technology trends, including the use of new or improved technology, creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing tools such as paid search and mobile applications, among others, which may increase our costs and which may not succeed in increasing sales or attracting customers. Our competitors, some of whom have greater resources than us, may also be able to benefit from changes in e-commerce technologies, which could harm our competitive position. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect the sales in our e-commerce business, as well as damage our reputation and brands.

21


Table of Contents

Competition, including internet-based competition, could negatively impact our business, adversely affecting our ability to generate higher net sales and our ability to obtain favorable store locations.

While our differentiated product offerings have limited direct competition, similar items can be found in a variety of retailers. We compete primarily based on level of service and by product quality and selection. Competitive products can be found in mass merchants ( e.g. , Walmart and Target), as well as specialty retail chains ( e.g. , Bed Bath & Beyond and Crate & Barrel). Some of our competitors, particularly the mass merchants, are larger and have greater financial resources than we do. We also face competition from internet-based retailers ( e.g. , Amazon), in addition to traditional store-based retailers. This could result in increased price competition since our customers can more readily search and compare similar products.

Our ability to obtain merchandise on a timely basis at competitive prices could suffer as a result of any deterioration or change in our vendor relationships or events that adversely affect our vendors or their ability to obtain financing for their operations.

We believe our vendor relationships are critical to our success. We do not have long-term contracts with any of our vendors and we generally transact business on an order-by-order basis, operating without any contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products. Any of our vendors could discontinue supplying us with desired products in sufficient quantities for a variety of reasons.

The benefits we currently experience from our vendor relationships could be adversely affected if our vendors:

discontinue selling merchandise to us;

enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors;

sell similar merchandise to our competitors with similar or better pricing, many of whom already purchase merchandise in significantly greater volume and, in some cases, at lower prices than we do;

raise the prices they charge us;

change pricing terms to require us to pay on delivery or upfront, including as a result of changes in the credit relationships some of our vendors have with their various lending institutions;

lengthen their lead times; or

initiate or expand sales of storage and organization products to retail customers directly through their own stores, catalogs or on the internet and compete with us directly.

We historically have established excellent working relationships with many small- to mid-size vendors that generally have more limited resources, production capacities and operating histories. Market and economic events that adversely impact our vendors could impair our ability to obtain merchandise in sufficient quantities. Such events include difficulties or problems associated with our vendors' business, finances, labor, ability to export or import, as the case may be, merchandise, costs, production, insurance and reputation. There can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on acceptable terms or at all in the future, especially if we need significantly greater amounts of inventory in connection with the growth of our business. We may need to develop new relationships with larger vendors, as our current vendors

22


Table of Contents

may be unable to supply us with needed quantities and we may not be able to find similar merchandise on the same terms from larger vendors. If we are unable to acquire suitable merchandise in sufficient quantities, at acceptable prices with adequate delivery times due to the loss of or a deterioration or change in our relationship with one or more of our key vendors or events harmful to our vendors occur, it may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

There is a risk that our vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors, which could harm our business.

Although many of our products are sold by our vendors only to The Container Store, products related to the majority of our non-elfa® sales are not sold to us on an exclusive basis. Of the non-elfa® products that we purchase on an exclusive basis, none of these products are sold pursuant to agreements with exclusivity provisions. As a result, most of our vendors have no obligation to refrain from selling similar or identical products to our competitors, some of whom purchase products in significantly greater volume, or entering into exclusive arrangements with other retailers that could limit our access to their products. Our vendors could also initiate or expand sales of their products through their own stores or through the Internet to the retail market and therefore compete with us directly or sell their products through outlet centers or discount stores, increasing the competitive pricing pressure we face.

We depend on key executive management.

We depend on the leadership and experience of our key executive management, including Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell, Melissa Reiff and Jodi Taylor. The loss of the services of any of our executive management members could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace such personnel on a timely basis or without incurring increased costs, or at all. We do not maintain key-man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. We believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in the retail industry. Our inability to meet our staffing requirements in the future could impair our growth and harm our business.

If we are unable to find, train and retain key personnel, including new employees that reflect our brand image and embody our culture, we may not be able to grow or sustain our operations.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of store employees, including general managers and store managers, who understand and appreciate our customers, products, brand and corporate culture, and are able to adequately and effectively represent our culture and establish credibility with our customers. Our planned growth will require us to hire and train even more personnel to manage such growth. If we are unable to hire and retain personnel capable of consistently providing a high level of customer service, as demonstrated by their enthusiasm for our culture, understanding of our customers and knowledge of the merchandise we offer, our ability to open new stores may be impaired, the performance of our existing and new stores could be materially adversely affected and our brand image may be negatively impacted. There is a high level of competition for experienced, qualified personnel in the retail industry and we compete for personnel with a variety of companies looking to hire for retail positions. Our growth plans could strain our ability to staff our new stores, particularly at the store manager level, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain a cohesive and consistently strong team, which in turn could have an adverse impact on our business. If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees in the future, we may not be able to serve our

23


Table of Contents

customers effectively, thus reducing our ability to continue our growth and to operate our existing stores as profitably as we have in the past.

Labor activities could cause labor relations difficulties for us.

None of our U.S.-based employees is currently subject to a collective bargaining agreement. As we continue to grow and enter different regions, unions may attempt to organize all or part of our employee base at certain stores or within certain regions. Responding to such organization attempts may distract management and employees and may have a negative financial impact on individual stores, or on our business as a whole.

As of October 1, 2013, approximately 53% of Elfa's employees (6% of our total employees) were covered by collective bargaining agreements. A dispute with a union or employees represented by a union, including a failure to extend or renew our collective bargaining agreements, could result in production interruptions caused by work stoppages. If a strike or work stoppage were to occur, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Higher health care costs and labor costs could adversely affect our business.

With the passage in 2010 of the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act , we are required to provide affordable coverage, as defined in the Act, to all employees, or otherwise be subject to a payment per employee based on the affordability criteria in the Act. Many of these requirements will be phased in over a period of time, with the majority of the most impactful provisions affecting us presently anticipated to begin in the second quarter of fiscal 2015. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. Increased health care and insurance costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition changes in federal or state workplace regulations could adversely affect our ability to meet our financial targets.

We are subject to risks associated with our dependence on foreign imports for our merchandise.

In fiscal 2012, excluding purchases for Elfa, we purchased approximately 26% of our merchandise from vendors located in the United States and approximately 74% from vendors located outside the United States (including approximately 44% from vendors located in China). In addition, some of the merchandise we purchase from vendors in the United States also depends, in whole or in part, on vendors located outside the United States. As a result, our business depends on global trade, as well as trade and cost factors that impact the specific countries where our vendors are located, including Asia. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to maintain our existing foreign vendor relationships and to develop new ones. While we rely on our long-term relationships with our foreign vendors, we have no long-term contracts with them and transact business on an order by order basis. Additionally, many of our imported products are subject to existing duties, tariffs and quotas that may limit the quantity of some types of goods which we may import into the United States. Our dependence on foreign imports also makes us vulnerable to risks associated with products manufactured abroad, including, among other things, risks of damage, destruction or confiscation of products while in transit to our distribution centers located in the United States, charges on or assessment of additional import duties, tariffs and quotas, loss of "most favored nation" trading status by the United States in relation to a particular foreign country, work stoppages, including without limitation as a result of events such as longshoremen strikes, transportation and other delays in shipments, including without limitation as a result of heightened security screening and inspection processes or other port-of-entry limitations or restrictions in the

24


Table of Contents

United States, freight cost increases, economic uncertainties, including inflation, foreign government regulations, trade restrictions, including the United States retaliating against protectionist foreign trade practices and political unrest, increased labor costs and other similar factors that might affect the operations of our vendors in specific countries such as China.

An interruption or delay in supply from our foreign sources, or the imposition of additional duties, taxes or other charges on these imports, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements are secured.

In addition, there is a risk that compliance lapses by our vendors could occur which could lead to investigations by U.S. government agencies responsible for international trade compliance. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports/exports or otherwise negatively impact our business. In addition, there remains a risk that one or more of our foreign vendors will not adhere to applicable legal requirements or our global compliance standards such as fair labor standards, the prohibition on child labor and other product safety or manufacturing safety standards. The violation of applicable legal requirements, including labor, manufacturing and safety laws, by any of our vendors, the failure of any of our vendors to adhere to our global compliance standards or the divergence of the labor practices followed by any of our vendors from those generally accepted in the United States, could disrupt our supply of products from our vendors or the shipment of products to us, result in potential liability to us and harm our reputation and brand, any of which could negatively affect our business and operating results.

Because of our international operations, we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws.

We source a significant portion of our products from outside the United States. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our vendor compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in preventing our employees or other agents from taking actions in violation of these laws or regulations. Such violations, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We face risks related to our indebtedness.

Our leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk associated with our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our notes and credit facilities. As of August 31, 2013, we had total outstanding debt of $392.2 million and an additional $68.6 million of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences to us, including:

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our debt;

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

25


Table of Contents

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities;

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as our borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are at variable rates;

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

requiring us to comply with financial and operational covenants, restricting us, among other things from placing liens on our assets, making investments, incurring debt, making payments to our equity or debt holders and engaging in transactions with affiliates;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions, and general corporate or other purposes; and

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less highly leveraged.

In addition, a failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with the agreements governing our indebtedness could result in an event of default under such indebtedness, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of the agreements governing our indebtedness, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be due and payable and exercise other remedies as set forth in the agreements. If any of our indebtedness were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to continue to operate as a going concern. See "Description of Indebtedness."

We have debt service obligations and may incur additional indebtedness in the future, which may require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to service debt and limit our financial and operating flexibility in important ways.

As of August 31, 2013, we had total outstanding debt of $392.2 million and an additional $68.6 million of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility. We will continue to have debt service obligations following the completion of this offering. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our indebtedness, or any borrowings under any future debt financing (including the Revolving Credit Facility) will require interest payments and need to be repaid or refinanced, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes to debt service and would create additional cash demands and could impair our liquidity position and add financial risk for us. Diverting funds identified for other purposes for debt service may adversely affect our business and growth prospects. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we would be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.

26


Table of Contents

Our level of indebtedness has important consequences to you and your investment in our common stock. For example, our level of indebtedness may:

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay interest and principal on our debt, which would reduce the funds available to us for working capital, capital expenditures, expansion plans and other investments and other general corporate purposes;

limit our ability to pay future dividends;

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, expansion plans and other investments, which may limit our ability to implement our business strategy;

heighten our vulnerability to downturns in our business, the storage and organization retail industry or in the general economy and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business; or

prevent us from taking advantage of business opportunities as they arise or successfully carrying out our plans to expand our store base and product offerings.

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in amounts sufficient to enable us to make payments on our indebtedness or to fund our operations.

Our fixed lease obligations could adversely affect our financial performance.

Our fixed lease obligations will require us to use a significant portion of cash generated by our operations to satisfy these obligations, and could adversely impact our ability to obtain future financing to support our growth or other operational investments. We will require substantial cash flows from operations to make our payments under our operating leases, all of which provide for periodic increases in rent. As of March 2, 2013, our minimum annual rental obligations under long-term operating leases for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 through fiscal 2015 are $62.5 million and $123.5 million, respectively. If we are not able to make the required payments under the leases, the lenders or owners of the stores may, among other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, our failure to make payments under our operating leases could trigger defaults under other leases or under agreements governing our indebtedness, which could cause the counterparties under those agreements to accelerate the obligations due thereunder.

Material damage to, or interruptions in, our information systems as a result of external factors, staffing shortages and difficulties in updating our existing software or developing or implementing new software could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

We depend largely upon our information technology systems in the conduct of all aspects of our operations. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, fire and natural disasters. Damage or interruption to our information systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace them, and we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim. In addition, costs and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems could also disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. Any material interruptions or failures in our information systems may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

27


Table of Contents

We also rely heavily on our information technology staff. If we cannot meet our staffing needs in this area, we may not be able to fulfill our technology initiatives while continuing to provide maintenance on existing systems.

We rely on certain software vendors to maintain and periodically upgrade many of these systems so that they can continue to support our business. The software programs supporting many of our systems were licensed to us by independent software developers. The inability of these developers or us to continue to maintain and upgrade these information systems and software programs would disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations if we were unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner.

We are vulnerable to various risks and uncertainties associated with our websites, including changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime and other technical failures, costs and technical issues as we upgrade our website software, computer viruses, changes in applicable federal and state regulation, security breaches, legal claims related to our website operations and e-commerce fulfillment and other consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties could reduce website sales and have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

There are claims made against us from time to time that can result in litigation that could distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand.

From time to time we are involved in litigation, claims and other proceedings relating to the conduct of our business, including but not limited to consumer protection class action litigation, claims related to our business, or employment practices and claims of intellectual property infringement. In addition, from time to time, we are subject to product liability and personal injury claims for the products that we sell and the stores we operate. Our purchase orders generally require the vendor to indemnify us against any product liability claims; however, if the vendor does not have insurance or becomes insolvent, we may not be indemnified. In addition, we could face a wide variety of employee claims against us, including general discrimination, privacy, labor and employment, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and disability claims. Any claims could also result in litigation against us and could also result in regulatory proceedings being brought against us by various federal and state agencies that regulate our business, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and which could require significant management time. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us could result in unexpected expenses and liability and could also materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.

Product recalls and/or product liability, as well as changes in product safety and other consumer protection laws, may adversely impact our operations, merchandise offerings, reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

We are subject to regulations by a variety of federal, state and international regulatory authorities, including the Consumer Product Safety Commission. In fiscal 2012, we purchased merchandise from approximately 700 vendors. If our vendors fail to manufacture or import merchandise that adheres to product safety requirements or our quality control standards, our reputation and brands could be damaged, potentially leading to increases in customer litigation against us. It is possible that one or more of our vendors might not adhere to product safety requirements or our quality

28


Table of Contents

control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise is sold. Any issues of product safety, could cause us to recall some of those products. If our vendors are unable or unwilling to recall products failing to meet product safety requirements or our quality standards, we may be required to recall those products at a substantial cost to us. Furthermore, to the extent we are unable to replace any recalled products, we may have to reduce our merchandise offerings, resulting in a decrease in sales, especially if a recall occurs near a seasonal period.

Moreover, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs to us for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. Long lead times on merchandise ordering cycles increase the difficulty for us to plan and prepare for potential changes to applicable laws. In particular, The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 imposes significant requirements on manufacturing, importing, testing and labeling requirements for some of our products. In the event that we are unable to timely comply with regulatory changes, significant fines or penalties could result, and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

Failure to protect the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and employees could expose us to litigation and damage our reputation.

We receive and maintain certain personal information about our customers and employees, including credit card information. The use of this information by us is regulated at the international, federal and state levels, and is subject to certain contractual restrictions in third party contracts. Although we have implemented processes to protect the integrity and security of personal information, there can be no assurance that this information will not be obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately. If the security and information systems of ours or of our business associates are compromised or our business associates fail to comply with these laws and regulations and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could negatively affect our reputation as our customers and employees have a high expectation that we will adequately safeguard and protect their personal information, including their credit card information, as well as our results of operations and financial conditions. Any compromise or failure could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. As privacy and information security laws and regulations change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance.

Changes in statutory, regulatory, accounting, and other legal requirements could potentially impact our operating and financial results.

We are subject to numerous statutory, regulatory and legal requirements, domestically and abroad. Our operating results could be negatively impacted by developments in these areas due to the costs of compliance in addition to possible government penalties and litigation in the event of deemed noncompliance. Changes in the regulatory environment in the area of product safety, environmental protection, privacy and information security, wage and hour laws, among others, could potentially impact our operations and financial results.

We lease all of our properties at the TCS segment and the group headquarters and sales offices at the Elfa segment, and each is classified as an operating lease. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") has issued an exposure draft that will revise lease accounting and require many leases currently considered to be operating leases to instead be classified as capital leases. The primary impact to this exposure draft would be that such leases would be recorded on the balance sheet as debt, and they currently have an off-balance sheet classification as operating leases. The

29


Table of Contents

timeline for effectiveness of this pronouncement, as well as the final guidelines and potential financial impact, are unclear at this point.

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public, our stock price may decline.

We may provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Although we believe that this guidance provides investors and analysts with a better understanding of management's expectations for the future and is useful to our stockholders and potential stockholders, such guidance is comprised of forward-looking statements subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this report and in our other public filings and public statements. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed the guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet our guidance or the expectations of investment analysts or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our common stock may decline as well.

Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, goodwill and trademarks, and substantial amounts of property and equipment. Changes in estimates or projections used to assess the fair value of these assets, or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain store locations, may cause us to incur impairment charges that could adversely affect our results of operation.

Our total assets include intangible assets with an indefinite life, goodwill and trademarks, and substantial amounts of property and equipment. We make certain estimates and projections in connection with impairment analyses for these long lived assets, in accordance with FASB ASC 360, "Property, Plant and Equipment" ("ASC 360"), and ASC 350, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other" ("ASC 350"). We also review the carrying value of these assets for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360 or ASC 350. We will record an impairment loss when the carrying value of the underlying asset, asset group or reporting unit exceeds its fair value. These calculations require us to make a number of estimates and projections of future results. If these estimates or projections change, we may be required to record additional impairment charges on certain of these assets. If these impairment charges are significant, our results of operations would be adversely affected. We recorded impairment charges of $0.4 million, $15.6 million and $15.5 million related to the elfa® trade name in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively. We also recorded goodwill impairment charges of $52.0 million, $31.5 million and $0 related to the Elfa segment in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Significant increases in raw material prices or energy costs may adversely affect our costs, including cost of merchandise.

Any future increases in commodity prices for raw materials that are directly or indirectly related to the production of our products, such as the prices of steel, oil, resin and pulp, may adversely affect our costs. Furthermore, the transportation industry may experience a shortage or reduction of capacity, which could be exacerbated by higher fuel prices. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we or our vendors are unable to secure, or are able to secure only at significantly higher costs, such commodities or fuel.

30


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards, may result in volatility of our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in various U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets, including net operating loss carryforwards. At any one time, many tax years are subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated.

In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in the valuation allowance, timing of the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future which could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.

Our operating results are subject to quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, and results for any quarter may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. As a result, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially.

Our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, depending upon a variety of factors, including, among other things, our product offerings, promotional events, store openings, the weather, remodeling or relocations, shifts in the timing of holidays, timing of catalog releases or sales, timing of delivery of orders, competitive factors and general economic conditions. As a result of these quarterly and seasonal fluctuations, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially.

In addition, we historically have realized, and expect to continue to realize, higher Adjusted EBITDA in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year due to the Annual elfa® Sale. In fiscal 2012, we recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $35.0 million in the fourth fiscal quarter or approximately 39.9% of our fiscal 2012 Adjusted EBITDA.

Our comparable store sales and quarterly results have fluctuated significantly in the past based on a number of economic, seasonal and competitive factors, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. Since the beginning of fiscal 2008, our quarterly comparable store sales growth has ranged from a decrease of 13.7% to an increase of 12.9%. This variability could cause our comparable store sales and quarterly results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

Accordingly, our results of operations may fluctuate on a seasonal basis and relative to corresponding periods in prior years. Moreover, we may take certain pricing or marketing actions that could have a disproportionate effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations in a particular quarter or selling season. These initiatives may disproportionately impact results in a particular quarter and we believe that comparisons of our operating results from period to period are not necessarily meaningful and cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance.

31


Table of Contents

Material disruptions at one of our Elfa manufacturing facilities could negatively affect our business.

Elfa operates four manufacturing facilities: two in Sweden, one in Poland and one in Finland. A material operational disruption in one of our Elfa manufacturing facilities could occur as a result of any number of events including, but not limited to, major equipment failures, labor stoppages, transportation failures affecting the supply and shipment of materials and finished goods, severe weather conditions and disruptions in utility services. Such a disruption could negatively impact production, customer deliveries and financial results.

Our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brand and weaken our competitive position.

We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights, both in the United States and in foreign countries, through a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret, trade dress and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality procedures, and assignment and licensing arrangements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors or other third parties will not infringe our intellectual property rights, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our intellectual property rights.

In addition, intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States, and it may be more difficult for us to successfully challenge the use of our intellectual property rights by other parties in such countries and our competitive position may suffer.

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties' intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could (i) be expensive and time consuming to defend; (ii) cause us to cease making, licensing or using products or methods that allegedly infringe; (iii) require us to redesign, reengineer, or rebrand our products or packaging, if feasible; (iv) divert management's attention and resources; or (v) require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party's intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or stop the sale of certain products, any of which could have a negative impact on our operating results and harm our future prospects.

Risks related to this offering and ownership of our common stock

We are controlled by investment funds managed by LGP, whose interests in our business may be different from yours.

Upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange, and assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, LGP will own approximately 29.5 million shares, or 60.8%, of our outstanding common stock. LGP will, for the

32


Table of Contents

foreseeable future, have significant influence over our reporting and corporate management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval. LGP is able to, subject to applicable law, and the voting arrangements with management described in "Certain relationships and related party transactions," designate a majority of the members of our board of directors and control actions to be taken by us and our board of directors, including amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors so elected will have the authority, subject to the terms of our indebtedness and our rules and regulations, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. It is possible that the interests of LGP may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders, including you.

We are a "controlled company" within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements and as a result, will qualify for and intend to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protection afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such corporate governance requirements.

Because of the aggregate voting power over our Company held by certain affiliates of LGP and certain members of management, we are considered a "controlled company" for the purposes of the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements. As such, we are exempt from the corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, our culture and compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standard are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions afforded to a "controlled company." Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our Company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These include:

authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;

a provision for a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

the removal of directors only for cause;

no provision for the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors;

limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings;

requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders (i.e. no provision for stockholder action by written consent); and

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

33


Table of Contents

In addition, the Delaware General Corporation Law, to which we are subject, prohibits us, except under specified circumstances, from engaging in any mergers, significant sales of stock or assets or business combinations with any stockholder or group of stockholders who owns at least 15% of our common stock.

Finally, we understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, the affiliates of LGP which own our common stock, and Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff (the "management directors") intend to enter into a voting agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, for so long as such LGP affiliates and the management directors collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding common stock, or the agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, such affiliates of LGP will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the management directors to our board of directors upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors and the management directors will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with LGP upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange, and assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, the parties to this agreement will collectively hold approximately 33.0 million shares, or 67.9%, of our outstanding common stock. See "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Voting agreement."

The provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Taking advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to "emerging growth companies" may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

The JOBS Act provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an "emerging growth company," it will, among other things:

be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting;

be exempt from the "say on pay" and "say on golden parachute" advisory vote requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act");

34


Table of Contents

certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its executive officers and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); and

instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation and be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor's report on the financial statements.

We currently intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation. We have irrevocably elected not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. If we remain an "emerging growth company" after fiscal 2013, we may take advantage of other exemptions, including the exemptions from the advisory vote requirements and executive compensation disclosures under the Dodd-Frank Act and the exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock. Also, as a result of our intention to take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us as long as we qualify as an "emerging growth company," our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that fully comply with regulatory and reporting requirements upon the public company effective dates.

We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. In estimating these costs, we took into account expenses related to insurance, legal, accounting, and compliance activities, as well as other expenses not currently incurred. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the SEC implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a

35


Table of Contents

public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. However, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal control can divert our management's attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. In addition, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. For example, a material weakness was identified during fiscal 2012 relating to the accounting for the elfa® trade name. We are taking steps to remediate this material weakness and expect to do so by the end of fiscal 2013. If we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends.

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Additionally, the obligors under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are currently restricted from paying cash dividends, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

36


Table of Contents

Substantial future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Upon the closing of this offering, our existing stockholders will own an aggregate of 36,086,000 shares of our outstanding common stock (assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1). In addition, under our 2013 Equity Plan, we intend to grant to our directors and certain of our employees in connection with this offering, stock options to purchase, at the initial public offering price, an aggregate number of shares equal to the sum of (i) 2,500,000 and (ii) the number of shares originally reserved for issuance but not subject to outstanding stock options under the 2012 Stock Option Plan (adjusted to give effect to the stock split), which is an aggregate of 139,700 shares (after giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)). A portion of the stock options described in clause (i) and all of the options described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering. The remaining stock options will vest in equal annual installments over seven years. We have not yet determined the allocation of such stock options among the employees. All of the stock options granted to directors will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering. The shares issuable under these options not held by our affiliates will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See "Management—Director compensation" and "Management—Executive compensation—Offering grants to employees under the 2013 Equity Plan" for additional information. The shares of common stock offered in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Certain existing holders of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement."

We and each of our executive officers and directors and certain shareholders, including LGP, which collectively will hold 68.0% of our outstanding capital stock upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange (assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1), have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. See "Underwriting."

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale"

37


Table of Contents

for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

In the future, we may also issue our securities if we need to raise capital in connection with a capital raise or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with a capital raise or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

Our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

After this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;

changes in preferences of our customers;

announcements of new products or significant price reductions by us or our competitors;

size of the public float;

stock price performance of our competitors;

fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;

default on our indebtedness;

actions by competitors or other shopping center tenants;

changes in senior management or key personnel;

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

the market's reaction to our reduced disclosure as a result of being an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

negative earnings or other announcements by us or other retail home goods companies;

downgrades in our credit ratings or the credit ratings of our competitors;

issuances of capital stock; and

global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

Numerous factors affect our business and cause variations in our operating results and affect our net sales and comparable store sales, including consumer preferences, buying trends and overall economic trends; our ability to identify and respond effectively to trends and customer preferences; actions by competitors and other shopping center tenants; changes in our merchandise mix; pricing; the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events; the level of customer service that we provide in our stores; changes in sales mix among sales channels; our ability to source and distribute products effectively; inventory shrinkage; weather conditions, particularly during the holiday season; and the number of stores we open in any period.

38


Table of Contents

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon a number of factors and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail following the closing of this offering. Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent investors from being able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. As a result, you may suffer a loss on your investment.

In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many retail companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $21.25 per share based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, which is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of our outstanding common stock. In addition, you may also experience additional dilution, or potential dilution, upon future equity issuances to investors or to our employees, consultants and directors under our stock option and equity incentive plans. See "Dilution."

39


Table of Contents


Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "plans," "anticipates," "could," "intends," "target," "projects," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe that these factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

overall decline in the health of the economy, consumer spending, and the housing market;

our inability to manage costs and risks relating to new store openings;

our inability to source and market new products to meet consumer preferences;

our failure to achieve or maintain profitability;

our dependence on a single distribution center for all of our stores;

our vulnerability to natural disasters and other unexpected events;

our reliance upon independent third-party transportation providers;

our inability to protect our brand;

our failure to successfully anticipate consumer preferences and demand;

our inability to manage our growth;

inability to locate available retail store sites on terms acceptable to us;

our inability to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow to meet growth expectations;

disruptions in the global financial markets leading to difficulty in borrowing sufficient amounts of capital to finance the carrying costs of inventory to pay for capital expenditures and operating costs;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

our inability to effectively manage our online sales;

competition from other stores and internet-based competition;

our inability to obtain merchandise on a timely basis at competitive prices as a result of changes in vendor relationships;

vendors may sell similar or identical products to our competitors;

40


Table of Contents

our reliance on key executive management;

our inability to find, train and retain key personnel;

labor relations difficulties;

increases in health care costs and labor costs;

our dependence on foreign imports for our merchandise;

violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws; and

our indebtedness may restrict our current and future operations.

These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

41


Table of Contents


The exchange

Holders of our preferred stock are entitled to a preferential payment upon certain distributions by us to holders of our capital stock (referred to as the liquidation preference), equal to the purchase price for such share ($1,000.00) plus accrued and unpaid dividends from August 16, 2007, the date of the LGP acquisition, on the outstanding liquidation preference at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded quarterly. Upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), a distribution in the aggregate amount of $170.8 million, which we refer to as the "Distribution," will be paid from the net proceeds from this offering as follows: (i) first, on a pro rata basis to all 140 holders of our senior preferred stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of our senior preferred stock until such liquidation preference has been reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, on a pro rata basis to all 140 holders of our junior preferred stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of our junior preferred stock. Shares of preferred stock and common stock held in treasury will be cancelled prior to giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange. The amount of the net proceeds of this offering, and accordingly the amount of the Distribution, will depend on the initial public offering price per share in this offering. The primary purpose of the Distribution is to reduce the liquidation preference of the preferred stock in advance of the Exchange described below.

As required by our existing stockholders agreement, in connection with the closing of this offering, each holder of our preferred stock will exchange each outstanding share of such holder's preferred stock for a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (a) the liquidation preference amount of such preferred stock on the date of the Distribution (and after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution) by (b) with respect to the senior preferred stock, the initial public offering price in this offering, and with respect to the junior preferred stock, the Junior Preferred Stock Exchange Price set forth in the second table below for the corresponding initial public offering price. References to the "Exchange" throughout this prospectus refer to the exchange of our preferred stock for our common stock. The primary purpose of the Exchange is to retire the preferred stock such that we will have only one class of capital stock outstanding—the common stock—following the closing of this offering.

As of October 1, 2013, as adjusted to give effect to the reduction resulting from the Distribution the liquidation preference per share of our outstanding senior preferred stock would have been $1,000.00 and the liquidation preference per share of our outstanding junior preferred stock would have been $1,854.56. These liquidation preference amounts are calculated as follows:

   
 
  Liquidation preference
per share of our
senior preferred stock

  Liquidation preference
per share of our
junior preferred stock

 
   

Liquidation preference as of October 1, 2013

  $ 1,614.11   $ 2,085.45  

Payment of the Distribution

  $ (614.11)   $ (230.89 )

Liquidation preference as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution

  $ 1,000.00   $ 1,854.56  
   

42


Table of Contents

The number of shares of common stock actually issued in the Exchange will be calculated using the liquidation preference as of the closing date of this offering. The liquidation preference will accrue at a rate of $249,327.17 per day in the aggregate, which represents $108,780.89 per day with respect to the shares of senior preferred stock and $140,546.28 with respect to the shares of our junior preferred stock, for each day on or after October 1, 2013 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Such accrual of the liquidation preference compounds on a quarterly basis, and as a result, the rate of accrual will increase on the first day of the next calendar quarter.

Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, and the liquidation preference as of October 1, 2013 after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution, 36,086,000 shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately after the Exchange. The actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued as a result of the Exchange is subject to change based on the initial public offering price and the closing date of this offering.

Because the number of shares of common stock issued in the Exchange will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the number of outstanding shares of common stock presented in this prospectus after giving effect to this offering. In addition, as discussed above in "Prospectus summary—The offering," our existing common stock will be subject to a stock split calculated based upon the public offering price per share of our common stock. The number of shares being offered hereby to the public will remain fixed regardless of the stock split calculation and the Exchange. However, the total number of shares outstanding after the offering, the stock split ratio and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders will depend on the public offering price per share of our common stock.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our common stock that would be outstanding immediately after the Exchange and giving effect to this offering and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders, assuming (i) the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below, (ii) the liquidation preference per share as of October 1, 2013 after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution, as described above and (iii) the consummation of the stock split prior to the closing of this offering:

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Junior Preferred Stock Exchange Price

  $ 19.94   $ 19.44   $ 18.92   $ 18.39   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Shares of our common stock issued in the Exchange

    33,829,917     32,765,673     31,834,459     31,012,799     30,120,614     27,921,832  

Outstanding shares of our common stock as of October 1, 2013

    498,049     498,049     498,049     498,049     498,049     498,049  

Stock split ratio for our outstanding common stock

    7.1:1     6.7:1     6.3:1     5.9:1     5.9:1     8.7:1  

Outstanding shares of our common stock as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the stock split

    3,557,494     3,320,327     3,112,807     2,929,701     2,928,761     4,328,431  

Shares of our common stock issued in this offering

    12,500,000     12,500,000     12,500,000     12,500,000     12,500,000     12,500,000  

Outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the Exchange, the stock split and this offering

    49,887,411     48,586,000     47,447,226     46,442,500     45,549,375     44,750,263  

Pro forma percentage ownership of the investors in this offering

    25.1%     25.7%     26.3%     26.9%     27.4%     27.9%  

Pro forma percentage ownership of the existing stockholders

    74.9%     74.3%     73.7%     73.1%     72.6%     72.1%  
   

43


Table of Contents


Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $170.8 million (or $197.1 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $11.7 million (or $13.4 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering as follows:

(i) first, to make a distribution to all 140 holders of our 12% Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of such shares until such liquidation preference is reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, to pay the remainder as a distribution to all 140 holders of our 12% Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (including LGP and 130 of our current and former employees), which will reduce the liquidation preference of such shares; and

if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we intend to use the net proceeds that we receive to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (as such term is defined under "Description of Indebtedness").

The holders of our preferred stock are entitled to a preferential payment upon certain distributions by us to holders of our capital stock (referred to as the liquidation preference), equal to the purchase price for such share ($1,000.00) plus accrued and unpaid dividends from August 16, 2007, on the outstanding liquidation preference at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded quarterly. The primary purpose of the distributions described above is to reduce the liquidation preference of the preferred stock in advance of the Exchange. The primary purpose of the Exchange is to retire the preferred stock such that we will have only one class of capital stock outstanding—the common stock—following the closing of this offering. See "—The exchange."

As of August 31, 2013, $361.3 million was outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility had a weighted average interest rate of 6.42% for fiscal 2012. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrues interest at the rate of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and matures on April 6, 2019. On April 8, 2013, The Container Store, Inc. entered into the Increase and Repricing Transactions, which were effected pursuant to an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. The additional $90.0 million of borrowings was used to finance a distribution to holders of our senior preferred stock in the amount of $90.0 million, which was paid on April 9, 2013. See "Description of Indebtedness."

44


Table of Contents


Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of August 31, 2013, as follows:

on an actual basis;

on an as adjusted basis to reflect only (1) the cancellation of shares of preferred stock and common stock held in treasury, (2) the Distribution, (3) the Exchange, and (4) an assumed stock split of 6.7:1 of our existing common stock, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and assuming the offering had been completed on October 1, 2013; and

on an as further adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of 12,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

For more information, please see "The exchange" and "Use of proceeds." You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

45


Table of Contents

   
 
  As of August 31, 2013  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  Actual
  As adjusted(1)
  As further
adjusted(2)

 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,744   $ 12,744   $ 12,744  
       

Debt:

                   

Revolving Credit Facility(3)

  $   $   $  

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

    361,344     361,344     361,344  

Elfa Term Loan Facility

    3,769     3,769     3,769  

Elfa Revolving Credit Facility(4)

    21,215     21,215     21,215  

Mortgage and other loans

    5,864     5,864     5,864  
       

Total Debt

  $ 392,192   $ 392,192   $ 392,192  

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Senior preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 250,000 shares authorized, 202,480 shares issued and 202,182 outstanding, actual; and no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted and as further adjusted(5)

  $ 2   $   $  

Junior preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 250,000 shares authorized, 202,480 shares issued and 202,182 outstanding, actual; and no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, as adjusted and as further adjusted(5)

    2          

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 600,000 shares authorized, 500,356 shares issued and 498,049 outstanding, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 36,086,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; and 250,000,000 shares authorized and 48,586,000 shares issued and outstanding as further adjusted

    5     361     486  

Additional paid-in capital(5)

    455,484     541,425     712,144  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (569 )   (569 )   (569 )

Retained deficit

    (314,518 )   (572,495 )   (572,495 )

Treasury stock, 2,903 shares, actual; and no shares, as adjusted and as further adjusted

    (840 )        
       

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 139,566   $ (31,278 ) $ 139,566  
       

Total capitalization

  $ 531,758   $ 360,914   $ 531,758  
   

(1)   We have calculated the number of shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Exchange using the liquidation preference of the shares of our preferred stock as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution. Accordingly, such amounts do not take into account shares of our common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the liquidation preference of our preferred stock accrued on or after October 1, 2013 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Such liquidation preference will accrue at a rate of $249,327.17 per day in the aggregate (which, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), would be exchanged in the Exchange for approximately 14,481 shares of our common stock per day). Such accrual of the liquidation preference compounds on a quarterly basis, and as a result, the rate of accrual will increase on the first day of the next calendar quarter.

Because the number of shares of common stock for which a share of our preferred stock will be exchanged will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering

46


Table of Contents

price would have an impact on the number of shares of common stock exchanged for shares of our preferred stock pursuant to the Exchange upon the closing of this offering and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders.

If the initial public offering price is equal to $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our preferred stock would be exchanged for an aggregate of 32,765,673 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, assuming that the closing occurs on October 1, 2013. The table below sets forth the number of shares of our common stock that would be issued in the Exchange, assuming the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below:

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Shares of our common stock issued in the Exchange

    33,829,917     32,765,673     31,834,459     31,012,799     30,120,614     27,921,832  
   

(2)   A change in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would change the as further adjusted amount of each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization as set forth in the following chart, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Additional paid-in capital

    682,608     712,144     741,677     771,210     797,828     797,836  

Retained deficit

    (542,972 )   (572,495 )   (602,017 )   (631,540 )   (658,149 )   (658,149 )

Total stockholders' equity

    139,566     139,566     139,566     139,566     139,566     139,566  

Total capitalization

    531,758     531,758     531,758     531,758     531,758     531,758  
   

The table above does not include:

272,580 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of October 1, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $15.00 per share, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

3,827,743 shares of common stock reserved as of the closing date of this offering for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Plan, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus); and

the shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock after October 1, 2013 (see note 1 above).

(3)   The Revolving Credit Facility provides for borrowings of up to $75.0 million.

(4)   The Elfa Revolving Credit Facility provides for borrowings of up to SEK 175,000,000 (approximately $26.4 million as of August 31, 2013).

(5)   Additional paid-in capital does not include the accrued liquidation preference of the senior preferred stock and junior preferred stock, which as of August 31, 2013 was approximately $323.8 million and approximately $418.2 million, respectively.

47


Table of Contents


Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are carried out by our subsidiary, The Container Store, Inc., and its subsidiaries. The Container Store, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends to us is limited by the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, which may in turn limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of ours or of our subsidiaries.

48


Table of Contents


Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of August 31, 2013 was $(303.7) million, or $(8.42) per share of our common stock, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share represents our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities after the net proceeds from the offering is used to pay the Distribution, divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering (but without giving effect to the increase per share attributable to this offering).

After giving effect to the sale of 12,500,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of August 31, 2013 would have been approximately $(303.7) million, or approximately $(6.25) per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book deficit of $2.17 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book deficit of approximately $21.25 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. Because the number of shares of common stock into which a share of our preferred stock is convertible and the stock split ratio will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would also have a corresponding impact on our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share as of August 31, 2013

    (8.12 )   (8.42 )   (8.69 )   (8.95 )   (9.19 )   (9.42 )

Increase per share attributable to this offering

    2.04     2.17     2.29     2.40     2.51     2.63  

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering

  $ (6.08 ) $ (6.25 ) $ (6.40 ) $ (6.55 ) $ (6.68 ) $ (6.79 )
       

Dilution per share to new investors

  $ 20.08   $ 21.25   $ 22.40   $ 23.55   $ 24.68   $ 25.79  
   

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit after the offering would be $15.00 per share, the increase in net tangible book deficit per share to existing stockholders would be $2.92 and the dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to new investors would be $20.50 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the

49


Table of Contents

midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1.

The following table summarizes, as of August 31, 2013, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid, net of distributions received with respect to the preferred shares (including the Distribution). The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

   
 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration    
 
 
  Average price
per share

 
 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
 
   

Existing stockholders

    36,086,000     74.3%   $ 194,152,657     50.9%   $ 5.38  

New investors

    12,500,000     25.7%   $ 187,500,000     49.1%   $ 15.00  
       

Total

    48,586,000     100%   $ 381,652,657     100%   $ 7.86  
   

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of shares of our common stock and our preferred stock outstanding as of October 1, 2013 after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering determined by reference to the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the corresponding stock split ratio, and the payment of the Distribution to holders of our preferred stock, and exclude:

272,580 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of October 1, 2013 at a weighted-average exercise price of $15.00 per share, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus);

3,827,743 shares of common stock reserved as of the closing date of this offering for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Plan, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), including:

stock options to be granted to our directors and certain of our employees in connection with this offering as described in "Management—Director compensation" and "Management—Executive compensation—Offering grants to employees under the 2013 Equity Plan,"

the shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock on and after October 1, 2013; and

1,875,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us.

In this prospectus, we have calculated the number of shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Exchange using an assumed offering date of October 1, 2013 for purposes of calculating the liquidation preference of the shares of our preferred stock, and the application of the net proceeds to us. Accordingly, such amounts do not take into account shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred

50


Table of Contents

stock on and after October 1, 2013 and to, but excluding, the closing date of this offering. Such dividends accrue at a rate of $249,327.17 per day in the aggregate (which would be exchanged in the Exchange for approximately 14,481 shares of our common stock per day, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)). Such accrual of the liquidation preference compounds on a quarterly basis, and as a result, the rate of accrual will increase on the first day of the next calendar quarter. For more information, please see "Use of Proceeds" and "The Exchange" elsewhere in this prospectus.

To the extent any of our outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of October 1, 2013, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering would be $(6.13), and the dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to new investors would be $21.13, in each case assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full (and assuming exercise of all of our outstanding options):

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 71.7% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 14,375,000, or approximately 28.3% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering,

in each case assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

51


Table of Contents


Selected consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data for the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012, and March 2, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years and for the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such periods. Our audited consolidated financial statements as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013 have been included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal year ended February 27, 2010 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of February 28, 2009 and February 27, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2013 and for the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013 have been included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (inclusive only of normally recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of operations for an interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full year. The fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 included 53 weeks, whereas the fiscal years ended February 25, 2012, and February 26, 2011, February 27, 2010 and February 28, 2009 included 52 weeks. Categories that are only applicable to our TCS segment are noted with (*) and to our Elfa segment with (+). For segment data, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

52


Table of Contents

   
 
  Fiscal year ended   Twenty six weeks ended  
(in thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
 
  February 28,
2009

  February 27,
2010

  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Consolidated statement of operations

                                           

Net sales

  $551,276   $ 523,004   $ 568,820   $ 633,619   $ 706,757   $ 314,316   $ 343,419  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    238,559     223,759     235,295     266,355     291,146     131,162     142,818  
       

Gross profit

    312,717     299,245     333,525     367,264     415,611     183,154     200,601  
       

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    270,803     252,272     269,474     293,665     331,380     155,307     169,287  

Pre-opening costs*

    4,076     1,167     1,747     5,203     7,562     4,436     3,934  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+

    124,228         52,388     47,037     15,533          

Depreciation and amortization

    22,650     23,845     24,354     27,451     29,550     14,489     15,050  

Restructuring charges+

            341     133     6,369     2,309     361  

Long-lived asset impairment

    2,091                          

Other expenses

    1,532     329         193     987     482     626  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    53     121     139     210     88     (5 )   73  
       

Income (loss) from operations

    (112,716 )   21,511     (14,918 )   (6,628 )   24,142     6,136     11,270  

Interest expense

    28,716     27,331     26,006     25,417     21,388     10,890     11,074  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*

                    7,333     7,329     1,101  
       

Loss before taxes

    (141,432 )   (5,820 )   (40,924 )   (32,045 )   (4,579 )   (12,083 )   (905 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes(1)

    1,195     (1,623 )   4,129     (1,374 )   (4,449 )   (2,998 )   (217 )
       

Net loss

  $ (142,627 ) $ (4,197 ) $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 ) $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Less preferred dividends accrued

    (54,897 )   (61,868 )   (69,723 )   (78,575 )   (90,349 )   (42,954 )   (44,150 )
       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (basic and diluted)(2)

  $ (197,524 ) $ (66,065 ) $ (114,776 ) $ (109,246 ) $ (90,479 ) $ (52,039 ) $ (44,838 )
       

Net Loss per share attributable to common stockholders (basic and diluted)(2)

  $ (395.21 ) $ (132.30 ) $ (230.05 ) $ (219.10 ) $ (181.60 ) $ (104.43 ) $ (90.01 )
       

Shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (basic and diluted)(2)

    499,791     499,338     498,905     498,600     498,225     498,330     498,144  

Pro forma net loss per common share unaudited (basic and diluted)(2)

                          $ (0.00 )       $ (0.01 )

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per common share unaudited (basic and diluted)(2)

                            48,587,108           48,586,567  
   

53


Table of Contents

   
 
  Fiscal year   Twenty six weeks ended  
 
  February 28,
2009

  February 27,
2010

  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Other financial data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA (in thousands)(3)

  $46,995   $51,862   $67,707   $75,644   $87,585   $30,139   $32,719  

Adjusted EBITDA margin(4)

    8.5%     9.9%     11.9%     11.9%     12.4%     9.6%     9.5%  

Comparable store sales growth for the period*(5)

    (9.3)%     (5.7)%     8.1%     7.6%     4.4%     5.6%     2.9%  

Number of stores open at end of period*

    46     47     49     53     58     57     61  

Average ticket*(6)

  $  54.62   $  52.48   $  53.68   $  55.60   $  57.34   $  54.70   $  57.54  
   

 

   
 
  As of  
(in thousands)
  February 28,
2009

  February 27,
2010

  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Consolidated balance sheet data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,248   $ 26,162   $ 49,756   $ 51,163   $ 25,351   $ 12,744  

Net working capital(7)

    37,642     33,365     21,341     21,367     22,557     29,793  

Total assets

    761,309     797,133     773,303     746,678     752,820     754,351  

Long-term debt(8)

    303,875     305,673     300,893     300,166     285,371     370,977  

Total stockholders' equity

    285,305     303,301     268,227     232,989     233,375     139,566  
   

(1)   The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory Federal tax rate is predominantly related to fluctuations in the valuation allowance recorded against net deferred assets not expected to be realized, the effects of foreign income taxed at a different rate and intraperiod tax allocations between continuing operations and other comprehensive income.

(2)   Common stockholders do not share in net income unless earnings exceed the unpaid dividends on our preferred stock. Accordingly, prior to this offering, there were no earnings available for common stockholders because in fiscal 2008, fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012 and the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013 we reported a net loss. During any period in which we had a net loss, the loss was attributed only to the common stockholders. For all periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per common share are the same, as any additional common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive.

Pro forma figures give effect to the offering, the stock split and the Exchange as if such transactions were completed at the beginning of such period. We will not have any preferred stock outstanding after the completion of this offering. See "The Exchange" for additional information.

As each of the number of shares of our common stock that will be issued in the Exchange and the stock split ratio will be determined based on the final initial offering price, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares, and therefore the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per common share, would change if the initial public offering price is not $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth in the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1. The following table sets forth the impact of a change in the final initial offering price on each of (i) number of shares of our common stock that will be issued in the Exchange, (ii) the stock split ratio for our common stock, (iii) our pro forma weighted average number of common shares and (iv) our pro forma earnings per common share for the twenty six weeks ended August 31, 2013:

   

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 14.00   $ 15.00   $ 16.00   $ 17.00   $ 18.00   $ 19.00  

Shares of our common stock issued in the Exchange

    33,829,917     32,765,673     31,834,459     31,012,799     30,120,614     27,921,832  

Stock split ratio for our common stock

    7.1     6.7     6.3     5.9     5.9     8.7  

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per common share (basic and diluted)

    49,888,018     48,586,567     47,447,797     46,443,000     45,549,878     44,751,034  

Pro forma net loss per common share (basic and diluted)

  $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 ) $ (0.01 ) $ (0.02 ) $ (0.02 )
   

In addition, we have calculated the number of shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Exchange using an assumed offering date of October 1, 2013 for purposes of calculating the liquidation preference of the shares of our preferred stock. Accordingly, such amounts do not take into account shares of common stock to be issued in the Exchange in satisfaction of the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock after October 1, 2013 and through the closing date of this offering. Such liquidation preference will accrue at a rate of approximately $249,327.17 per day in the aggregate (which would be exchanged in the Exchange for approximately 14,481 shares of our common stock per day, assuming the shares are offered at $15 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

54


Table of Contents


(3)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have been presented in this prospectus as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility and is the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash and other items, that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period as discussed further below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management, our board of directors and LGP to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to covenant compliance and executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management's discretionary use, as they do not reflect certain cash requirements such as tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures, store openings and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA contain certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation, such as pre-opening costs, stock compensation expense, and losses on extinguishment of debt. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

A reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:

   
 
  Fiscal year ended   Twenty six weeks ended  
(in thousands)
  February 28,
2009

  February 27,
2010

  February 26,
2011

  February 25,
2012

  March 2,
2013

  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
   

Net loss

  $ (142,627 ) $ (4,197 ) $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 ) $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Depreciation and amortization

    22,650     23,845     24,354     27,451     29,550     14,489     15,050  

Interest expense

    28,716     27,331     26,006     25,417     21,388     10,890     11,074  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,195     (1,623 )   4,129     (1,374 )   (4,449 )   (2,998 )   (217 )
       

EBITDA

    (90,066 )   45,356     9,436     20,823     46,359     13,296     25,219  

Management fees(a)

                500     1,000     500     500  

Pre-opening costs*(b)

    4,076     1,167     1,747     5,000     7,562     4,436     3,934  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+(c)

    124,228         52,388     47,037     15,533          

Non-cash rent(d)

    5,450     4,033     2,442     1,935     2,014     1,306     702  

Restructuring charges+(e)

    1,814         341     133     6,369     2,309     361  

Long-lived asset impairment+(f)

    2,091                          

Stock compensation expense(g)

    350                 283         213  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*(h)

                    7,333     7,329     1,101  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(i)

    (871 )   959     1,269     (66 )   55     444     16  

Other adjustments(j)

    (77 )   347     84     282     1,077     519     673  
       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 46,995   $ 51,862   $ 67,707   $ 75,644   $ 87,585   $ 30,139   $ 32,719  
   

(a)   Fees paid to LGP in accordance with our management services agreement, which will terminate on the closing of this offering.

(b)   Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and relocating stores. Prior to fiscal 2012, the amount of pre-opening costs permitted pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA was limited to $5.0 million, and the limit was increased to $10.0 million in April 2012. Similar limits exist in our compensation plan. We adjust for these costs to facilitate comparisons of our performance from period to period.

(c)   Non-cash charges related to impairment of intangible assets, primarily related to Elfa, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance.

55


Table of Contents


(d)   Reflects the extent to which our annual GAAP rent expense has been above or below our cash rent payment due to lease accounting adjustments. The adjustment varies depending on the average age of our lease portfolio (weighted for size), as our GAAP rent expense on younger leases typically exceeds our cash cost, while our GAAP rent expense on older leases is typically less than our cash cost. Although our GAAP rent expense has exceeded our cash rent payments through our last fiscal year, as our lease portfolio matures we expect our cash rent payments to exceed our GAAP rent expense, beginning in fiscal 2013.

(e)   Includes charges incurred to restructure business operations at Elfa, including the closure of a sales subsidiary in the Netherlands in 2008, the sale of a subsidiary in Germany and a manufacturing facility in Norway in fiscal 2012, as well as the relocation of certain head office functions in sales and marketing from the Västervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden in fiscal 2012, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing performance.

(f)    Non-cash charges related to impairment of long-lived tangible assets in our Elfa segment.

(g)   Non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period.

(h)   Loss recorded as a result of the repayment of the then outstanding term loan facility and senior subordinated notes in April 2012, which we do not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations, and the April 2013 amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In the event the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we expect to incur a charge in connection with our repayment of a portion of the borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with the net proceeds of this offering.

(i)    Realized foreign exchange transactional gains/losses.

(j)    Other adjustments include amounts our management does not consider in our evaluation of our ongoing operations, including costs incurred in preparations for this offering and other charges.

(4)   Adjusted EBITDA margin means, for any period, the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the net sales for that period.

(5)   A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store's opening. When a store is relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store sales. Net sales from our website and call center are also included in calculations of comparable store sales.

(6)   Average ticket for any period is calculated by dividing (a) net sales of merchandise by our TCS segment (or, if average ticket is being calculated with respect to the elfa® Custom Design Center, the net sales of merchandise from the elfa® Custom Design Center) for that period (regardless of whether such net sales are included in comparable store sales for such period) by (b) the number of transactions for that period comprising such net sales.

(7)   Net working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding the current portion of long-term debt and revolving lines of credit).

(8)   Long-term debt consists of the current and long-term portions of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Elfa Term Loan Facility, and other mortgages and loans.

56


Table of Contents


Management's discussion and analysis of
financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors" sections of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to February 28. The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, which represent our fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012, and March 2, 2013, respectively. Fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 were 52-week periods, whereas fiscal 2012 was a 53-week period. The first half of fiscal 2013 ended on August 31, 2013 and the first half of fiscal 2012 ended on August 25, 2012, and both included twenty six weeks.

Overview

As of October 1, 2013, we operated 62 stores with an average size of approximately 19,000 selling square feet in 22 states and the District of Columbia. In fiscal 2012, TCS net sales were derived from approximately 10,500 unique SKUs organized into 16 distinct lifestyle departments sourced from approximately 700 vendors around the world. The breadth, depth and quality of our product offerings are designed to appeal to a broad demographic, including our core customers, who are predominantly female, affluent, highly educated and busy.

Our operations consist of two reporting segments:

TCS, which consists of our retail stores, website and call center. As of October 1, 2013, we operated 62 stores with an average size of approximately 19,000 selling square feet in 22 states and the District of Columbia. We also offer all of our products directly to customers through our website and call center which accounted for approximately 5.4% of TCS net sales in fiscal 2012. Our stores receive all products directly from our distribution center co-located with our corporate headquarters in Coppell, Texas. In fiscal 2012, TCS net sales were derived from approximately 10,500 unique stock keeping units ("SKUs") organized into 16 distinct lifestyle departments sourced from approximately 700 vendors around the world. The breadth, depth and quality of our product offerings are selected to appeal to a broad demographic, including our core customers, who are predominantly female, affluent, highly educated and busy. In fiscal 2012, TCS had net sales of $613 million, which represented approximately 87% of our total net sales.

Elfa, which designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems and made-to-measure sliding doors. Elfa was founded in 1948 and is headquartered in Malmö, Sweden. Elfa's shelving and drawer systems are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages. Elfa operates four manufacturing facilities with two located in Sweden, one in Finland and one in Poland. The Container Store began selling elfa® products in 1978 and acquired Elfa in 1999. Today our TCS segment is the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the U.S. and represented approximately 34% of Elfa's total sales in fiscal 2012. Elfa also sells its products on a wholesale basis to various retailers in more than 30

57


Table of Contents

How we assess the performance of our business

We consider a variety of financial and operating measures in assessing the performance of our business. The key measures we use to determine how our business is performing are net sales, gross profit, gross margin, and selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we also review other important metrics such as comparable store sales, average ticket and Adjusted EBITDA.

Net sales

Net sales reflect our sales of merchandise plus other services provided, such as shipping, delivery, and installation, less returns and discounts. Net sales also include wholesale sales by Elfa. Revenue from our TCS segment is recognized upon receipt of the product by our customers or upon completion of the service to our customers. Elfa segment revenue is recorded upon shipment.

The retail and wholesale businesses in which we operate are cyclical, and consequently our sales are affected by general economic conditions. Purchases of our products are sensitive to trends in the levels of consumer spending, which are affected by a number of factors such as consumer disposable income, housing market conditions, stock market performance, consumer debt, interest rates, tax rates and overall consumer confidence.

Our business is moderately seasonal. As a result, our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which often affects the comparability of our interim results. Net sales are historically higher in the fourth quarter due primarily to the impact of our Annual elfa® Sale, which begins on December 24th and runs into early February each year.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less cost of sales. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales is referred to as gross margin. Cost of sales in our TCS segment includes the purchase cost of inventory less vendor rebates, in-bound freight, as well as inventory shrinkage. Costs incurred to ship or deliver merchandise to customers, as well as direct installation costs, are also included in cost of sales in our TCS segment. Elfa segment cost of sales from manufacturing operations includes direct costs associated with production, primarily material and wages. The components of our cost of sales may not be comparable to the components of cost of sales or similar measures by other retailers. As a result, data in this prospectus regarding our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in net sales. Our gross margin can be impacted by changes in the mix of products sold. For example, sales from our TCS segment typically provide a higher gross margin than sales to third parties from our Elfa segment. Gross margin for our TCS segment is also susceptible to foreign currency risk as purchases of elfa® products from our Elfa segment are in Swedish krona, while sales of these products are in U.S. dollars. We mitigate this risk through the use of forward contracts, whereby we hedge purchases of inventory by locking in foreign currency exchange rates in advance.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses includes all operating costs not included in cost of sales or pre-opening costs. For our TCS segment, these include all payroll and payroll-related

58


Table of Contents

expenses, marketing expenses, all occupancy expenses (which include rent, real estate taxes, common area maintenance, utilities, telephone, property insurance, and repair and maintenance), costs to ship product from the distribution center to our stores, and supplies expenses. We also incur costs for our distribution and corporate office operations. For our Elfa segment, these include sales and marketing expenses, product development costs, and all expenses related to operations at headquarters. Depreciation and amortization is excluded from both gross profit and selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses also include non-cash stock-based compensation.

Selling, general and administrative expenses includes both fixed and variable components and, therefore, is not directly correlated with net sales. The components of our selling, general and administrative expenses may not be comparable to the components of similar measures of other retailers. We expect that our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods with future growth and in part due to additional legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses that we expect to incur as a result of being a public company, including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

New store Pre-opening costs

Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including rent, marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs, and training costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in pre-opening costs in the consolidated statement of operations.

Comparable store sales

A store is included in the comparable store sales calculation on the first day of the sixteenth full fiscal month following the store's opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. When a store is relocated, we continue to include sales from that store in comparable store sales. Sales from our website and call center, which are included in our net sales for all periods discussed below, are also included in calculations of comparable store sales.

Comparable store sales allow us to evaluate how our retail store base is performing by measuring the change in period-over-period net sales in stores that have been open for fifteen months or more. Various factors affect comparable store sales, including:

national and regional economic trends in the United States;

changes in our merchandise mix;

changes in pricing;

changes in timing of promotional events or holidays; and

weather.

Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. As we continue to pursue our growth strategy, we anticipate that a significant percentage of our net sales will come from stores not included in our comparable store sales calculation. Accordingly, comparable store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy.

Average ticket

Average ticket for any period is calculated by dividing (a) net sales of merchandise from our TCS segment (or, if average ticket is being calculated with respect to the elfa® Custom Design Center, the net sales of merchandise from the elfa® Custom Design Center) for that period (regardless of whether such net sales are included in comparable sales for such period) by (b) the number of transactions for that period comprising such net sales. Historically, the average ticket for our elfa® department has been significantly higher than our overall average ticket.

59


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are key metrics used by management, our board of directors and LGP to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to covenant compliance and executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures.

We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility and is the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash and other items, that we do not consider representative of our ongoing operating performance. For reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see "Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data."

Results of operation

The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, in dollars and as a percentage of net sales (categories that are only applicable to our TCS segment are noted with (*) and to our Elfa segment with (+)). For segment data, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.

   
 
  Fiscal year   Twenty six weeks ended  
(in thousands)
  2010
  2011
  2012
  August 25, 2012
  August 31, 2013
 
   

Net sales

  $ 568,820   $ 633,619   $ 706,757   $ 314,316   $ 343,419  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    235,295     266,355     291,146     131,162     142,818  
       

Gross profit

    333,525     367,264     415,611     183,154     200,601  
       

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    269,474     293,665     331,380     155,307     169,287  

Pre-opening costs*

    1,747     5,203     7,562     4,436     3,934  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+

    52,388     47,037     15,533          

Depreciation and amortization

    24,354     27,451     29,550     14,489     15,050  

Restructuring charges+

    341     133     6,369     2,309     361  

Other expenses

        193     987     482     626  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

    139     210     88     (5 )   73  
       

Income (loss) from operations

    (14,918 )   (6,628 )   24,142     6,136     11,270  

Interest expense

    26,006     25,417     21,388     10,890     11,074  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*

            7,333     7,329     1,101  
       

Loss before taxes

    (40,924 )   (32,045 )   (4,579 )   (12,083 )   (905 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    4,129     (1,374 )   (4,449 )   (2,998 )   (217 )
       

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 ) $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )
   

60


Table of Contents


   
 
  Fiscal year   Twenty six weeks ended  
 
  2010
  2011
  2012
  August 25, 2012
  August 31, 2013
 
   

Percentage of net sales:

                         

Net sales

  100.0%   100.0%   100.0%     100.0%     100.0%  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  41.4%   42.0%   41.2%     41.7%     41.6%  
       

Gross profit

  58.6%   58.0%   58.8%     58.3%     58.4%  
       

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

  47.4%   46.3%   46.9%     49.4%     49.3%  

Pre-opening costs*

  0.3%   0.8%   1.1%     1.4%     1.1%  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+

  9.2%   7.5%   2.2%          

Depreciation and amortization

  4.3%   4.3%   4.2%     4.6%     4.4%  

Restructuring charges+

  0.0%   0.0%   0.9%     0.7%     0.1%  

Other expenses

  0.0%   0.0%   0.1%     0.2%     0.2%  

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

  0.0%   0.0%   0.0%     0.0%     0.0%  
       

Income (loss) from operations

  (2.6% ) (1.0% ) 3.4%     2.0%     3.3%  

Interest expense

  4.6%   4.0%   3.0%     3.5%     3.2%  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*

      1.0%     2.3%     0.3%  
       

Loss before taxes

  (7.2% ) (5.0% ) (0.6% )   (3.8% )   (0.2% )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  0.7%   (0.2% ) (0.6% )   (0.9% )   (0.0% )
       

Net loss

  (7.9% ) (4.8% ) (0.0% )   (2.9% )   (0.2% )
       

Operating data:

                         

Comparable store sales growth for the period*

  8.1%   7.6%   4.4%     5.6%     2.9%  

Number of stores open at end of period*

  49   53   58     57     61  

Average ticket*

  $53.68   $55.60   $57.34     $54.70     $57.54  
   

First twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 compared to first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012

Net sales

The following table summarizes our net sales for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012:

   
(dollars in thousands)
  Twenty six Weeks Ended
August 25, 2012

  % total
  Twenty six Weeks Ended
August 31, 2013

  % total
 
   

TCS net sales

  $ 270,349     86.0%   $ 302,799     88.2%  

Elfa third party net sales

    43,967     14.0%     40,620     11.8%  
       

Net Sales

  $ 314,316     100.0%   $ 343,419     100.0%  
   

61


Table of Contents

Net sales in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 increased by $29,103, or 9.3%, compared to the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. This increase is comprised of the following components:

   
(in thousands)
  Net sales
 
   

Net sales for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012

  $ 314,316  

Incremental net sales increase (decrease) due to:

       

Comparable stores (including a $2,072 increase in online sales)

    11,161  

New stores

    20,103  

Elfa third party net sales

    (3,347 )

Other

    1,186  
       

Net sales for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013

  $ 343,419  
   

This increase in net sales was driven by comparable store sales growth of 2.9%, which includes online sales growth of 17.5%. The comparable store sales growth is primarily attributable to an increase in the average ticket of 5.0%, which more than offset a 1.9% decrease in transactions. New store net sales increases are due to eight incremental stores, five of which were opened in fiscal 2012 (including four in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012) and four of which were opened in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013. These increases were partially offset by the $3,347 decline in Elfa segment third party sales, which were impacted negatively by the sale of an unprofitable German subsidiary in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as continuing weakness in the Nordic market. The decline in Elfa segment sales was partially offset by the appreciation of the Swedish krona against the U.S. dollar.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 increased by $17,447, or 9.5%, compared to the same time period in fiscal 2012. The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of increased sales, as well as improved margins on a consolidated basis. The following table summarizes the gross margin for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, by segment and total. The segment margins include the impact of inter-segment sales from the Elfa segment to the TCS segment:

   
 
  Twenty six Weeks Ended  
 
  August 25, 2012
  August 31, 2013
 
   

TCS gross margin

    59.4%     58.8%  

Elfa gross margin

    38.3%     38.3%  

Total gross margin

    58.3%     58.4%  
   

TCS gross margin declined 60 basis points in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 as compared to the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. The decline in TCS gross margin is primarily due to higher inter-segment cost of sales in our elfa department, as the U.S. dollar weakened as compared to the Swedish krona. Additionally, the TCS segment recorded a one-time reduction of cost of sales related to the favorable settlement of a customs audit in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012, which contributed 22 basis points of improved gross margin during that period. Elfa gross margin remained consistent at 38.3%. On a consolidated basis, gross margin increased 10 basis points in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 as compared to the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. This was primarily due to a larger percentage of third party sales coming from the more profitable TCS segment, partially offset by declines in gross margin at our TCS segment.

62


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 increased by $13,980 or 9.0%, compared to the same period in fiscal 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increase in sales. The following table summarizes the selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of consolidated net sales for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 and the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012:

   
 
  Twenty six Weeks Ended  
 
  August 25, 2012
% of net sales

  August 31, 2013
% of net sales

 
   

TCS selling, general and administrative

    42.7%     43.4%  

Elfa selling, general and administrative

    6.7%     5.9%  
       

Total selling, general and administrative

    49.4%     49.3%  
   

TCS selling, general, and administrative expenses increased by 70 basis points as a percentage of total net sales. Compensation, benefits, and recruiting expenses and professional fees were the most significant factors as we invested in our employee base and incurred additional costs in preparation for this offering and operating as a public company. Elfa selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased by 80 basis points as a percentage of total net sales due to strong cost management during the year.

Pre-opening costs

Pre-opening costs decreased $502 or 11.3% in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 to $3,934, as compared to $4,436 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. We incurred significant pre-opening costs for six stores in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, four of which opened during that time (three new stores and one relocation), one of which opened after August 31, 2013 and one of which will open later in the third quarter of fiscal 2013. These costs were less than those incurred in advance of opening six stores in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012, as savings were realized in costs associated with the store openings in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013.

Restructuring charges

Restructuring charges decreased $1,948, or 84.4% in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 to $361, as compared to $2,309 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2012, Elfa implemented a plan to restructure its business operations to improve efficiency. In conjunction with these efforts, a subsidiary in Germany was sold and a manufacturing facility in Norway was shut down and consolidated into a like facility in Sweden. Additionally, certain head office functions in sales and marketing were relocated from the Vastervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmo, Sweden. Most of the costs associated with these restructuring efforts were incurred in fiscal 2012 and we expect these costs to be minimal for the remainder of fiscal 2013.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $184, or 1.7%, to $11,074 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 as compared to $10,890 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. The increase resulted primarily from the April 2013 amendment and increase in borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility of $90.0 million, which we refer to as the "Increase and Repricing Transactions". The resulting increase in principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility resulted in higher interest expense, which was offset in part by the lower interest rate under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility resulting from the Increase and Repricing Transactions. The Senior Secured Term

63


Table of Contents

Loan Facility now accrues interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%. Prior to the Increase and Repricing Transactions, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrued interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 5.0%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%.

Loss on extinguishment of debt

We recorded expenses of $1,101 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 associated with the Increase and Repricing Transactions, including the acceleration of deferred financing costs, legal fees, and other associated costs (all of which was incurred in the first quarter of fiscal 2013). In the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012, we recorded expenses of $7,329 associated with the "Refinancing Transactions" pursuant to which we repaid our $125 million prior senior secured term loan facility, entered into on August 16, 2007, which we refer to as the "Prior Senior Secured Term Loan Facility," as well as our higher interest bearing senior subordinated notes with borrowings under our new $275 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility at a lower overall interest rate.

Taxes

The benefit for income taxes decreased $2,781 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 to $217 as compared to $2,998 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012. The decrease was largely attributable to a decrease in loss before taxes, as well as an increase in the expected annual effective tax rate.

Fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011

Net sales

The following table summarizes our net sales for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:

   
(dollars in thousands)
  Fiscal 2011
  % total
  Fiscal 2012
  % total
 
   

TCS net sales

  $ 530,909     83.8%   $ 613,252     86.8%  

Elfa third party net sales

    102,710     16.2%     93,505     13.2%  
       

Net Sales

  $ 633,619     100.0%   $ 706,757     100.0%  
   

Net sales in fiscal 2012 increased by $73,138, or 11.5%, compared to fiscal 2011. This increase is comprised of the following components:

   
(in thousands)
  Net sales
 
   

Net sales for fiscal 2011

  $ 633,619  

Incremental net sales increase (decrease) due to:

       

Comparable stores (including a $5,616 increase in online sales)

    19,915  

New stores

    40,785  

53 rd  week sales

    11,088  

Installation services

    9,739  

Elfa third party net sales

    (9,205 )

Other

    816  
       

Net sales fiscal 2012

  $ 706,757  
   

64


Table of Contents

The increase in net sales was driven by comparable store sales growth of 4.4%, which benefited from online sales growth of 24.6%. The comparable store sales growth was primarily attributable to an increase in the average ticket of 4.2%. New store net sales increases are due to nine incremental stores, five of which were opened in fiscal 2012. The additional (53 rd ) week of fiscal 2012 generated incremental sales of $11,008; fiscal 2011 consisted of 52 weeks. The increase in installation services was due to the acquisition of The Container Store Services, LLC in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. The Container Store Services, LLC is a subsidiary that performs installation of elfa products. These increases were partially offset by the $9,205 decline in Elfa third party net sales, which were impacted negatively by continuing weakness in the European economy and the Nordic market, the sale of a German subsidiary, and the depreciation of the Swedish krona against the U.S. dollar.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit in fiscal 2012 increased by $48,347, or 13.2%, compared to fiscal 2011. The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of increased sales, as well as improved margins at Elfa. The following table summarizes the gross margin for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 by segment and total. The segment margins include the impact of inter-segment sales from the Elfa segment to the TCS segment:

   
 
  Fiscal 2011
  Fiscal 2012
 
   

TCS gross margin

    59.0%     59.0%  

Elfa gross margin

    37.5%     38.7%  

Total gross margin

    58.0%     58.8%  
   

TCS gross margin remained consistent at 59.0%. Elfa gross margin improved primarily due to lower direct material costs compared to the same time period last year. On a consolidated basis, gross margin improved due to a larger percentage of net sales coming from the more profitable TCS segment compared to the same time period last year.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2012 increased by $37,715 or 12.8%, compared to the fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increase in sales. The following table summarizes the selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011:

   
 
  Fiscal 2011
% of net sales

  Fiscal 2012
% of net sales

 
   

TCS selling, general and administrative

    39.5%     41.0%  

Elfa selling, general and administrative

    6.8%     5.9%  
       

Total selling, general and administrative

    46.3%     46.9%  
   

TCS selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 150 basis points as a percentage of total net sales. Compensation, benefits, and recruiting expenses was the most significant factor as we invested in training in our stores and additional personnel to support our growth, primarily in certain corporate office functions and our distribution center. Health insurance claims also increased in fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011. Other expenses contributing to the increase were transportation and information technology maintenance costs. Reductions as a percentage of sales included occupancy expenses, which are largely fixed in nature and decline as a percentage of

65


Table of Contents

sales when comparable store sales increase. Elfa selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 90 basis points as a percentage of total net sales due to strong cost management during the year, including the sale of a German subsidiary.

Pre-opening costs

Pre-opening costs increased $2,359 or 45.3% in fiscal 2012 to $7,562, as compared to $5,203 in fiscal 2011. We incurred significant pre-opening costs for eight stores in fiscal 2012, six of which opened in fiscal 2012 (five new stores and one relocation) and two which opened in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. This is compared to pre-opening costs incurred for five stores in fiscal 2011.

Goodwill and trade name impairment

Goodwill and trade name impairment expense was $15,533 in fiscal 2012 as compared to $47,037 in fiscal 2011. When we were acquired in 2007, a substantial portion of the purchase price was recorded as goodwill and other intangible assets at Elfa. All impairment charges incurred in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 are related to the Elfa segment. Elfa has experienced a challenging economic climate in Europe, which resulted in Elfa not achieving its third party sales and profit forecasts in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011. The impairment charge in fiscal 2012 was related to the Elfa trade name and was calculated using a relief from royalty discounted cash flow analysis. Of the $47,037 impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2011, $31,453 was related to goodwill associated with the Elfa segment, calculated using an income approach, and represented a complete impairment of goodwill for the Elfa segment. The remaining $15,584 of the impairment charge in fiscal 2011 was related to the Elfa trade name.

As discussed above, reported impairment charges relate solely to the write-off of goodwill and the write-down of the trade name at Elfa due to the ongoing European recession which affected the segment's wholesale business and other factors discussed herein. The goodwill for the Elfa segment was fully impaired in fiscal 2011 and there is no balance remaining on our balance sheet. These impairment charges exceeded our consolidated net loss in every period presented herein.

Restructuring charges

During fiscal 2012, Elfa implemented a plan to restructure its business operations to improve efficiency. In conjunction with these efforts, a subsidiary in Germany was sold and a manufacturing facility in Norway was shut down and consolidated into a like facility in Sweden. Additionally, certain head office functions in sales and marketing were relocated from the Västervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden. In conjunction with these moves, $6,369 of charges were incurred and recorded as restructuring charges during fiscal 2012, the majority of which was severance.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $4,029, or 15.9%, to $21,388 in fiscal 2012 as compared to $25,417 in fiscal 2011. This decrease resulted primarily from the Refinancing Transactions, whereby a new $275 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was entered into, replacing the Prior Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and senior subordinated notes. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrued interest at LIBOR plus 5.0%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%. The Prior Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrued interest at LIBOR plus 3.0%. The senior subordinated notes accrued interest at 11.0% (11.5% to the extent paid in kind).

66


Table of Contents

Loss on extinguishment of debt

We recorded expenses of $7,333 in fiscal 2012 associated with the Refinancing Transactions described above. This amount consisted of an early extinguishment fee, acceleration of deferred financing costs, legal fees and other associated costs.

Taxes

The benefit for income taxes increased by $3,075 in fiscal 2012 to $4,449 as compared to $1,374 in fiscal 2011. The increase was largely attributable to a reduction in impairments of intangibles not deductible for tax purposes and changes in the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets not expected to be realized in the future. Also contributing to the increase in the income tax benefit was a statutory reduction in Swedish tax rates and other effects of foreign income taxes.

Fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010

Net sales

The following table summarizes our net sales for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010:

   
(dollars in thousands)
  Fiscal 2010
  % total
  Fiscal 2011
  % total
 
   

TCS net sales

  $ 472,333     83.0%   $ 530,909     83.8%  

Elfa third party net sales

    96,487     17.0%     102,710     16.2%  
       

Net Sales

  $ 568,820     100.0%   $ 633,619     100.0%  
   

Net sales in fiscal 2011 increased by $64,799, or 11.4%, compared to fiscal 2010. This increase is comprised of the following components:

   
(in thousands)
  Net sales
 
   

Net sales for fiscal 2010

  $ 568,820  

Incremental net sales increase due to:

       

Comparable stores (including a $5,233 increase in online sales)

    36,344  

New stores

    18,297  

Installation services

    2,725  

Elfa third party net sales

    6,223  

Other

    1,210  
       

Net sales fiscal 2011:

  $ 633,619  
   

This increase in net sales was driven by comparable store sales growth of 7.6%, which benefited from online sales growth of 29.7%. The comparable store sales growth was attributable to an increase in the average ticket of 3.9% combined with a 3.6% increase in transactions. New store net sales increases were due to six incremental stores, four of which were opened in fiscal 2011. The increase in installation services was due to the acquisition of The Container Store Services, LLC in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Elfa third party net sales were impacted positively by the appreciation of the Swedish krona against the U.S. dollar, which more than offset the impact of recessionary trends in Europe which caused a decline in orders from retailers in the region.

Gross profit and gross margin

Gross profit in fiscal 2011 increased by $33,739, or 10.1%, compared to fiscal 2010. The increase in gross profit was primarily the result of increased sales, partially offset by lower margins. The following table summarizes the gross margin for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 by segment and total.

67


Table of Contents

The segment margins include the impact of inter-segment sales from the Elfa segment to the TCS segment:

   
 
  Fiscal 2010
  Fiscal 2011
 
   

TCS gross margin

    59.9%     59.0%  

Elfa gross margin

    38.7%     37.5%  

Total gross margin

    58.6%     58.0%  
   

TCS gross margin declined 90 basis points in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The decline in gross margin was primarily due to higher inter-segment cost of sales in our elfa department, as the U.S. dollar weakened as compared to the Swedish krona. Elfa gross margin declined primarily due to more promotional activity utilized to generate sales during a recessionary environment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2011 increased by $24,191 or 9.0%, compared to the fiscal 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to the increase in sales. The following table summarizes the selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of consolidated net sales for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010:

   
 
  Fiscal 2010
% of net sales

  Fiscal 2011
% of net sales

 
   

TCS selling, general and administrative

    40.6%     39.5%  

Elfa selling, general and administrative

    6.8%     6.8%  
       

Total selling, general and administrative

    47.4%     46.3%  
   

TCS selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 110 basis points as a percentage of total net sales. The improvement was primarily attributable to occupancy costs, which are largely fixed in nature, and declined as a percentage of net sales. Marketing costs also declined as a percentage of net sales, as a larger percentage of our marketing efforts shifted to new stores in fiscal 2011. Elfa selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 6.8% as a percentage of total net sales.

Pre-opening costs

Pre-opening costs increased $3,456, or 197.8%, in fiscal 2011 to $5,203, as compared to $1,747 in fiscal 2010. We incurred significant pre-opening costs for five stores in fiscal 2011, four of which opened in fiscal 2011 and one which opened in the first quarter of fiscal 2012. This is compared to two new stores and one relocated store in fiscal 2010.

Goodwill and trade name impairment

Goodwill and trade name impairment expense was $47,037 in fiscal 2011 as compared to $52,388 in fiscal 2010. All impairment charges incurred in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 are related to the Elfa segment. Elfa has experienced a challenging economic climate in Europe, which resulted in Elfa not achieving its sales and profit forecast in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. Of the $47,037 impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2011, $31,453 was related to goodwill associated with the Elfa segment, calculated using an income approach, and represented a complete impairment of goodwill for the Elfa segment. The remaining $15,584 of the impairment charge in fiscal 2011 was related to the Elfa trade name, calculated using a relief from royalty method. Of the $52,388 impairment charge

68


Table of Contents

recorded in fiscal 2010, $51,971 was related to goodwill associated with the Elfa segment and the remaining $417 was related to the Elfa trade name.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $589, or 2.3%, to $25,417 in fiscal 2011 as compared to $26,006 in fiscal 2010. The decrease in interest expense is primarily attributable to the expiration of interest rate swaps in the second quarter of fiscal 2011 and the elimination of the associated interest expense and was partially offset by interest income recorded from receipt of an IRS refund received by TCS in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.

Taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit in fiscal 2011 of $1,374, which is a $5,503 reduction in income tax expense as compared to the income tax provision recorded in fiscal 2010 of $4,129. The reduction in income tax expense is largely attributable to a decrease in impairments of intangibles not deductible for tax purposes, changes in the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets not expected to be realized in the future and the effects of foreign income taxes.

Interim results and seasonality

The following table sets forth our historical quarterly results of operation as well as certain operating data for each of our most recent ten fiscal quarters. This unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as our annual audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this document, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to present fairly the financial information for the fiscal quarters presented.

The quarterly data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this document. The quarterly data for the first and second quarter of fiscal 2011 has not been audited or reviewed by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and accordingly they express no opinion or any form of assurance on it.

69


Table of Contents

Quarterly results of operations

   
 
  Fiscal 2011   Fiscal 2012   Fiscal 2013  
(in thousands, except average ticket and operating data)
 
  First quarter
  Second quarter
  Third quarter
  Fourth quarter
  First quarter
  Second quarter
  Third quarter
  Fourth quarter(1)
  First quarter
  Second quarter
 
   

Net sales

  $ 132,966   $ 149,701   $ 157,830   $ 193,122   $ 145,755   $ 168,560   $ 175,416   $ 217,025   $ 159,645   $ 183,773  

Gross Profit

    76,612     85,879     93,405     111,368     84,177     98,977     104,114     128,342     93,204     107,396  

Income (loss) from operations

    1,465     8,195     10,046     (26,333 )   (2,651 )   8,788     10,285     7,719     (159 )   11,429  

Net income (loss)

    (4,403 )   1,680     2,749     (30,697 )   (12,445 )   3,360     6,862     2,093     (4,795 )   4,107  

Year-Over-Year Increase

                                                             

Net Sales

    10.2%     11.1%     9.0%     14.6%     9.6%     12.6%     11.1%     12.4%     9.5%     9.0%  

Gross Profit

    10.4%     9.2%     5.7%     14.7%     9.9%     15.3%     11.5%     15.2%     10.7%     8.5%  

Operating data

                                                             

Comparable store sales change*

    7.5%     8.8%     6.3%     7.9%     6.0%     5.4%     4.3%     2.7%     2.7%     3.1%  

Number of stores open at end of period*

    49     50     53     53     55     57     58     58     60     61  

Average ticket*

  $ 51.51   $ 54.70   $ 56.31   $ 58.58   $ 53.03   $ 56.10   $ 58.62   $ 60.32   $ 56.04   $ 58.81  

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ 8,485   $ 16,427   $ 20,380   $ 30,352   $ 8,257   $ 21,882   $ 22,456   $ 34,990   $ 10,591   $ 22,128  

Percent of Annual Results

                                                             

Net sales

    21.0%     23.6%     24.9%     30.5%     20.6%     23.8%     24.8%     30.7%     n/a     n/a  

Gross Profit

    20.9%     23.4%     25.4%     30.3%     20.3%     23.8%     25.1%     30.9%     n/a     n/a  

Adjusted EBITDA

    11.2%     21.7%     26.9%     40.1%     9.4%     25.0%     25.6%     39.9%     n/a     n/a  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    6.4%     11.0%     12.9%     15.7%     5.7%     13.0%     12.8%     16.1%     6.6%     12.0%  
   

(1)   The fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 contained 14 weeks, as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, which contained 13 weeks.

(2)   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have been presented in this document as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with the Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility and is the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA reflects further adjustments to EBITDA to eliminate the impact of certain items, including certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period as discussed further below.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this document because they are key metrics used by management, our board of directors, and LGP to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. In addition to executive performance evaluations, we use Adjusted EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance for our income statement, to make budgeting decisions, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful supplemental information facilitating operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA: (i) to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and (ii) because the Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility use a measure substantially the same as Adjusted EBITDA to measure our compliance with certain covenants.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP and they should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management's discretionary use, as they do not reflect certain cash requirements such as tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures, store openings and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA contain certain other limitations, including the failure to reflect our cash expenditures, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation, such as pre-opening costs, stock compensation expense, and losses on extinguishment of debt. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by any such adjustments. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

70


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below:

 
  Fiscal 2011   Fiscal 2012   Fiscal 2013  
(in thousands)
  First
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Fourth
Quarter

  First
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

  Third
Quarter

  Fourth
Quarter

  First
Quarter

  Second
Quarter

 
   

Net income (loss)

  $ (4,403 ) $ 1,680   $ 2,749   $ (30,697 ) $ (12,445 ) $ 3,360   $ 6,862   $ 2,093   $ (4,795 ) $ 4,107  

Depreciation and amortization

    6,560     6,715     6,883     7,293     7,254     7,235     7,336     7,725     7,470     7,580  

Interest expense

    6,646     6,136     6,222     6,413     5,798     5,092     5,131     5,367     5,555     5,519  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (779 )   378     1,075     (2,049 )   (3,240 )   243     (1,711 )   259     (2,020 )   1,803  
       

EBITDA

  $ 8,024   $ 14,909   $ 16,929   $ (19,040 ) $ (2,633 ) $ 15,930   $ 17,618   $ 15,444   $ 6,210     19,009  

Management fees(a)

    0     0     250     250     250     250     250     250     250     250  

Pre-opening costs*(b)

    157     985     2,682     1,175     1,661     2,775     2,137     989     1,962     1,972  

Goodwill and trade name impairment+(c)

    0     0     0     47,037     0     0     0     15,533     0     0  

Non-cash rent(d)

    480     534     428     493     442     864     433     276     391     311  

Restructuring charges+(e)

    0     0     54     79     1,055     1,254     2,056     2,004     241     120  

Long-lived asset impairment(f)

    0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0  

Stock compensation expense(g)

    0     0     0     0     0     0     157     126     99     114  

Loss on extinguishment of debt*(h)

    0     0     0     0     7,236     93     4     0     1,101     0  

Foreign exchange (gains) losses(i)

    (199 )   (24 )   14     143     (15 )   459     (563 )   174     94     (79 )

Other adjustments(j)

    24     22     23     215     261     257     366     194     243     431  
       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 8,486   $ 16,426   $ 20,380   $ 30,352   $ 8,257   $ 21,882   $ 22,456   $ 34,990   $ 10,591   $ 22,128  
   

(a)   Fees paid to LGP in accordance with our management services agreement, which will terminate on the closing of this offering.

(b)   Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and relocating stores. Prior to fiscal 2012, the amount of pre-opening costs permitted pursuant to the terms of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility to be included in the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA was limited to $5.0 million, and the limit was increased to $10.0 million in April 2012. Similar limits exist in our compensation plan. We adjust for these costs to facilitate comparisons of store operating performance from period to period.

(c)   Non-cash charges related to impairment of intangible assets, primarily related to Elfa, which we do not consider reflective of our ongoing performance.

(d)   Reflects the extent to which our annual GAAP rent expense has been above or below our cash rent payment due to lease accounting adjustments. The adjustment varies depending on the average age of our lease portfolio (weighted for size), as our GAAP expense on younger leases typically exceeds our cash cost, while our GAAP expense on older leases is typically less than cash cost. Although our GAAP rent expense has exceeded our cash rent payments through our last fiscal year, as our lease portfolio matures we expect our cash rent payments to exceed our GAAP rent expense, beginning in fiscal 2013.

(e)   Includes charges incurred to restructure business operations at Elfa, including the closure of a sales subsidiary in the Netherlands in 2008, the closure of a sales subsidiary in Germany and a manufacturing facility in Norway in 2012, as well as the relocation of certain head office functions in sales and marketing from the Västervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden in 2012, which we do not consider reflective of our ongoing performance.

(f)    Non-cash charges related to impairment of long-lived tangible assets in our Elfa segment.

(g)   Non-cash charges related to stock-based compensation programs, which vary from period to period depending on timing of awards. We adjust for these charges to facilitate comparisons from period to period.

(h)   Loss recorded as a result of the repayment of the Prior Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and senior subordinated notes in April 2012, which we do not consider reflective of our ongoing operations, and the April 2013 amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. In the event the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, we expect to incur a similar charge in connection with our repayment of a portion of the borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with the proceeds of this offering.

(i)    Realized foreign exchange transactional gains/losses in all periods.

(j)    Other adjustments include amounts our management believes are not representative of our ongoing operations, including costs incurred in preparations for this offering and other charges.

Seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Our storage and organization product offering makes us less susceptible to holiday shopping seasonal patterns than many retailers. In addition, our marketing plan is designed to minimize volatility and seasonal fluctuations of sales across periods. Historically, our business has realized a higher portion of net sales, operating income and cash flows from operations in the fourth fiscal quarter, attributable primarily to the impact of our Annual elfa® Sale (which starts on December 24th and runs through early February). In addition, our Annual Shelving Sale occurs in the third fiscal quarter and results in historically higher sales, operating income and cash flows from operations for the period. As a result of these factors, working capital requirements and demands on our product distribution and delivery network

71


Table of Contents

fluctuate during the year, and are greatest in the second and third fiscal quarters as we prepare for our Annual Shelving Sale, the holiday selling season, and our Annual elfa® Sale.

Liquidity and capital resources

We rely on cash flows from operations and the Revolving Credit Facility as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs are for merchandise inventories, direct materials, payroll, store rent, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and updating existing stores, as well as information technology and infrastructure, including distribution center and Elfa manufacturing facility enhancements. The most significant components of our operating assets and liabilities are merchandise inventories, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets, accounts payable, other current and non-current liabilities, taxes receivable and taxes payable. Our liquidity is seasonal as a result of our building inventory for key selling periods, and as a result, our borrowings are generally higher during these periods when compared to the rest of our fiscal year. Our borrowings generally increase in our second and third fiscal quarters as we prepare for the Annual elfa® Sale which is in our fourth fiscal quarter. We believe that cash expected to be generated from operations, and the availability of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility or other financing arrangements, will be sufficient to meet liquidity requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and payments due under our existing credit facilities for at least the next 24 months.

At August 31, 2013, we had $12.7 million of cash and cash equivalents and $68.6 million in borrowing availability under our Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility. There were $3.1 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at that date.

Cash flow analysis

A summary of our operating, investing and financing activities are shown in the following table:

   
 
   
   
   
  Twenty six weeks ended  
 
  Fiscal year  
 
  August 25,
2012

  August 31,
2013

 
(in thousands)
  2010
  2011
  2012
 
   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 48,764   $ 42,470   $ 45,186   $ (4,295 ) $ 8,014  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (18,157 )   (41,470 )   (48,245 )   (25,822 )   (21,339 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (7,243 )   167     (22,642 )   (7,664 )   843  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    230     240     (111 )   12     (125 )
       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,594   $ 1,407   $ (25,812 ) $ (37,769 ) $ (12,607 )
   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Cash from operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, deferred taxes and the effect of changes in operating assets and liabilities.

72


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities was $4,295 for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012 and net cash provided by operating activities was $8,014 for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013. The $12,309 increase in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 was due primarily to the substantial reduction of net loss as well as increased cash flows provided by operating assets and liabilities. Cash provided by operating assets and liabilities increased $4,068 in the first twenty six weeks of 2013 as decreases in merchandise inventories, accounts receivable, and prepaid expenses were offset by decreases in accounts payable, income taxes payable, and noncurrent liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $45,186 and $42,470 for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, as non-cash items (primarily impairment charges relating to Elfa, as discussed above) more than offset net losses. The $2,716 increase in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was due to improved cash flows provided by operating assets and liabilities as well as an increased benefit of non-cash items. Cash provided by operating assets and liabilities increased $1,446 in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011. Merchandise inventory, accounts receivable, and prepaid expenses all increased year-over-year, which was offset by increases in accounts payable and income taxes payable.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $42,470 and $48,764 for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, as non-cash items (primarily impairment charges relating to Elfa, as discussed above) more than offset net losses. The $6,294 decrease in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 was due to decreased cash flows provided by operating assets and liabilities and a decreased benefit of non-cash items offset by a smaller net loss year-over-year. Cash provided by operating assets and liabilities decreased $13,411 in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. Merchandise inventory, accounts receivable, and prepaid expenses all increased year-over-year, which were offset by decreases in accounts payable and income taxes payable.

Net cash used in investing activities

Investing activities consist primarily of capital expenditures for new store openings, existing store remodels, infrastructure, information systems, and our distribution center.

Capital expenditures for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 were $21,728 with new store openings and existing store remodels accounting for the majority of spending at $14,381. The remaining capital expenditures of $7,347 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013 were primarily for investments in information technology, our corporate offices and our distribution center. Capital expenditures were partially offset by proceeds from sale of property and equipment of $389. We expect to open six new stores during 2013 (including one store relocation), four of which opened during the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, one of which opened after August 31, 2013, and one of which will open later in the third quarter of fiscal 2013. We expect to have capital expenditures of approximately $45 million in fiscal 2013, including capital expenditures already incurred in the year-to-date period, primarily related to our efforts to open new stores, remodel existing stores and support existing and future infrastructure, including our information systems and our distribution center.

Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2012 were $48,559 with new store openings and existing store remodels accounting for the majority of spending at $28,225. The remaining capital expenditures of $20,334 in fiscal 2012 were primarily for investments in information technology, our corporate offices and distribution center and Elfa manufacturing facility enhancements.

73


Table of Contents

Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2011 were $41,220 with new store openings and existing store remodels accounting for approximately half the spend at $20,298. The remaining capital expenditures of $20,922 in fiscal 2011 were primarily for acquisition of plant, property, and equipment at Elfa as well as investments in information technology, our corporate offices, and distribution center.

Our total capital expenditures for fiscal 2010 were $18,175 with new store openings and existing store remodels accounting for $7,793. The remaining capital expenditures of $10,382 in fiscal 2010 were primarily for investments in information technology, our corporate offices and distribution center, and Elfa manufacturing facility enhancements.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Financing activities consist primarily of borrowings and payments under our Senior Secured Credit Facility and our Revolving Credit Facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $843 in the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013. This included the net proceeds of $8,213 from borrowings under the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility to support higher liquidity needs. In addition, The Container Store, Inc. increased its borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Facility by $90.0 million pursuant to the Increase and Repricing Transactions, which were used to finance a distribution to holders of our senior preferred stock.

Net cash used for financing activities was $22,642 in fiscal 2012. This included net proceeds of $2,108 from borrowings under the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility to support higher working capital needs. The net proceeds of the revolver borrowings at Elfa were offset by payments of $24,569 cash for repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Elfa Term Loan Facility, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility, as well as additional debt repayment and transaction costs associated with the Refinancing Transactions.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $167 in fiscal 2011. This included net proceeds of $6,914 from borrowings under the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility to support higher working capital needs. The net proceeds of the revolver borrowings at Elfa were offset by payments of $6,731 cash for repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Elfa Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

Net cash used for financing activities was $7,243 in fiscal 2010. This included payments of $812 cash for repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility as well as payments of $6,254 cash for repayment of indebtedness outstanding under the Elfa Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

As of August 31, 2013, we had a total of $63,392 of unused borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility, and $3,093 in letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of August 31, 2013.

As of August 31, 2013, Elfa had a total of $5,165 of unused borrowing availability under its revolving credit facility and $21,215 outstanding under its revolving credit facility.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On April 6, 2012, The Container Store, Inc. entered into the $275.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Barclays Bank PLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as

74


Table of Contents

Co-Documentation Agents. Prior to the Increase and Repricing Transactions, as discussed below, borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrued interest at LIBOR+5.0%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%.

We used proceeds from the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, along with $20.0 million in cash, to extinguish the outstanding amounts under the Prior Senior Secured Term Loan Facility of $115.4 million and The Container Store, Inc.'s senior subordinated notes of $165.5 million.

On April 8, 2013, The Container Store, Inc. entered into the Increase and Repricing Transactions, which were effected pursuant to an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. Under this amendment, the borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility were increased to $362.3 million. Following the Increase and Repricing Transactions, borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate of LIBOR + 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and the maturity date remains as April 6, 2019. Additionally, the amendment eliminated the senior secured leverage ratio covenant referenced below. Pursuant to the amendment, we are required to make quarterly principal repayments of $0.9 million through December 31, 2018, with a balloon payment for the remaining balance of $341.4 million due on April 6, 2019. The additional $90.0 million of borrowings was used to finance a distribution to holders of our senior preferred stock in the amount of $90.0 million, which was paid on April 9, 2013.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is secured by (a) a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65% and assets of non-guarantors and subject to certain other exceptions) (other than the collateral that secures the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis) and (b) a security interest, junior in priority, in the assets securing the Revolving Credit Facility described below on a first-priority basis. Obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and The Container Store Group, Inc.'s U.S. subsidiaries. Originally, we were required to maintain a senior secured leverage ratio covenant, however as discussed above, this covenant was removed on April 8, 2013. The ratio was tested as of the last day of each fiscal quarter. The initial permitted maximum for this ratio was 5.25 to 1.00 and the requirement stepped down over time to 3.75 to 1.00. We were compliant with this financial covenant at March 2, 2013. Under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, we were required to make quarterly principal repayments of $0.7 million through December 31, 2018, with a balloon payment for the remaining balance of $256.4 million due on April 6, 2019. As noted above, this was modified in April 2013 in connection with the Increase and Repricing Transactions.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve itself, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions. As of August 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) had occurred.

Revolving Credit Facility

On April 6, 2012, The Container Store, Inc. entered into the $75.0 million Revolving Credit Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at

75


Table of Contents

LIBOR+1.25% to 1.75%, subject to adjustment based on average daily excess availability over the preceding quarter, and the maturity date is April 6, 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility replaced The Container Store, Inc.'s prior $75.0 million asset-based revolving credit facility.

The Revolving Credit Facility is to be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility allows for swing line advances to The Container Store, Inc. of up to $7.5 million and the issuance of letters of credit to us of up to $20.0 million. The availability of credit at any given time under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the Revolving Credit Facility could be less than the stated amount of the Revolving Credit Facility (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility).

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in all of our personal property, consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, cash, deposit accounts, and other general intangibles, and (b) a second-priority security interest in the collateral that secures the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility on a first-priority basis, as described above (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65%, and assets of non-guarantor subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions). Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and The Container Store Group, Inc.'s U.S. subsidiaries.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve itself, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions. We are required to maintain a consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 if excess availability is less than $10 million at any time. As of August 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) has occurred.

Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 27, 2009, Elfa entered into the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities with Tjustbygdens Sparbank AB, which we refer to as Sparbank, which consist of a SEK 137,500,000 (approximately $20.7 million as of August 31, 2013) term loan facility, which we refer to as the Elfa Term Loan Facility, and a SEK 175,000,000 (approximately $26.4 million as of August 31, 2013) revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the Elfa Term Loan Facility, the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On January 27, 2012, Sparbank transferred all of its commitments, rights and obligations under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities to Swedbank AB. Borrowings under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities accrue interest at a rate of STIBOR+1.775%. The Elfa Term Loan Facility matures on August 30, 2014 and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility matures on August 30, 2014, subject to automatic annual renewal as long as certain conditions are satisfied. Elfa is required to make quarterly principal repayments under the Elfa Term Loan Facility of SEK 6,250,000 (approximately $0.9 million as of August 31, 2013) through maturity.

The Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of Elfa's assets.

76


Table of Contents

The Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Elfa's ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional liens, sell or dispose of assets, pay dividends, merge with other companies, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business and make guarantees. In addition, Elfa is required to maintain (i) a consolidated equity ratio (calculated as Elfa's consolidated total shareholders' equity divided by its consolidated total assets) of not less than 35% and (ii) a consolidated ratio of net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) not greater than 4.0, each tested as of the end of each quarter. As of August 31, 2013 Elfa was in compliance with all covenants and no Event of Default (as defined in the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) had occurred.

Events of default under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities include, but are not limited to: (i) nonpayment of any amount due under the credit agreement; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) nonpayment of any other amount owed to the lender; (iv) certain cross-defaults to other indebtedness; (v) bankruptcy or insolvency of Elfa or any of its subsidiaries; (vi) attachment of any assets of Elfa or any of its subsidiaries; and (vii) the occurrence of any other circumstances which give the lender reasonable grounds to assume that Elfa's conditions or ability to perform its obligations under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities have deteriorated significantly.

Contractual obligations

We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily debt obligations and non-cancelable operating leases. As of March 2, 2013, without giving effect to this offering, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows:

   
 
  Payments due by period  
(in thousands)
  Total
  Fiscal 2013
  Fiscal 2014-2015
  Fiscal 2016-2017
  Thereafter
 
   

Term loans(1)

  $ 278,750   $ 6,625   $ 7,437   $ 5,500   $ 259,188  

Revolving loans

    13,482     13,482              

Other long-term obligations(2)

    6,621     2,398     2,109     501     1,613  

Estimated interest(1)(3)

    106,297     17,482     34,345     33,641     20,829  

Operating leases(4)

    470,436     62,521     123,530     109,782     174,603  

Letters of credit

    2,793     2,793              

Purchase obligations(5)

    29,421     29,421              

Forward contracts(6)

    31,845     31,845              
       

Total

  $ 939,645   $ 166,567   $ 167,421   $ 149,424   $ 456,233  
   

(1)   On April 8, 2013, we executed an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility (which we refer to as the Increase and Repricing Transactions), whereby additional term loans in the amount of $90.0 million were borrowed. As a result, our contractual cash obligations for term loans and estimated interest increased as follows:

   
(in thousands)
  Term loans
  Estimated interest
 
   

Remainder of 2013

  $ 6,592   $ 20,424  

2014-2015

    9,182     40,444  

2016-2017

    7,245     39,614  

Thereafter

    345,043     21,589  
       

Total

  $ 368,062   $ 122,071  
   

(2)   Other long-term obligations include a mortgage on a manufacturing facility in Poland, as well as a note payable related to the acquisition of The Container Store Services, LLC in 2012.

(3)   For purposes of this table, interest has been estimated based on interest rates in effect for our indebtedness as of March 2, 2013, and estimated borrowing levels in the future. Actual borrowing levels and interest costs may differ.

77


Table of Contents


(4)   We enter into operating leases during the normal course of business. Most lease arrangements provide us with the option to renew the leases at defined terms. The future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these options, or if we were to enter into additional operating leases.

(5)   Purchase obligations related to merchandise inventory.

(6)   We enter into foreign currency forward contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize our retail gross margins and to protect our domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from our Elfa segment.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

None.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Management evaluates its accounting policies, estimates, and judgments on an on-going basis. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.

Management evaluated the development and selection of its critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1— Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold for our TCS segment when merchandise is received by our customers, which reflects an estimate of shipments that have not yet been received by the customer. This estimate is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. We recognize revenues and the related cost of goods sold for our Elfa Segment upon shipment.

We recognize shipping and handling fees as revenue when the merchandise is shipped to the customer. Costs of shipping and handling are included in cost of goods sold. We recognize installation fees as revenue upon completion of the installation service to the customer. Costs of installation are included in cost of goods sold.

Sales tax collected is not recognized as revenue as it is ultimately remitted to governmental authorities.

We reserve for projected merchandise returns based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. The reserve reduces sales and cost of sales, accordingly. Merchandise exchanges of similar product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns reserve.

78


Table of Contents

Gift cards and merchandise credits

We sell gift cards to our customers in our stores, online and through our call center. We issue merchandise credits in our stores and through our call center. Revenue associated with sales of gift cards and issuances of merchandise credits is recognized when the gift card or merchandise credit is redeemed by the customer, or when the likelihood of redemption by the customer is remote (i.e., breakage). An estimate of the rate of gift card breakage is applied over the period of estimated performance (48 months as of the end of 2012) and the breakage amounts are included in net sales in the consolidated statement of operations.

Inventories

Inventories at retail stores are comprised of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a weighted-average cost method including associated freight costs, and market determined based on the estimated net realizable value. Manufacturing inventories are comprised of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods and are valued on a first-in, first out basis using full absorption accounting which includes material, labor, other variable costs, and other applicable manufacturing overhead. To determine if the value of inventory is recoverable at cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preference and the merchandise age. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We adjust our inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future retail sales prices.

Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of cost of sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts. Actual inventory shrinkage can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of our inventory and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores and distribution center.

Due to these factors, our obsolescence and shrinkage reserves contain uncertainties. Both estimates have calculations that require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. If actual obsolescence or shrinkage estimates change from our original estimates, we will adjust our inventory reserves accordingly throughout the period. Management does not believe that changes in the assumptions used in these estimates would have a significant effect on our inventory balances. We have not made any material changes to our assumptions included in the calculations of the obsolescence and shrinkage reserves during the periods presented.

Income taxes

We account for deferred income taxes utilizing Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. When a net deferred asset position exists, such as with our TCS segment, a three-year cumulative financial loss before income taxes is indicative that realization of a deferred tax asset is in doubt. As a result, valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the realization of those deferred tax assets will not occur.

79


Table of Contents

Valuation allowances are released as positive evidence of future taxable income sufficient to realize the underlying deferred tax assets becomes available (e.g., three-year cumulative financial income).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years when those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes from a change in the tax rate is recognized through continuing operations in the period that includes the enactment of the change. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.

We operate in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. ASC 740-30 provides that the undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary be accounted for as a temporary difference under the presumption that all undistributed earnings will be distributed to the parent company as a dividend. Sufficient evidence of the intent to permanently reinvest the earnings in the jurisdiction where earned precludes a company from recording the temporary difference. For purposes of ASC 740-30, we are partially reinvested in Elfa and thus do not record a temporary difference. We are partially reinvested since we have permanently reinvested our past earnings at Elfa; however, we do not assert that all future earnings will be reinvested into Elfa.

Leases

Rent expense on operating leases, including rent holidays and scheduled rent increases, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, commencing on the date we take possession of the leased property. Rent expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses. Pre-opening rent expense is recorded in pre-opening costs in the consolidated statement of operations. The net excess of rent expense over the actual cash paid has been recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Tenant improvement allowances are also included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease from the possession date. Contingent rental payments, typically based on a percentage of sales, are recognized in rent expense when payment of the contingent rent is probable.

Intangibles and long-lived assets

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. If an impairment indicator exists, we test the intangible asset for recoverability. We have identified two reporting units and we have selected the fourth fiscal quarter to perform our annual goodwill impairment testing.

Prior to testing goodwill for impairment, we perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired for each reporting unit. If the results of the qualitative assessment indicate that the likelihood of impairment is greater than 50%, then we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the

80


Table of Contents

impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The fair value of each reporting unit is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach. We also use a market approach to compare the estimated fair value to comparable companies. The determination of fair value requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including among others, our nature and our history, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general economy, past results, our current operations and future prospects, sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses, as well as prices, terms and conditions affecting past sales of similar businesses. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management's expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.

Our tests for impairment of goodwill resulted in a determination that the fair value of the Elfa reporting unit was less than the carrying value in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

Trade names

We annually evaluate whether the trade names continue to have an indefinite life. Trade names are reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

The impairment review is performed by comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. If the recorded carrying value of the trade name exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to write the trade name down to its estimated fair value. Factors used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, future revenue growth assumptions, estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of our trade names to third parties, and a rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value).

The valuation of trade names requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, which are consistent with the factors discussed under "Goodwill" above. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management's expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment

81


Table of Contents

include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated undiscounted cash flow analysis of the asset.

For our TCS segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level. For our Elfa segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at an individual subsidiary level.

Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.

Foreign currency forward contracts

We account for foreign currency forward contracts in accordance with ASC No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging . We utilize foreign currency forward contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize our retail gross margins and to protect our domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from Elfa. All currency-related hedge instruments have terms from 1 to 12 months and require us to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement. We do not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We record all financial instruments on a gross basis. We account for all foreign currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges, as defined. All financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value that are considered to be effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the fair value that is considered to be ineffective is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

On February 5, 2013, the FASB ratified ASU No. 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." The new disclosure requirements mandate that entities report, in one place, information about reclassifications out of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI"). The standard requires disclosure of the amount of the reclassification and the effect of the reclassification on the income statement line item. Upon adoption, the reclassification disclosures must be presented, in one place, either parenthetically on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and we adopted this ASU during first quarter 2013. This ASU did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations, but did change our disclosure policies for amounts reclassified out of AOCI.

82


Table of Contents

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

The JOBS Act permits us, as an "emerging growth company," to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosure of market risk

Foreign currency risk

We are subject to foreign currency risk in connection with the operations of Elfa. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at year end rates of exchange, with the exception of certain assets and liabilities that are translated at historical rates of exchange. Revenues, expenses, and cash flows of foreign subsidiaries are translated at weighted-average rates of exchange for the year. Based on the average exchange rate from Swedish krona to U.S. dollar during the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, and results of operations and financial condition in functional currency, we do not believe that a 10% change in the exchange rate would have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

We are also subject to foreign currency risk in connection with the purchase of inventory from Elfa. We utilize foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate this risk. In fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, we used forward contracts for 85% and 77% of inventory purchases in Swedish krona each year, respectively. For fiscal 2013, we currently have 64% of our planned purchases hedged at an average SEK rate of 6.73, compared to 90% of planned purchases hedged in fiscal 2012 at an average rate of 7.08.

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which accrue interest at variable rates. At August 31, 2013, borrowings subject to interest rate risk were $386.3 million, we had $63.4 million of additional availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and approximately $5.2 million of additional availability under the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility. We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and currently have no intention to do so in the foreseeable future. Based on the average interest rate on each of the Revolving Credit Facility and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility during the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, and to the extent that borrowings were outstanding, we do not believe that a 10% change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Impact of Inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

83


Table of Contents

Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure

None.

Internal control over financial reporting

The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be completely successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting on an on-going basis. As part of this process, we may identify specific internal controls as being deficient.

We have begun documenting and testing our internal control procedures in order to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments; however, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to engage an auditor to report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We must comply with Section 404 no later than the time we file our annual report for fiscal 2014 with the SEC.

84


Table of Contents


Letter from our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

GRAPHIC

To our prospective shareholders,

As we celebrate our 35 th anniversary this year, I am thrilled, honored and proud to be writing this letter to you.

Since 1978, The Container Store has been working toward creating a retail store experience that is unlike any other—a differentiated shopping experience offering customers innovative, time and space-saving solutions coupled with astonishing customer service from happy, well-trained, well-paid salespeople. We hope you and yours have had the opportunity to enjoy it. And if you haven't, I'd love nothing more than for you to take a trip to one of our stores around the country to see what we're talking about. A store that can change your life? Well, yes, we hope so.

Our yummy culture—What we stand for

How to define The Container Store culture? I would have to say that first and foremost we're an employee-first, yummy company. "What does it mean to be yummy?" might be your next question. Well, it's the opposite of yucky. We know our employee-first mantra defies conventional business wisdom, most famously expressed by the late American economist Milton Friedman. Milton said the only reason a corporation exists is to maximize the return of the shareholder. Well, with all due respect to Milton, at The Container Store we have found that if you take better care of the employees than anybody else, they really will take better care of the customers than anybody else. It's actually about creating this one-of-a-kind experience, where we operate our business with a focus on all of our stakeholders—but with our employees first.

This results in a culture where employees get out of bed and actually look forward to coming to work—to work alongside other great people. It's a purpose to improve our customers' lives through the gracious gift of organization, to help our vendors' businesses become all they hope and dream they can be, and to make our communities a better place to live. And in doing this, all by staying true to our seven Foundation Principles, which I'll tell you even more about later, we know that the lives of everyone associated with our business will be enriched, filled with opportunity and EVERYONE—all of our stakeholders—can thrive.

People often say (and I mean often), "How does The Container Store do it? How have you always been considered a great place to work (and we're talking retail), and how can you compete against the mass merchants and all of the knockoffs you've seen over the years?" My response always points to the culture and our Foundation Principles. We trust that the most sophisticated investors understand that our culture is what drives the value of our business—yes, the culture. In all that we do every single day we keep a laser-like focus on developing and nurturing our culture.

It means that when we asked our employees to describe in a word The Container Store's culture, they shared things like love, passion, family, sweet, security, support, mindful, magical and matchless. Love and sweet and mindful—in business? Now that warms my heart and is something we're incredibly proud and passionate about.

85


Table of Contents

One of our greatest hopes is that the practice of simultaneously taking care of everyone connected to a business, operating from a purpose beyond profits and leading with consciousness—what we along with other companies, thought leaders and academics call Conscious Capitalism® —becomes the preferred and most accepted way of doing business. It will prove that the economic imperatives of corporate success aren't incompatible with doing the right things. It's not a zero-sum game. No one has to lose for the other person to win. You can make decisions based on love and succeed.

Our foundation principles

In order to achieve all of this, our business is structured around some very basic and fundamental values and business philosophies about treating employees, customers and vendors with respect and dignity—we call them our Foundation Principles™.

They were formalized in 1988, after we opened our Houston store. That store made us take a look at our business a little harder. From the day we opened the doors, the store did more business than we ever anticipated, which became quite overwhelming to our Houston store employees.

So I referred to a file I had started many years ago called my "philosophy epistle file" where I'd put various anecdotes, musings and philosophical phrases that I admired beginning in high school, through college and up to this time in the business. I chose many examples to communicate the message that no matter how big the company became, its guiding principles and values would stay the same and over the years these were condensed into our Foundation Principles™.

By understanding and supporting these principles and philosophical guidelines, everyone can all respond in unison to similar circumstances. In other words, they act as a unit, all working in the same direction toward the same goal. Retail is far, far too situational to attempt to achieve a concerted effort through inflexible rules and policies.

So, instead of using the typical phone-book-sized retail procedural manual to guide our decision making, all of us at The Container Store use our Foundation Principles™ to keep everyone on track, focused and fulfilled as employees. With this combination of values-driven business philosophies and a one-of-a-kind product selection, The Container Store's goal is to become the best retail store in America.

GRAPHIC

"1 Equals 3" is our hiring philosophy. One great person equals three good people in terms of business productivity. We have to be selective when interviewing potential employees because of the brand promise we've made to our customers to provide exceptional customer service.

GRAPHIC

We believe that Communication IS Leadership—they are one and the same. The Container Store knows the importance of executing every day, consistent, reliable, predictable, effective, thoughtful, compassionate and yes, even courteous communication. It's hard, but we feel passionate that it is critical in developing and growing our business successfully.

86


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

This statement has become a Golden Rule of our company—it's our business philosophy. The Container Store has been successful in creatively crafting mutually beneficial relationships with our vendors by doing everything possible to truly "fill their baskets to the brim." We know that in return, they will support us and assist in our success as well.

GRAPHIC

Conventional wisdom says that price is mutually exclusive of service and selection. It's hard for most retailers to offer competitive pricing and provide exceptional service. A few great retailers have achieved a combination of the best selection and the best service. To add competitive pricing to that equation is generally unheard of, but The Container Store works hard to achieve all three simultaneously with this philosophy.

GRAPHIC

This is our training philosophy and demonstrates how committed we are in arming our employees with the knowledge to provide the best possible service to our customers. We want our employees to use their intuition, which I heard someone once say is the sum total of your life experiences, so why would you want them to leave that at home when they come to work? In order to successfully anticipate the needs of our customers, we encourage our employees to use their intuition coupled with the enormous training they receive on our products. We are the experts and must ensure our customers feel more than taken care of by us.

GRAPHIC

This is our selling philosophy and we use it to illustrate how we astonish our customers by exceeding their expectations. When a customer comes to our store looking for shoe storage, for example, we equate her to a "Man in a Desert," in desperate need of a complete solution (not just a drink of water). We start asking questions about what her needs are. "How many shoes do you have?" "If shoes are a big problem for you, how does the rest of the closet function?" By anticipating her needs, we know that she needs an organization plan—a complete solution—for her entire closet.

GRAPHIC

Three steps in the door and you can tell whether or not a retail store has it. And we know that The Container Store has it! "Air of Excitement" is our employees' smiling faces and genuine concern for customers' needs. It's the bright, visual, innovative and conversation-provoking products we sell. It's our clean, well-organized shelves. It's music that is pleasant and speaks to our customers.

The customer dance

It's all of these wonderful Foundation Principles that, working together, create that differentiated shopping experience. That customer experience is not just about any one thing. It's a very complex and powerful mix of so many things. But the ultimate reward, the validation that the experience was successful is what we call getting the customer dance. It's everything about the customer

87


Table of Contents

experience that happens in the store and continues on after that customer gets home. Her heart rate goes up, up, up with every interaction with the brand. It's about what occurs when she takes the product home and actually lives with it. We want her to do a little dance every time she opens that closet door in the morning because it's so beautifully organized. So perfect for her. Frankly, she feels an emotional connection to her closet. The product—the solution—it transcends value for her.

And the dance is really happening when she has her friends, sister-in-law and neighbor over to see her closet and they want to feel that way every morning so they make a trip to The Container Store to find out how they can experience that feeling. I've had customers tell me over and over again how our stores are a peaceful, organized oasis after a really stressful day or, even better, after a trip to our store they say It was more fun than Disneyland.

Our customers don't just like The Container Store—they say they love us. It's the ultimate achievement in building a brand when the people associated with it don't just enjoy the brand, they somehow feel a part of it.

Continuing to lead with heart and soul

I'm excited about the work we have ahead of us—whether it's in the stores that are yet to be built or in the products of the future that will continue to help our customers save space and time. We'll continue to create boundless opportunities for our employees and they will be enriched by working around other inspiring, fantastic colleagues. We will continue to work closely with our vendors, building our businesses together—and we will have customers continuing to dance in their closets with delight. All of our stakeholders will enjoy The Container Store's purpose in action.

My favorite movie is It's a Wonderful Life . I know it's kind of corny, but the whole movie is about showing one guy, George Bailey, the power of his wake. At The Container Store, we talk a lot about WAKE—like a boat's wake. I really believe that being a CONSCIOUS business means that everyone is aware of their wake. And I think that all of our wakes are much, much bigger than we can ever, ever imagine. We have built a culture that champions a collective focus on our wake, team, mutual support and respect, grace of authority and servant leadership and leadership based on love rather than fear. We believe The Container Store's magic will continue to flourish in our next step as a public company.

We've come a long way over the last 35 years—from my dad's friends scratching their heads about us opening a store that sells "empty boxes" to originating and now leading the storage and organization category of retailing to being at or near the top of FORTUNE Magazine's "100 Best Companies To Work For" the last 14 years in a row (we were #1 twice). We've been one of Oprah's "Favorite Things" during her farewell season and most recently achieved positive quarterly comps for 13 consecutive fiscal quarters as of fiscal August. But our heart and soul, our devotion to operating a conscious business has never wavered. It's what makes The Container Store matchless—and something I'm excited to say continues to strengthen with every step we take in our extraordinary journey.

We will continue to innovate, trail blaze, astonish and thrill. And we will continue to work hard and create opportunity for everyone associated with our business. But, if the RPM needle ever gets in the red and our precious, yummy culture is in need of a bit of a hug, we'll stop and give it the love it deserves and needs. For love is what The Container Store's past, present and future is built on.

88


Table of Contents

I sure wouldn't want to miss our future—would you? We hope you'll join us!

GRAPHIC

Kip Tindell
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

89


Table of Contents


Business

Company overview

We are the leading specialty retailer of storage and organization products in the United States, with over $700 million of net sales in fiscal 2012. We are the original storage and organization specialty retailer and the only national retailer solely devoted to the category. Our goal is to help provide order to an increasingly busy and chaotic world. We provide creative, multifunctional, customizable storage and organization solutions that help our customers save time, save space and improve the quality of their lives. We believe our commitment to the category, breadth of product assortment, passionate employees and focus on solutions-based selling create a long-lasting bond with our customers and foster devotion to The Container Store brand. As a result, we continue to expand our base of passionate, enthusiastic and loyal customers, which we believe will further drive our growth and profitability.

We foster an employee-first culture built around our Foundation Principles, which are described on the inside cover of this prospectus and in the letter from William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to prospective shareholders appearing on page 85. The Foundation Principles define how we approach our relationships with our employees, vendors, customers and communities and influence every aspect of our business.

Our business was established with one store in Dallas, Texas in 1978. Today our operations consist of two reporting segments:

TCS, which consists of our retail stores, website and call center. As of October 1, 2013, we operated 62 stores with an average size of approximately 19,000 selling square feet in 22 states and the District of Columbia. We also offer all of our products directly to customers through our website and call center, which accounted for approximately 5.4% of TCS net sales in fiscal 2012. Our stores receive all products directly from our distribution center co-located with our corporate headquarters in Coppell, Texas. In fiscal 2012, our TCS net sales were derived from approximately 10,500 unique stock keeping units ("SKUs") organized into 16 distinct lifestyle departments sourced from approximately 700 vendors around the world. The breadth, depth and quality of our product offerings are designed to appeal to a broad demographic, including our core customers, who are predominantly female, affluent, highly educated and busy. In fiscal 2012, TCS had net sales of $613 million, which represented approximately 87% of our total net sales.

Elfa, which designs and manufactures component-based shelving and drawer systems and made-to-measure sliding doors. Elfa was founded in 1948 and is headquartered in Malmö, Sweden. Elfa's shelving and drawer systems are customizable for any area of the home, including closets, kitchens, offices and garages. Elfa operates four manufacturing facilities with two located in Sweden, one in Finland and one in Poland. The Container Store began selling elfa® products in 1978 and acquired Elfa in 1999. Today our TCS segment is the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the U.S. and represented approximately 34% of Elfa's total sales in fiscal 2012. Elfa also sells its products on a wholesale basis to various retailers in more than 30 countries around the world, with a concentration in the Nordic region of Europe. In fiscal 2012, the Elfa segment had $94 million of third party net sales, which represented approximately 13% of our total net sales.

90


Table of Contents

The passion and dedication of our employees, management team and vendor network allows us to successfully execute our business strategy. We believe our culture and conscious business approach ultimately drive our strong financial performance, as demonstrated by:

thirteen consecutive fiscal quarters (through August 2013) of positive comparable store sales growth;

consistently improving profitability, with Adjusted EBITDA margin increasing from 8.5% in fiscal 2008 to 12.4% in fiscal 2012; and

strong new store performance, with an average four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin of 21.5% in the first twelve months of operation and an average pre-tax payback period of approximately 2.5 years for our 12 new stores that opened from fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2011.

As described in our "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," we experienced GAAP net losses of $45.1 million, $30.7 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012 and the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013, respectively. The net losses in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 are inclusive of intangible asset impairments at our Elfa segment in the amounts of $52.4 million, $47.0 million, $15.5 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Our competitive strengths

Deep-rooted, employee-first culture.     We believe our highly-trained, experienced and motivated employees are critical to delivering our solutions-based retail experience to our customers. Taking care of our employees is The Container Store's top priority, so we continually invest in their recruitment, training and overall job satisfaction. We believe that these investments result in high employee retention rates, inspired service and an enhanced customer experience that differentiates us from other retailers.

We are highly selective in our hiring process, typically hiring less than 4% of annual applicants, and often our new employees are existing customers. We train our employees extensively and continuously throughout their employment. Each new full-time store employee receives more than 260 hours of formal training in their first year alone, which we believe to be far beyond the industry average. Training focuses on our culture, leadership skills, product knowledge, space design skills and operational skills. In addition, we offer flexible work schedules, comprehensive benefits and above industry average compensation to both full and part-time employees. As a result, we have an average full-time employee turn-over rate of approximately 10% annually, compared to a retail industry average of over 100%, and we have been recognized in FORTUNE Magazine's list of "100 Best Companies To Work For®" in each of the last 14 years.

An unmatched collection of storage and organization products.     We offer our customers storage and organization solutions through an extensive and carefully curated assortment of creative and original products at competitive prices. We accomplish this in three principal ways:

Highly experienced buying team—Our buying team is responsible for sourcing all of our products and averages 15 years tenure at The Container Store. To ensure that our merchandise remains fresh and on-trend, our buying team frequently works directly with vendors to create high quality and differentiated new products exclusively for The Container Store, often based on direct feedback from our customers. The buying team also introduces approximately 2,000 new SKUs on average into our assortment each year.

91


Table of Contents

Deep vendor relationships—We strive to form meaningful, long-lasting relationships with all of our vendors. We have been developing and refining our distinctive relationship-focused approach to our vendors for over 35 years. We do not view vendor negotiations as a zero-sum game, but rather as an opportunity to develop mutually beneficial relationships, which we believe has created a unique sense of loyalty among our vendors. We estimate that over half of our net sales in fiscal 2012 were generated from merchandise exclusive to The Container Store, and we believe that only a small portion of our merchandise is carried by other national retailers. Our strong vendor relationships benefit us in a number of ways, including an increased number of exclusive products, competitive pricing and favorable payment terms.

The elfa® advantage—We are the exclusive distributor of elfa® products in the United States. elfa® is both our highest sales volume and, by virtue of our vertical integration, our highest gross margin department. Each of our stores includes an elfa® Custom Design Center where our highly trained experts can assist customers in designing and installing a customized storage solution. In fiscal 2012, the elfa® department represented approximately $141 million, or approximately 23%, of TCS net sales, which included approximately $106 million of elfa® Custom Design Center net sales with an average ticket of $583.01. This compares to an average ticket of $57.34 for the entire TCS segment.

Highly-differentiated shopping experience.     We place great emphasis on creating an inviting and engaging store experience. Our customers often come to The Container Store knowing that they have a storage and organization challenge, but without a clear plan of how to address and solve their underlying issue. Our highly-trained salespeople seek to interact with our customers, asking questions, listening and learning from them so that they can understand the complete scope of their needs. This allows us to provide our customers with creative, tailored, comprehensive and multifunctional solutions, often utilizing multiple products from many of the 16 distinct lifestyle departments in our stores. This selling approach allows us to sell a broader range of products and to deliver a differentiated experience to our customers, which we believe results in a higher average ticket, repeat visits and frequent referrals to other potential customers.

Our interactive customer service experience is further enhanced by a variety of additional service offerings, including our elfa® Installation Service, GoShop! Click & Pickup (in which a customer orders online and picks up at a store with curbside delivery to the customer's car in most markets) and GoShop! Scan & Deliver in the Manhattan market (in which a customer simply scans her products with a hand-held device, checks out, after which the merchandise is delivered to her home). These services and, in the case of GoShop! Click & Pickup and GoShop! Scan & Deliver, advanced technologies, provide additional convenience and flexibility to our customers and reinforce our commitment to providing a differentiated shopping experience.

Proven real estate site selection process.     We seek to locate our stores in highly desirable retail developments surrounded by dense concentrations of our core customers. We maintain a disciplined approach to new store development and perform comprehensive market research before selecting a new site based on customer demographics from eSite, an independent customer analytics research firm, and data from our customer database to identify existing customers. Additionally, we maintain a flexible cost structure that allows us to achieve consistent four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margins across a range of sales levels and successfully operate stores in a variety of markets. Our data-driven approach, premium locations and flexible new store model have resulted in strong performance across our store base. We have never closed or relocated a store due to underperformance.

92


Table of Contents

We have deep relationships with best-in-class commercial real estate firms and believe that we are a sought-after tenant given our brand and the high volume of affluent customers that visit our stores. As a result, we continue to have access to desirable retail sites on attractive terms.

Powerful brand with strong customer loyalty.     We believe that The Container Store brand has become synonymous with the storage and organization category and an organized, stress-reduced lifestyle. The strength of our brand is built on our history as the originator and leader of the storage and organization category, our best-in-class product offerings and our commitment to our employees, vendors, customers and communities. We believe that this makes us the preferred retail destination for storage and organization solutions.

We have achieved nationwide recognition attributable in part to numerous news and media impressions. We are consistently presented with opportunities to showcase our brand on a national stage. Notable publicity includes appearances on "Oprah's Favorite Things" in her farewell season in 2010 and on "Ellen's 12 Days of Christmas" in 2012. In addition, we received the National Retail Federation's Gold Medal Award for excellence in 2011. The prominence of our brand has also led to a significant number of unpaid media impressions, including print mentions in newspapers and magazines with more than 520 million readers and television broadcast mentions on shows with more than 270 million viewers in 2012. We also enjoy a strong following on various social media outlets including Facebook (over 243,000 "likes"), Twitter (over 22,000 followers) and Pinterest (over 29,000 followers), in each case as of October 1, 2013.

Highly experienced and passionate management team with proven track record.     Led by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, our senior management team averages over 17 years with The Container Store, and is responsible for our proven track record of growth and consistent performance. Both Kip and Sharon Tindell, our Chief Merchandising Officer, have been inducted into the Retailing Hall of Fame, Melissa Reiff, our President and Chief Operating Officer, joined the team in 1995 and has been instrumental in elevating and leading the organization through its sizable expansion over the past two decades. Kip, Sharon, Melissa and the rest of the management team are dedicated to maintaining our employee-first culture and crafting mutually beneficial relationships with all of our stakeholders, which we believe will lead to continued growth and value creation in the future.

Our growth strategy

The key elements of our growth strategy include:

Expanding our store base.     We believe that our expansion opportunities in the United States are significant. Our current footprint of 62 stores extends to 22 states and the District of Columbia. We expect to open six new stores during fiscal 2013 (including one store relocation), five of which have already opened, and an additional seven new stores in fiscal 2014 (including one store relocation). Based on research conducted for us by eSite, we believe that we can grow our current U.S. store footprint to at least 300 stores in our current format by adding more stores in new and existing markets. The rate of future store additions in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of the Company's control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated time frame for such expansion. We have adopted a disciplined expansion strategy designed to leverage the strength of our business model and nationally recognized brand name to successfully develop new stores in an array of markets that are primed for growth, including new, existing, small and large markets. While our current expansion focus is on domestic markets, we believe international expansion may provide additional growth opportunities for us in the future.

93


Table of Contents

Historically, our new store openings have been highly successful due in part to our new store opening execution strategy, which involves months of hiring, training and preparation and culminates in a multi-day grand opening celebration in partnership with a local charity. This distinctive approach enables our new stores to deliver strong sales volumes quickly and results in shorter new store pre-tax payback periods. The average four-wall Adjusted EBITDA margin was 21.5% in the first twelve months of operation and the average pre-tax payback period was approximately 2.5 years for our 12 new stores that opened from fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2011.

Driving comparable store sales growth.     We have achieved comparable store sales growth in each of the past thirteen fiscal quarters (through August 2013) and have increased our average ticket by 12.8% during the same period. We believe that we can continue to grow our comparable store sales by driving store traffic, improving customer conversion and growing our average ticket by continuing to provide a differentiated shopping experience through our solutions-based selling approach, new product and service introductions and well-maintained stores. Our employees receive continuous training on our products to ensure that our customers are sold complete solutions rather than individual products. We also believe that our high levels of service will continue to drive increased sales of the products in our higher margin elfa® department and complete space design solutions. We believe that these factors, combined with our continuous focus on further increasing brand awareness, will attract new customers and increase loyalty with existing customers.

Enhancing and growing multi-channel presence.     In addition to our retail stores, we also offer our products directly to our customers through our fully-integrated website and call center, which collectively accounted for 5.4% of TCS net sales in fiscal 2012. Through continual technology enhancements and innovative services, such as GoShop! Click & Pickup, we believe we are well positioned for continued growth in our direct sales channels. Our website and call center sales have increased 84% from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2012, including 25% growth in fiscal 2012.

Increasing brand awareness.     We will continue to promote our brand by constantly communicating our message of organized and stress-reduced living to our current and potential customers. We do this through our comprehensive marketing strategy, which includes direct mail, advertising, online, public relations and social media. Our Customer Relationship Management ("CRM") strategy allows us to target our marketing efforts through direct mail and email. This strategy is supported by our customer database of over 14 million customer households, which includes customer transaction data and demographic overlays that help us better understand customer behaviors and identify opportunities. Additionally, our marketing and brand building efforts are enhanced by an on-going dialogue with our customers through growing social and mobile channels including Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest and Instagram.

As a part of our commitment to Conscious Capitalism®, we focus on serving the local communities in which we operate. We provide donations, gift cards and storage and organization makeovers to a variety of local nonprofit organizations to show our support for the organizations that are important to our customers. Additionally, when opening each new store, we partner with a prominent local non-profit organization, working together to welcome the new store to the community. We host a grand opening party on the Thursday night before the Saturday on which the store opens, and donate 10% of our initial Saturday and Sunday sales from that new store to our non-profit partner. As we continue to grow our store base, we plan to continue our active partnerships with local non-profit organizations in order to build a sense of community with our customers and promote The Container Store brand.

94


Table of Contents

Improving profitability.     We believe that the expected expansion of our store base and the expected growth in comparable store sales will result in improved Adjusted EBITDA margins as we take advantage of economies of scale in products sourcing and leverage our existing infrastructure, supply chain, corporate overhead and other fixed costs. We also expect to maintain our disciplined pricing approach, which involves strategic promotional campaigns with limited use of traditional markdowns or discounting.

What we stand for—Organization with heart

Since our inception, we have developed a distinctive corporate culture with a mission to help provide order to an increasingly busy and chaotic world. We operate under a set of core values that places our employees first and promotes our seven Foundation Principles, which influence and guide every aspect of our business. We believe motivated and well-trained employees lead to satisfied customers who, in turn, drive the growth and success of our business. By promoting these core values, we encourage our employees to work in unison toward a common goal of providing the best retail experience for our customers.

We proudly practice Conscious Capitalism® and strive to create an environment that can simultaneously create value for all of our stakeholders, including our employees, customers, vendors, communities and shareholders. Our commitment to this operating philosophy is built around cultivating caring, long-term relationships with our employees, vendors and customers. We believe that fostering an environment where everyone can thrive is the right way to do business and the best way to generate long-term profitable growth.

We believe our relationship with our employees, at all levels of the organization, is excellent and a key contributor to our success. We believe the knowledge and passion of our employees allows us to deliver our solutions-based retail experience to our customers and strengthens our brand loyalty. We believe motivated and well-trained employees lead to satisfied customers who, in turn, lead to increased revenues and profitability.

Our stores

Retail stores

Our stores present our products in a unique and engaging atmosphere. Our visual merchandising team works to ensure that all of our merchandise is appropriately showcased to highlight the value and functionality of our products and maximize the appeal of our image and brand. We maintain a consistent store layout which creates a familiar shopping experience across our store base. Our stores are clean and spacious with strict, orderly merchandising and strategic product placements to optimize our selling space and increase productivity. We utilize display samples and demonstrations, including inspirational elfa® solutions, which foster customer interaction with products and add to the air of excitement in our stores. We maintain a hands-on, solutions-based service approach and further enhance the store experience with convenient, time-saving and value-added services, including free closet design with elfa®, free in-store demonstrations, our GoShop! Click & Pickup service (in which a customer orders online and picks up at a store) with curbside delivery to the customer's car in most markets, and our GoShop! Scan & Deliver service in the Manhattan market (in which a customer simply scans her products with a hand-held device, checks out, after which the merchandise is delivered to her home).

95


Table of Contents

Based on research conducted for us by eSite, an independent customer analytics research firm, we believe that we can grow our current U.S. store footprint to at least 300 stores in our current format by adding more stores in new and existing markets. Our unit growth is supported by our new store economics, which we believe to be compelling. A typical location has approximately 19,000 square feet of selling space. Our average total initial cash investment consisted of approximately $0.4 million for initial inventory, approximately $1.0 million for cash pre- and grand opening expenses and approximately $1.8 million for capital investment, net of tenant allowances, for our 12 new stores that opened from fiscal 2008 through fiscal 2011. Those same 12 new stores had an average four-wall adjusted EBITDA margin of 21.5% in the first twelve months of operation, an average pre-tax payback period of approximately 2.5 years and an average annualized return on invested capital of 55.9%.

E-commerce

We are a fully-integrated multi-channel retailer. Our website, containerstore.com , is intended to replicate the store experience as much as possible and offers the same product assortment found in the stores, as well as certain products found exclusively online. Additionally, our website allows our customers to provide product ratings and reviews which our merchandising team reads, responds to and incorporates into product design discussions with vendors. Our average product rating for the time period between January 2010 when the tracking of product ratings was first initiated and August 2013 was 4.7 stars out of 5. The website also provides convenient service offerings, including online design services, practical tips and advice, video demonstration, Live Chat, GoShop! Click & Pickup, GoShop! Click & Deliver and Gift Registry. We also maintain a website optimized for mobile devices and a call center to support our e-commerce business.

Our products

Strategy

Our goal is to be the destination for all of our customers' storage and organizational needs. We focus on offering the most extensive, dynamic and unique product selection in the storage and organization industry. We achieve this through our broad merchandise assortment, frequent new product introductions and meaningful proportion of proprietary and exclusive merchandise. We seek to showcase the merchandise in our stores and online to highlight the value and functionality of our products and maximize the appeal of our image and brand. Our merchandising team continually monitors historical sales trends and new product launches to keep our stores' offerings fresh and relevant to our customers, working closely with our vendors to create new products exclusively for us to supplement our best selling products and continue to evolve our product offering. We maintain a disciplined approach to pricing and merchandising, which involves strategic promotional campaigns with limited use of traditional markdowns and discounting.

We believe the exclusivity of our products and our solutions-based selling approach strengthens our position as a leader and a trendsetter in the industry. We estimate that over half of our net sales in fiscal 2012 were from merchandise exclusive to The Container Store. Many of these products are our own brands, including our elfa® products. We seek to introduce every customer to elfa® and provide them with custom design and installation services. We believe the high level of customer service we deliver allows us to effectively market and sell our elfa® products in a way that differentiates us and supports our market leadership in the sector.

96


Table of Contents

The goal of our solutions-based selling approach is to provide each customer with a comprehensive solution that fits her needs. We believe our solutions-based approach offers a unique shopping experience for our customer. By offering complete organizational solutions, our customer can find everything she needs within our stores.

Products

Our stores are typically organized into 16 distinct lifestyle departments as follows:

 
Lifestyle departments
  Select products
 
Bath   Countertop Organizers, Cosmetic and Jewelry Organizers, Shower and Bathtub Organizers, Drawer Organization, Cabinet Storage

Box

 

Corrugated Boxes, Packing Material, Tape, Storage Bags, Specialty Boxes

Closets

 

Shoe Racks, Hangers, Drawer Organizers, Boxes and Bins, Hanging Storage Bags, Garment Racks

Collections

 

Media Storage, Photo Storage, Display, Small Craft and Parts Organizers

Containers

 

Small Boxes, Small Baskets, Tins, Divided Boxes, Decorative Containers

elfa®

 

Wall and Door Rack Systems, Drawer Systems and Accessories, Ventilated and Sold Shelving Systems, Utility and Garage Systems

Food Storage

 

Canisters, Jars, Lunchtime Essentials, Bulk Food Storage, Plastic and Glass Food Storage

Gift Packaging

 

Gift Wrap and Tags, Ribbons and Bows, Gift Wrap Organizers, Gift Bags and Sacks, Gift Boxes

Hooks

 

Wall Mounted, Self Adhesive, Magnetic, Overdoor, Removable

Kitchen

 

Drawer Liners and Organizers, Countertop Organizers, Dish Drying Racks, Cabinet Storage, Pantry Organizers

Laundry

 

Step Stools, Hampers, Laundry Bags and Baskets, Clothes Drying Racks, Cleaning Tools

Office

 

Desktop Collections, Paper Storage, File Carts and Cabinets, Literature Organizers, Message Boards

Shelving

 

Free Standing Shelving, Wall Mounted Shelving, Cube Systems, Component Shelving, Desks, Chairs

Storage

 

Drawers, Boxes and Bins, Totes, Crates, Carts

Trash

 

Recycle Bins, Wastebaskets, Open Cans, Step on Cans, Bags

Travel

 

Luggage, Totes, Clothing Organizers, Cosmetic and Jewelry Organizers, Travel Bottles

 

 

 

 

Sourcing

We purchased merchandise from approximately 700 different vendors and for the TCS segment, our top 10 vendors, excluding Elfa, accounted for less than 30% of our total purchases in fiscal

97


Table of Contents

2012. Approximately 19% of our fiscal 2012 TCS segment purchases were attributed to intercompany purchases from our Elfa segment. In order to maximize our purchasing flexibility, we do not enter into long-term contracts with any of our vendors. Accordingly, we generally operate without any contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to new products. We strive to form meaningful, long-lasting and mutually beneficial relationships with our vendors. We are collaborative in our vendor negotiations so as to develop a partnership with our vendors and, in time, a sense of loyalty to The Container Store. Seventeen of our top 20 vendors have been with us for at least 10 years and several of those vendors have been with us since our inception in 1978.

Distribution

In the TCS segment, all of our merchandise flows through a centralized distribution center prior to transport to our retail stores. Our distribution center is co-located with our corporate offices in Coppell, Texas. The approximately 1,100,000 square foot facility was designed and constructed specifically for The Container Store and is comprised of approximately 78,000 square feet of corporate office space and over 1,000,000 square feet of warehouse space (of which approximately 900,000 square feet are currently in use). With the exception of the Dallas / Fort Worth market, we utilize third party carriers to transport all of our products to our stores.

Our Coppell, TX distribution center uses a state-of-the-art warehouse management system that is designed to optimize every aspect of distribution operations, from picking and packing to slotting and labor management. We recently invested in this new system in order to provide us with the control and flexibility that we believe is required for first-class inventory management. Further, so as to minimize the amount of time our retail stores have to spend managing inventory, all of the merchandise in our distribution center is prepared to be sales floor ready (ticketed with price tags and store replenishment packaging) prior to transport to our stores. We believe that this system allows our employees to concentrate on what matters most, which is understanding our customers' needs and providing them with tailored solutions and a differentiated shopping experience. We emphasize safety and efficiency and have received numerous operational awards in recognition of our distribution center's high standards. We believe that the size and scalability of the distribution center, in addition to the currently unused space, is more than sufficient to support our future expansion over the next 4 to 5 years.

Elfa utilizes a broad network of third-party carriers to deliver products from its manufacturing facilities to customers worldwide.

Marketing and advertising

Our marketing and advertising strategy seeks to promote our brand, culture and values to new and existing customers. Our goal is to develop a continuous dialogue with our core customers in order to remain relevant in their lives and be top-of-mind when it comes to storage and organization solutions.

Our strategy centers on our Working Marketing Plan, an integrated 18-month forward-looking plan for all upcoming initiatives viewable by all employees at any time through our intranet and maintained by our marketing team. The Working Marketing Plan allows functional areas from across the entire company to collaborate in order to support our marketing programs. Sales goals, staffing, inventory logistics, product development, visual merchandising and expense planning all revolve around this dynamic plan, which is updated on a weekly basis.

98


Table of Contents

We employ a wide array of traditional and online media on a national and local level, including direct mail, online marketing, print, outdoor, broadcast and mobile. Our traditional media advertising resulted in 1.4 billion paid media impressions in fiscal 2012. The prominence of our brand has also led to a significant number of unpaid media impressions, including print mentions in newspapers and magazines with more than 520 million readers and television broadcast mentions on shows with more than 270 million viewers in 2012. In addition, we take a proactive approach to public relations through national, local and trade media outlets. Notable publicity includes appearances on "Oprah's Favorite Things" in her farewell season in 2010 and on "Ellen's 12 Days of Christmas" in 2012. Direct mail is the largest component of our marketing strategy as it is the most targeted way to reach our customers. We have developed a robust database of over 14 million households, of which 2.3 million have been active over the past 12 months as of October 1, 2013. The database includes customer transaction information and demographic and segment overlays, which help us to better understand key customer behaviors and assist in identifying current and future opportunities.

We maintain an active social media program and have developed a strong presence on various social media platforms including Facebook (over 243,000 "likes"), Twitter (over 22,000 followers) and Pinterest (over 29,000 followers), in each case as of October 1, 2013. Additionally, we promote our unique culture and approach to Conscious Capitalism® through our blog, standfor.containerstore.com . Our blog communicates what we stand for to our customers, vendors, employees and communities, our Foundation Principles and our commitment to practicing Conscious Capitalism®. We believe in working hard to create an environment where the lives of everyone connected to our business are enriched and can thrive.

Hiring, training and motivating our employees

As of October 1, 2013, we had approximately 5,375 total employees. TCS employees accounted for approximately 4,775 of this total, of which 3,375 were part-time employees. TCS employees are not subject to a collective bargaining agreement. As of October 1, 2013, Elfa and its subsidiaries had approximately 600 employees. As of October 1, 2013, approximately 53% of Elfa's employees (approximately 6% of our total employees) were covered by collective bargaining agreements. We have never experienced a strike or work stoppage, and we believe that our relations with employees are excellent.

We believe that the recruitment, training and knowledge of our employees and the consistency and quality of the service they deliver are central to our success. We are highly selective in our hiring process, typically hiring less than 4% of annual applicants. Most of our employees are college-educated and often our new employees are existing customers. We endeavor to hire employees with similar sophistication, skills and life experiences as our customers, with the goal of having our employees relate to our customers in the selling environment. We believe our employee-customer interaction is important to build the trust and rapport necessary to execute our solutions-based selling approach. The recruiting department relies on external marketing, employee recommendations and our website to facilitate recruitment of future employees.

We dedicate substantial resources to training. Each new full-time store employee receives more than 260 hours of formal training in their first year alone, including product, leadership, cultural and operational training. Our sales associates are trained to interact, inquire and listen to customers so that they can understand the complete scope of each customer's situation. We believe this approach allows us to provide creative, tailored, comprehensive and multifunctional solutions, often

99


Table of Contents

utilizing multiple products from several of the 16 distinct lifestyle departments in our stores. This selling approach allows us to sell a broader range of products and deliver a differentiated experience to our customers, which we believe results in a higher average ticket, repeat visits and frequent referrals.

Given the level of investment that each employee receives in terms of training, we are committed to retaining each of our employees. We believe that communication is vital to the culture of the business and engages and empowers our workforce. Our financial performance, strategic initiatives and organizational successes are communicated to employees at all levels. We also pride ourselves on our compensation policy as a retention tool. We offer flexible work schedules, comprehensive benefits and above industry average compensation to both full and part-time employees. As a result, we have an average full-time employee turn-over rate of approximately 10% annually, compared to a retail industry average of over 100%, and we have been recognized in FORTUNE Magazine's list of "100 Best Companies To Work For®" in each of the last 14 years.

Properties

We lease all of our 62 retail stores. Our leases generally have a term of 10 to 15 years, with renewal options that generally range from 5 to 15 years. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically including escalating rent increases, plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved. The leases generally require us to pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. A summary of our store locations by state as of October 1, 2013 is below:

   
Location
  Store(s)
  Location
  Store(s)
  Location
  Store(s)
 
   

Arizona

    1  

Maryland

    1  

Ohio

    2  

Arkansas

    1  

Massachusetts

    3  

Oregon

    1  

California

    9  

Minnesota

    1  

Tennessee

    1  

Colorado

    3  

Missouri

    1  

Texas

    12  

Florida

    5  

Nevada

    1  

Virginia

    3  

Georgia

    2  

New Jersey

    2  

Washington

    1  

Illinois

    4  

New York

    4  

District of Columbia

    1  

Indiana

    1  

North Carolina

    2            
                           

                 

Total

    62  
   

We also lease approximately 1.1 million square feet of space in Coppell, Texas for our corporate offices and distribution center for our TCS segment. The initial term for this lease expires in April 2019, and we retain three five-year renewal options.

Elfa leases its approximately 14,000 square foot group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden. In addition, Elfa owns four manufacturing facilities, located in Västervik, Sweden (approximately 200,000 square feet), Koszalin, Poland (approximately 90,000 square feet), Mullsjö, Finland (approximately 100,000 square feet) and Lahti, Finland (60,000 square feet).

Information technology

Our information technology systems are critical to our day-to-day operations as well as to the execution of our long-term strategy. We are committed to using technology in order to help drive

100


Table of Contents

growth and enhance business results. We use a combination of industry standard systems along with proprietary systems developed internally to support all areas of our business, including supply chain, merchandising, store operations, point-of-sale, e-commerce, finance, accounting and human resources.

Our systems provide us the real-time data and automation needed to continually improve our operations and customer service levels. Our inventory replenishment system optimizes the flow of inventory throughout our supply chain using advanced forecasting algorithms in order to enhance customer service levels while increasing inventory turns. Furthermore, we use technology to provide an enhanced customer experience such as our proprietary elfa® Custom Design Center software, which allows our customers to virtually design their ideal customized elfa® space. We believe our current systems provide us with the operational efficiencies, customer solutions, scalability, management control and timely reporting that allows us to identify and respond to operating trends in our business. We believe that our systems have the flexibility and capacity to accommodate our future growth plans.

Intellectual property

Our "The Container Store," "Contain Yourself" and "elfa" trademarks and certain variations thereon, such as our "The Container Store" logo and many trademarks used for our product lines and sales campaigns are registered or are the subject of pending trademark applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and with the trademark registries of many foreign countries. In addition, we own many domain names, including " containerstore.com ," " 1equals3.com " and others that include our trademarks. We also own a patent for our proprietary retail shopping computer systems and copyrights in our catalogs, websites, and other marketing material. We believe that our trademarks, product designs and copyrighted works have significant value and we vigorously protect them against infringement.

Our market and competition

We operate within the storage and organization category, which extends across many retail segments including housewares, office supplies and travel, among others. This category is highly fragmented and The Container Store is the only national retailer solely devoted to it. We believe the category is growing and will continue to grow due, in part, to several favorable demographic trends, including (1) the desire for efficiency and organization of Baby Boomers as they become "empty nesters," (2) the generation of Baby Boomers' children driving demand for organizational products as they move into their first homes and (3) the increase of dual-income families with a need for solutions to organize and simplify their busy lives. Given The Container Store's industry leadership, unmatched product assortment and customer service, and national footprint, we believe we are well positioned to increase our share of this growing category.

We have little direct competition from other national or regional retailers in the storage and organization market. However, storage and organization products are sold by a variety of retailers, including mass merchants ( e.g ., Walmart and Target) and specialty retail chains ( e.g ., Bed Bath & Beyond and Crate & Barrel) that devote a smaller portion of their merchandise assortment to storage and organization than our stores, and internet-based retailers ( e.g ., Amazon). Some of our competitors are larger and have greater financial, marketing and other resources than The Container Store. We compete with such retailers on the basis of product selection, product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service, effective consumer marketing and promotional activities

101


Table of Contents

and the ability to identify and satisfy emerging consumer preferences, among other things. We believe that the strength of our solution based selling with highly trained employees, exclusive offerings and vendor relationships, our passionate and loyal customer base and the quality, differentiation and breadth of product assortment compare favorably to those of our competitors.

Seasonality

Our business is moderately seasonal in nature. Our storage and organization product offering makes us less susceptible to holiday shopping seasonal patterns than many retailers. In addition, our marketing plan is designed to minimize volatility and seasonal fluctuations of sales across periods. Historically, our business has realized a higher portion of net sales, operating income and cash flows from operations in the fourth fiscal quarter, attributable primarily to the impact of our Annual elfa® Sale (which starts on December 24th and runs through early February).

Regulation and legislation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth-in-advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations, such as the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

We source a significant portion of our products from outside the United States. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our vendor compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.

Legal proceedings

From time to time we are involved in litigation, claims and other proceedings relating to the conduct of our business, including, but not limited to consumer protection class action litigation, claims related to our business, employment practices, and claims of intellectual property infringement. In addition, from time to time, we are subject to product liability and personal injury claims for the products that we sell and the stores we operate. Subject to certain exceptions, our purchase orders generally require the vendor to indemnify us against any product liability claims. However, if the vendor does not have insurance or becomes insolvent, we may not be indemnified. In addition, we could face a wide variety of employee claims against us, including general discrimination, privacy, labor and employment, ERISA and disability claims. Any claims could also result in litigation against us and could also result in regulatory proceedings being brought against us by various federal and state agencies that regulate our business, including the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and which could require significant management time. Litigation and other claims and regulatory proceedings against us could result in unexpected expenses and liability and could also materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.

102


Table of Contents


Management

Below is a list of the names and ages, as of October 1, 2013, of our directors and executive officers and a description of the business experience of each of them.

 
Name
  Age
  Position(s)
 

Executive Officers:

       

William A. ("Kip") Tindell, III

  60   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Sharon Tindell

  58   Chief Merchandising Officer and Director

Melissa Reiff

  58   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Jodi Taylor

  51   Chief Financial Officer

Per von Mentzer

  53   Chief Executive Officer of Elfa

Non-Employee Directors:

       

Timothy J. Flynn

  41   Director

J. Kristofer Galashan

  35   Director

Robert E. Jordan

  53   Director

Danny Meyer

  55   Director

Walter Robb

  59   Director

Rajendra ("Raj") Sisodia

  55   Director

Jonathan D. Sokoloff

  56   Director
 

Executive officers and directors

William A. ("Kip") Tindell, III has served as our Chief Executive Officer since early 2006 and on our board of directors since August 2007 (and on the board of directors of The Container Store, Inc. since July 1978). He was elected Chairman of our board of directors in August 2007. Mr. Tindell served as President and Chief Operating Officer of The Container Store through 2005. Mr. Tindell was presented the Ernst & Young's prestigious Entrepreneur of the Year award in 1991 and is a recipient of the National Retail Federation's 1998 Innovator of the Year Award. In 2006 he was inducted into the Retailing Hall of Fame and is a 2009 Junior Achievement of Dallas Business Hall of Fame inductee. In 2011 Mr. Tindell received the National Retail Federation's Gold Medal Award, which is generally regarded as the industry's top accolade, given to individuals who have served the industry with distinction and achieved a national reputation for excellence to the retail craft. He is a member of the Dallas Arboretum CEO Advisory Council and serves on the Board of Directors of Whole Foods Market, Inc. (WFM) and Baylor Healthcare Systems Foundation. Mr. Tindell also serves on the executive board of the National Retail Federation as its vice chairman. and served on the Board of Directors of the National Retail Federation Foundation from 2010 to 2013. He serves on the board of Conscious Capitalism Institute and Conscious Capitalism, Inc., a community of like-minded business, thought and academic leaders working to elevate humanity through a conscious approach to business. Mr. Tindell is an active member of the Dallas Salesmanship Club, a nonprofit organization dedicated to transforming children's futures by serving at-risk families in the Greater Dallas area. Mr. Tindell was selected to our board of directors because of the perspective, experience and operational expertise in our business that he has developed as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Tindell is married to Sharon Tindell, our Chief Merchandising Officer.

103


Table of Contents

Sharon Tindell has served as our Chief Merchandising Officer since early 2006 and has served on our board of directors since August 2007 (and on the board of directors of The Container Store, Inc. since April 1988). In 1980 she joined us full-time working on the sales floor, managing inventory and participating in other tasks that put her in direct touch with the store's innovative product mix and customers' storage and organization challenges. In 1981 Ms. Tindell became our first buyer. Ms. Tindell drives our philosophy of developing multi-functional uses for the store's products and is credited with maintaining The Container Store's devotion to its original concept of providing only storage and organization products. Ms. Tindell served as Executive Vice President of Merchandising, beginning in 1992 and attained the title of Chief Merchandising Officer in August 2006. She is instrumental in creating the brand presence reflected in our store and leads all product decisions, product presentation, signage, store interior and exterior, and merchandising development. In addition, she is the force behind our merchandise supply chain, ultimately responsible for managing inventory levels, inventory turn and margin. In 2006, Ms. Tindell was inducted into the Retailing Hall of Fame, the first woman selected for this honor. Ms. Tindell was selected to our board of directors because she possesses particular knowledge and experience in retail and merchandising as well as our business and our customer. Sharon Tindell is married to William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Melissa Reiff has served as our President since early 2006 and has served on our board of directors since August 2007 and more recently became President and Chief Operating Officer in March 2013 (and on the board of directors of The Container Store, Inc. since February 2006). Ms. Reiff joined The Container Store in 1995 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing. She created and formalized our Sales and Marketing department and was responsible for sales management, training, advertising, e-business marketing, public relations and new store grand opening launches. In 2003 Ms. Reiff assumed the role of Executive Vice President of Stores and Marketing, as she was responsible for further integrating the stores and marketing functions. As President and Chief Operating Officer, Ms. Reiff is responsible for the business areas of Store Leadership, Marketing (including Advertising, Online, Customer Relationship Management, Public Relations, Cultural Programs, Community Relations and Social Media), Training and Development, Recruiting, Information Systems, Legal, Loss Prevention and Logistics and Distribution. Ms. Reiff is also credited with enhancing The Container Store's approach to launching new stores. Ms. Reiff has played a critical role in enhancing and strengthening The Container Store's employee-first culture centered around our values-based Foundation Principles. She is a member of the Dallas chapter of the American Marketing Association, International Women's Foundation and C200, an organization of leading women in business dedicated to fostering growth and increasing opportunities for women entrepreneurs and corporate leaders worldwide. She also serves on Southern Methodist University's Cox School of Business Executive Board and is a sustaining member of the Junior League of Dallas. Recently Ms. Reiff was honored with the 2012-2013 SMU Cox School of Business Distinguished Alumna award. Ms. Reiff was selected to our board of directors because she possesses particular knowledge and experience in retail and merchandising, communication and interpersonal skills, as well as our business.

Jodi Taylor has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2007. Ms. Taylor is responsible for the business areas of Finance, Accounting, Real Estate, Payroll, Benefits, Travel, New Store and Remodel Process, Store Facilities and Purchasing. Prior to joining us, Ms. Taylor served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary from 1998 to 2007 at Harold's, a publicly-traded apparel retailer which filed for bankruptcy in 2008. From 1986-1998, Ms. Taylor was an executive with Baby Superstore, Inc. or successor companies, which after an IPO in 1994, was ultimately

104


Table of Contents

acquired by Toys "R" Us, Inc. in 1996. Ms. Taylor was formerly an auditor with Deloitte, Haskins, & Sells (now Deloitte & Touche).

Per von Mentzer joined Elfa as Chief Executive Officer in September 2008 and has been instrumental in managing and overseeing all of Elfa's operations. Prior to joining Elfa, Mr. von Mentzer served as Vice President of Marketing and Sales for Nybron Flooring International, Europe's largest wood flooring group, with sales in more than 30 countries, including the United States and China.

Timothy J. Flynn has served on our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Flynn is currently a Partner with LGP, our majority stockholder, and joined the firm in 2003. Prior to joining LGP he had been a Director in the Investment Banking Department of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB) in Los Angeles, which he joined in 2000 following CSFB's acquisition of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (DLJ). Mr. Flynn had been with DLJ since 1996 and had previously worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions group at Paine Webber Inc. in New York. Mr. Flynn also serves on the board of the parent holding company of CCC Information Services and serves on the board of United States Infrastructure Corp., Tank Holdings Corp. and Del Taco Holdings, Inc. Mr. Flynn was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, retail businesses and board practices of other major corporations.

J. Kristofer Galashan has served on our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Galashan is currently a Principal with LGP, our majority stockholder, and joined the firm in 2002. Prior to joining LGP he had been in the Investment Banking Division of Credit Suisse First Boston (CSFB) in Los Angeles which he joined in 2000 following CSFB's acquisition of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette (DLJ). Mr Galashan had been with DLJ since 1999. Mr. Galashan also serves on the board of the parent holding companies of BJ's Wholesale Club and Tourneau and serves on the board of Union Square Hospitality Group, LLC. Mr. Galashan was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, retail businesses and board practices of other major corporations.

Robert E. Jordan was appointed as a director to the board of directors in October 2013. Mr. Jordan is the Executive Vice President & Chief Commercial Officer of Southwest Airlines and President of AirTran Airways. Mr. Jordan joined Southwest Airlines in 1988 and has served in a number of roles including Executive Vice President Strategy & Planning, Executive Vice President Strategy & Technology, Senior Vice President Enterprise Spend Management, Vice President Technology, Vice President Purchasing, Controller, Director Revenue Accounting, and Manager Sales Accounting. Mr. Jordan has led a number of significant initiatives including the acquisition of AirTran Airways, the development of the new e-commerce platform and the all new loyalty program. Mr. Jordan was selected to our board because he brings financial experience and possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations.

Danny Meyer was appointed as a director to the board of directors in September 2013. Mr Meyer is the CEO of Union Square Hospitality Group, which includes Union Square Cafe, Gramercy Tavern, Blue Smoke, Jazz Standard, Shake Shack, The Modern, Cafe 2 and Terrace 5, Maialino, Untitled and North End Grill, as well as Union Square Events and Hospitality Quotient. Mr. Meyer co-authored the best-selling Union Square Cafe Cookbook and authored the New York Times bestseller Setting the Table: The Transforming Power of Hospitality in Business. Mr. Meyer is currently a member of the board of directors of OpenTable and Sotheby's, as well as the following

105


Table of Contents

not-for-profit organizations: Share Our Strength, City Harvest, Irving Harris Foundation and New Yorkers for Parks. Mr. Meyer is also a board member of Madison Square Park Conservancy, Union Square Partnership and NYC & Co. Mr. Meyer was selected to our board because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, retail businesses and board practices of other major corporations.

Walter Robb was appointed as a director to the board of directors in September 2013. Mr. Robb serves as Co-CEO of Whole Foods Markets. He joined Whole Foods Market in 1991 operating the Mill Valley, CA store until he became president of the Northern Pacific Region in 1993 where he grew the region from two to 17 stores. He became Executive Vice-President of Operations in 2000, Chief Operating Officer in 2001 and Co-President in 2004. In 2010, Mr. Robb was named Co-CEO along with John Mackey and joined the Whole Foods Market Board of Directors at that time. An avid organic advocate, Mr. Robb is on the Advisory Board for the Organic Center for Education and Promotion. Mr. Robb is also on the Board of Directors of Union Square Hospitality Group, LLC. He is also on the Board of Regents for the University of the Pacific. Mr. Robb is also on the Board of Directors for both the Whole Planet Foundation and the Retail Industry Leaders Association. He serves as Chairman of the Board for the Whole Kids Foundation. Mr. Robb was selected to our board because he brings financial and risk assessment experience as well as his retail, entrepreneurial and management experience.

Rajendra ("Raj") Sisodia was appointed as an independent director to the board of directors in September 2013. Mr. Sisodia is the FW Olin Distinguished Professor of Global Business at Babson College. Previously, Mr. Sisodia taught marketing at Bentley University, George Mason University and Boston University. He has authored and co-authored seven books, including Firms of Endearment and Conscious Capitalism. Mr. Sisodia is Co-Chairman, Trustee and member of the Executive Team of Conscious Capitalism, Inc., a non-profit whose focus is fostering businesses that function in a different way than the norm by valuing the deeper purpose of the organization and creating value for all of stakeholders, and serves on the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Mastek Ltd. Mr. Sisodia was selected to our board of directors because of the teaching, researching and consulting he has done with businesses during his career as well as the role he has played in developing and refining the principles of Conscious Capitalism.

Jonathan D. Sokoloff has served on our board of directors since August 2007. Mr. Sokoloff is currently a Managing Partner with LGP, our majority stockholder, and joined in 1990. Before joining LGP, he was a Managing Director in Investment Banking at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Mr. Sokoloff also serves on the board of the parent holding companies of BJ's Wholesale Club, Shake Shack, and Jetro Cash & Carry and serves of the board of Union Square Hospitality Group, LLC, Whole Foods Market, Inc., J.Crew Group, Inc., The Sports Authority, Inc., Brickman Group Holdings, Inc., Jo Ann Stores, Inc., The Tire Rack, Inc. and Top Shop/Top Man Limited. He co chairs the Endowment Committee for Private Equity at his alma mater, Williams College. Mr. Sokoloff was selected to our board of directors because he possesses particular knowledge and experience in accounting, finance and capital structure, strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations, retail businesses and board practices of other major corporations.

Selection arrangements

Because LGP will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, we expect that LGP will control the election of our directors. In addition, we

106


Table of Contents

understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, the affiliates of LGP which own our common stock and the management directors intend to enter into a voting agreement. See "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Voting agreement," for additional information.

Corporate governance

Composition of our board of directors

We believe our board of directors should be composed of individuals with sophistication and experience in many substantive areas that impact our business. We believe experience, qualifications or skills in the following areas are most important: retail merchandising; marketing and advertising; consumer goods; sales and distribution; accounting, finance, and capital structure; strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations; legal/regulatory and government affairs; people management; communications and interpersonal skills and board practices of other major corporations. We believe that all of our current board members possess the professional and personal qualifications necessary for board service, and have highlighted particularly noteworthy attributes for each board member in the individual biographies above.

Initially, our board of directors will consist of ten directors, including our Chief Executive Officer. Our certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that our board of directors shall consist of such number of directors as determined from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exists any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors may only be filled by the directors then in office unless otherwise required by law or by a resolution passed by our board of directors. The term of office for each director will be until his or her successor is elected at our annual meeting or his or her death, resignation or removal, whichever is earliest to occur.

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term, and one class being elected at each year's annual meeting of stockholders. Sharon Tindell, Danny Meyer and Jonathan D. Sokoloff will serve as Class I directors with an initial term expiring in 2014. Melissa Reiff, J. Kristofer Galashan and Raj Sisodia will serve as Class II directors with an initial term expiring in 2015. Kip Tindell, Timothy J. Flynn, Robert E. Jordan and Walter Robb will serve as Class III directors with an initial term expiring in 2016.

With respect to the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that the roles may be separated or combined, and our board of directors exercises its discretion in combining or separating these positions as it deems appropriate in light of prevailing circumstances. Our board of directors believes that the combination or separation of these positions should continue to be considered as part of our succession planning process. Currently the roles are combined, with Mr. Tindell serving as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as appropriate. We believe that we, like many U.S. companies, are well-served by this flexible leadership structure.

Upon the closing of this offering, certain affiliates of LGP and certain members of management will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will mean that we are not

107


Table of Contents

required to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the following requirements:

that a majority of our board of directors consists of "independent directors," as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;

that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;

that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities; and

for an annual performance evaluation of nominating and governance committee and compensation committee.

These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame.

Director independence

In October, 2013, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise that director's ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out that director's responsibilities. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Timothy Flynn, J. Kristofer Galashan, Robert E. Jordan, Danny Meyer, Walter Robb, Rajendra Sisodia and Jonathan Sokoloff are each an "independent director," as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Board committees

Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee and a new culture and compensation committee, which will replace our current audit and compensation committees, and our board of directors will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities. The composition, duties and responsibilities of our committees is as set forth below.

Audit committee

The audit committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management;

reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit;

approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

108


Table of Contents

overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC;

reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; and

establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters.

Upon the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Timothy J. Flynn, Robert E. Jordan and Raj Sisodia. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, a majority of independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the date of this prospectus and an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors within one year of the date of this prospectus. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Robert E. Jordan and Raj Sisodia meet the definition of "independent director" for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 and the New York Stock Exchange rules, and we intend to comply with the other independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Robert E. Jordan will qualify as an "audit committee financial expert," as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.containerstore.com substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering.

Culture and compensation committee

The culture and compensation committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants; and

preserving and enhancing our strong culture.

Upon the closing of this offering, our culture and compensation committee will consist of Melissa Reiff, Robert E. Jordan, Danny Meyer, and Jonathan D. Sokoloff. As a controlled company, we will rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the culture and compensation committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.containerstore.com substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; and

developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles.

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Sharon Tindell, J. Kristofer Galashan, Walter Robb and Raj Sisodia. As a controlled company, we

109


Table of Contents

will rely upon the exemption from the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our principal corporate website at www.containerstore.com substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering.

Risk oversight

Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing our risk management process. Our board of directors focuses on our general risk management strategy, the most significant risks facing us, and oversees the implementation of risk mitigation strategies by management. Our board of directors is also apprised of particular risk management matters in connection with its general oversight and approval of corporate matters and significant transactions.

Risk considerations in our compensation program

We conducted an assessment of our compensation policies and practices for our employees and concluded that these policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Company.

Director compensation

None of our directors received compensation as a director during fiscal 2012. Our board of directors has adopted a compensation policy that, effective upon the closing of this offering, will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this policy, each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $80,000, payable quarterly. The chairperson of each committee of the board of directors will receive an additional cash retainer of $10,000 per year. There will be no fees paid for board or committee meeting attendance. Each non-employee director will receive an annual grant of stock options under the 2013 Incentive Award Plan (described below) with a Black-Scholes value of $100,000. The first such annual grant will be made in connection with this offering and will have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share. The annual grant made upon this offering will be immediately vested, but all future annual grants will vest ratably in equal annual installments over three years. In addition, in connection with this offering, each non-employee director other than Messrs. Sokoloff, Flynn and Galashan will receive an additional grant of immediately vested stock options under the 2013 Incentive Award Plan with a Black-Scholes value of $100,000 and an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price per share. All directors will receive reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with meetings of our board of directors.

Culture and compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

No interlocking relationships exist between the members of our board of directors or our culture and compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company.

Code of ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our principal corporate website at www.containerstore.com substantially concurrently with to the closing of this offering. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

110


Table of Contents


Executive compensation

The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to fiscal 2012 for our "named executive officers," consisting of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 were:

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, who serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and is our principal executive officer;

Sharon Tindell, who serves as Chief Merchandising Officer; and

Melissa Reiff, who serves as President and Chief Operating Officer.

Fiscal 2012 summary compensation table

The following table shows the compensation earned by our named executive officers during fiscal 2012.

   
Name and principal position
  Fiscal year
  Salary
  Option awards
  Non-equity incentive plan compensation(2)
  All other compensation(3)
  Total
 
   
William A. "Kip" Tindell, III     2012   $ 675,000   $   $1,322,000   $4,500   $ 2,001,500  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                 
Sharon Tindell     2012     550,000       906,000   4,500     1,460,500  

Chief Merchandising Officer

                                 
Melissa Reiff     2012     550,000     324,327 (1) 906,000   4,500     1,784,827  

President & Chief Operating Officer

                                 
   

(1)   Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to Ms. Reiff in fiscal 2012, computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"). See Note 10— Stock-Based Compensation to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in valuing such stock options.

(2)   The amounts in this column reflect the cash awards paid to the named executive officers in December 2012 and June 2013 under our annual executive bonus program for fiscal 2012 performance described further below.

(3)   This column reflects 401(k) matching contributions made to the named executive officers' accounts by us.

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

Elements of compensation

In fiscal 2012, we compensated our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentives, long-term equity incentives in the form of stock options and other benefits as described below.

111


Table of Contents

Base salary

The salaries for fiscal 2012 for our named executive officers were determined pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement we entered into with each of them. The original employment agreements were dated as of August 15, 2007. Each of our named executive officers entered into an amended and restated employment agreement on October 31, 2012, effective as of August 15, 2012, as described below.

Performance-based annual cash incentives

In fiscal 2012, our named executive officers were eligible to receive annual cash bonuses based on percentages of base salary under our Executive Bonus Plan (as defined below). Bonuses were determined using a performance grid based on our Adjusted EBITDA (which is calculated as described further under the heading "Summary Historical and Consolidated Financial and Operating Data"). For fiscal 2012, the minimum level was set at 0% of annual base pay for all three named executives, and the maximum level was set at 277% of annual base pay for Mr. Tindell and 240% of annual base pay for Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff. The target level was established at 154% of annual base pay for Mr. Tindell and 130% of annual base pay for Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff. The target Adjusted EBITDA level was $82.0 million. Our Adjusted EBITDA was $87.6 million for fiscal 2012, resulting in an award for Mr. Tindell of 196% of his annual base salary and for Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff of 165% of their annual base salaries.

With respect to fiscal 2013, the named executive officers continue to participate in our Executive Bonus Plan. Bonuses will be again determined using a performance grid based on Adjusted EBITDA.

Long-term equity incentives

We maintain an equity incentive plan, the 2012 Stock Option Plan of TCS Holdings, Inc. (the "2012 Stock Option Plan"), which provides certain of our employees, including the named executive officers, the opportunity to participate in the equity appreciation of our business. Participants in the 2012 Stock Option Plan receive options to purchase shares of our common stock. On June 20, 2012, we granted stock options to purchase 6,415 shares of our common stock to Ms. Reiff, which, like the stock options granted under the 2012 Stock Option Plan to our other employees, vest in equal installments over five years from the date of grant. Neither of the other named executive officers has been granted stock options under the 2012 Stock Option Plan in light of their existing ownership of our common and preferred stock. The stock options granted under the 2012 Stock Option Plan will remain outstanding following the closing of this offering and will become fully vested as of such closing.

Our named executive officers also purchased certain shares of our common and preferred stock at the time of our acquisition by LGP on August 15, 2007 by means of a rollover transaction involving shares of common stock of The Container Store, Inc. previously owned by them at the time of the acquisition transaction. Mr. Tindell acquired 61,280.75 shares of our common stock, 7,252.588 shares of our senior preferred stock and 7,252.588 shares of our junior preferred stock, Ms. Tindell acquired 62,894.54 shares of our common stock, 7,443.579 shares of our senior preferred stock and 7,443.579 shares of our junior preferred stock and Ms. Reiff acquired 9,508.25 shares of our common stock, 1,125.303 shares of our senior preferred stock and 1,125.303 shares of our junior preferred stock.

112


Table of Contents

Offering Grants to Employees under the 2013 Equity Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to grant stock options to certain of our employees, including the named executive officers, under our new 2013 Incentive Award Plan, described below. We intend to grant to our directors and certain of our employees in connection with this offering, stock options to purchase, at the initial public offering price, an aggregate number of shares equal to the sum of (i) 2,500,000 and (ii) the number of shares originally reserved for issuance but not subject to outstanding stock options under the 2012 Stock Option Plan (adjusted to give effect to the stock split), which is an aggregate of 139,700 shares (after giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)). A portion of the stock options described in clause (i) and all of the options described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering. The remaining stock options will vest in equal annual installments over seven years. We have not yet determined the allocation of such stock options among the employees. All of the stock options granted to directors will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering.

Nonqualified deferred compensation plan

Ms. Reiff participates in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan pursuant to which participants may defer up to 50% of their base salaries and up to 100% of their bonuses until termination of employment. All employee contributions and earnings on such amounts are fully vested at all times. We may also make discretionary contributions to participants' accounts, which vest in equal installments over six years, subject to acceleration upon a change of control. Participants may elect to invest the amounts in the plan in various established funds.

Perquisites and other benefits

We maintain, and the named executive officers participate in, a 401(k) retirement savings plan. Each participant who is a United States employee may contribute to the 401(k) plan, through payroll deductions, up to 80% of his or her salary limited to the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service regulations. All amounts contributed by employee participants and earnings on these contributions are fully vested at all times and are not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Employee participants may elect to invest their contributions in various established funds. We may also make contributions to the accounts of plan participants.

Our compensation program does not include any other material benefits or perquisites for our named executive officers. Except as set forth above, our named executive officers generally participate in the same programs as our other employees.

Employment agreements

The following is a description of the terms of the employment agreements with each of our named executive officers.

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III

We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement, effective as of August 15, 2012, with Mr. Tindell, which amended and restated Mr. Tindell's prior employment agreement with us. The agreement provides for a five-year initial term followed by successive one-year terms, unless either party provides the other with notice that it does not elect to extend the term at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term.

113


Table of Contents

The agreement provides for Mr. Tindell's position as our Chief Executive Officer. It provides that, during the five-year period immediately following the expiration of the term, we will use our best efforts to cause Mr. Tindell to be nominated and elected as Chairman of our board of directors unless there is cause to remove him from our board of directors, and that Mr. Tindell will agree to serve as Chairman of our board of directors.

Under the amended 2012 agreement, Mr. Tindell's annual base salary is $675,000. Mr. Tindell's annual salary is subject to annual review by our board of directors. The agreement also provides that Mr. Tindell will receive an annual cash bonus based upon financial and non-financial performance targets established by our board of directors. The agreement provides that, with respect to each fiscal year that ends during the term, commencing with fiscal 2012, Mr. Tindell's target total compensation (i.e., annual base salary plus target annual bonus) will be no less than Mr. Tindell's target compensation for the immediately preceding year. The agreement also provides for Mr. Tindell's participation in our health and welfare benefit plans applicable to senior executives.

Mr. Tindell's employment agreement provides certain severance benefits upon termination by us without cause or by Mr. Tindell for good reason. Cause is generally defined as (a) a material breach by Mr. Tindell of any material provision of his agreement that is not corrected by him within 30 days after receipt of written notice from us specifying such breach, to the extent such breach is capable of cure, (b) Mr. Tindell's conviction of, or entry by him of a guilty or nolo contendere plea to, the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, other than vicarious liability or traffic violations, (c) Mr. Tindell's intentional breach of company policies constituting theft or embezzlement from us or any of our customers or suppliers; or (d) Mr. Tindell's gross neglect or intentional misconduct in connection with the performance of any material portion of Mr. Tindell's duties (which, in the case of Mr. Tindell's gross neglect, is not corrected by Mr. Tindell within 30 days after receipt of written notice from us specifying such neglect, to the extent that such neglect is capable of cure). Good reason is generally defined as (i) an adverse change in Mr. Tindell's title or reporting line or material duties, authorities or responsibilities, (ii) the assignment to Mr. Tindell of duties materially inconsistent with his position, (iii) a material breach by us of any material provision of his employment agreement, (iv) a reduction of his annual base salary or benefits or annual bonus opportunity (other than such a reduction that is generally consistent with a general reduction affecting other of our similarly situated executives), (v) failure by us to pay any portion of his annual base salary or bonus, (vi) our requiring him to be headquartered at any office or location more than 50 miles from Coppell, Texas, or (vii) the termination of the employment of either of the other named executive officers, Ms. Tindell or Ms. Reiff, by us without cause or by such executive for good reason, in each case subject to applicable notice and cure provisions. In addition, a termination of employment for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the six-month anniversary of the occurrence of a change in control (as defined in the agreement) will be deemed a termination for good reason.

If Mr. Tindell's employment is terminated by us without cause or by Mr. Tindell for good reason, other than on account of the employment of one of the other named executive officers terminating, he will receive (a) two times his annual base salary, payable in equal installments over two years on our regular payroll schedule, (b) two times the greater of (i) the annual bonus earned by him for the previous fiscal year and (ii) a prorated amount of the bonus he would have earned for the year of termination had he remained employed throughout the year based on actual performance, (c) continuation of medical and welfare benefits for two years following the termination date, paid for by us, and (d) accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options.

114


Table of Contents

In addition, if Mr. Tindell resigns from his employment due to the termination of the employment of either of the other named executive officers by us without cause or by such executive for good reason, or, on or after August 15, 2016, Mr. Tindell resigns without good reason, then Mr. Tindell will receive (a) one year's annual base salary, payable in equal installments over one year on our regular payroll schedule, (b) an amount equal to the annual bonus he would have earned for the year of termination had he remained employed throughout the year, based on actual performance, (c) an additional prorated amount of such annual bonus, based on the amount of time actually employed in such year, (d) continuation of medical and welfare benefits for one year following the termination date, paid for by us, and (e) accelerated vesting of all unvested stock options.

The employment agreement also provides for certain severance benefits upon death and disability. There are two different types of disability for this purpose. Type I disability means Mr. Tindell's incapacity to perform the essential duties of his position for any six months during any 12-month period due to Mr. Tindell's physical or mental illness. Type II disability means Mr. Tindell's substantial incapacity to perform the essential duties of his position for any three months during any 12-month period due to Mr. Tindell's physical or mental illness. Upon death, all of Mr. Tindell's unvested stock options will immediately vest and we will pay Mr. Tindell's estate a prorated annual bonus based on actual performance. Upon termination for either type of disability, Mr. Tindell will receive the same severance benefits as upon a termination by us without cause or by him for good reason, except that, in the case of a Type II disability, the salary and bonus multiplier will be 1.5 instead of two and the salary will be payable over 18 months instead of two years.

Any severance payment payable to Mr. Tindell pursuant to his employment agreement will be subject to the named executive officer's execution of a release of claims in favor of us.

Mr. Tindell has agreed that, during his employment with us and during the two-year period following the termination date, he will not directly or indirectly work for or engage or invest in any of our competitors or solicit, directly or through any third party, any of our employees or consultants.

Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff

Both Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff entered into amended and restated employment agreements, effective as of August 15, 2012, which amended and restated their prior employment agreements with us. Under the amended 2012 agreements, Ms. Tindell serves as the Chief Merchandising Officer and Ms. Reiff serves as our President and Chief Operating Officer, and both Ms. Tindell's and Ms. Reiff's annual base salaries are $550,000. Their annual salaries are subject to annual review by our board of directors.

Other than annual base salary and position, all other terms of the employment agreements for Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff are identical to those of Mr. Tindell's employment agreement.

Post-IPO 2013 Equity Plan and Executive Bonus Plan

We intend to adopt the 2013 Equity Plan (as defined below) and the Executive Bonus Plan (as defined below) in connection with this offering. For a description of these new compensation plans, see "—Equity Incentive Plans" and "—Executive Bonus Plan" below. The purpose of these new plans will be to allow us to pay annual bonuses (including annual discretionary and performance-based bonuses) to our named executive officers and other senior executives and to make various equity-based compensation awards to our named executive officers and other employees, consultants and directors in a manner that is appropriate for a public company and that is intended to allow us to make awards that are not subject to the federal income tax deduction limitation set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (as defined in "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders").

115


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end

The table below sets forth certain information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 2, 2013, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 
Name
  Grant date
  Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable(1)
  Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable(1)
  Option exercise price ($)
  Option expiration date
 

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III

          $  

Sharon Tindell

          $  

Melissa Reiff

    6/20/2012     42,767   $ 15.00   6/20/2022
 

(1)   Time-based stock options granted on June 22, 2012 under the 2012 Stock Option Plan vest pro rata as follows: 20% on June 20, 2013, 20% on June 20, 2014, 20% on June 20, 2015, 20% on June 20, 2016, and the remaining 20% on June 20, 2017.

Equity incentive plans

2012 Stock Option Plan

We maintain the 2012 Stock Option Plan, as described above. On and after the closing of this offering and following the effectiveness of the 2013 Equity Plan (as described below), no further grants will be made under the 2012 Stock Option Plan but, as described above, existing awards will remain outstanding and will be fully vested.

2013 Equity Plan

Prior to the closing of the offering, we intend to adopt our 2013 Incentive Award Plan (the "2013 Equity Plan"). The principal purpose of the 2013 Equity Plan will be to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2013 Equity Plan will also be designed to permit us to make equity-based awards and cash-based awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. The principal anticipated features of the 2013 Equity Plan are summarized below, but remain subject to further change in our discretion.

Share reserve

Under the 2013 Equity Plan, the number of shares of our common stock equal to approximately the sum of (a) 7% of the fully diluted number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering, plus (b) the number of shares of our common stock remaining available for issuance under the 2012 Stock Option Plan, adjusted to give effect to the stock split, or a total of 3,827,743 shares, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with, as discussed below, a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, will initially be reserved for issuance pursuant to a variety of stock-based compensation awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs (as defined below), restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, deferred stock awards, deferred stock unit awards, dividend equivalent awards, stock payment awards and performance awards and other stock-based awards. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant during any calendar year will

116


Table of Contents

be 1,000,000 and the maximum aggregate amount that may be paid in cash to any one person in any calendar year with respect to one or more awards payable in cash will be $5,000,000. Further, the maximum aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted to a non-employee director during any calendar year shall be $500,000.

The following counting provisions will be in effect for the share reserve under the 2013 Equity Plan:

to the extent that an award terminates, expires or lapses for any reason or an award is settled in cash without the delivery of shares, any shares subject to the award at such time will be available for future grants under the 2013 Equity Plan;

to the extent shares are tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant, exercise price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award under the 2013 Equity Plan, such tendered or withheld shares will not be available for future grants under the 2013 Equity Plan;

to the extent shares subject to a SAR are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on exercise thereof, such shares will not be available for future grants under the 2013 Equity Plan;

to the extent that shares of our common stock awarded under the 2013 Equity Plan are purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options, such shares will not be available for future grants under the 2013 Equity Plan;

the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding awards will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Plan; and

to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by us or any of our subsidiaries will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2013 Equity Plan.

Administration

The culture and compensation committee of our board of directors (or another committee or a subcommittee of our board of directors) will administer the 2013 Equity Plan. Except as otherwise determined by our board of directors, the culture and compensation committee will consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom will be intended to qualify as an "outside director," within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by applicable law, an "independent director" under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or other principal securities market on which shares of our common stock are traded. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that the culture and compensation committee may from time to time delegate its authority to grant awards to a committee consisting of one or more members of our board of directors or one or more of our officers, provided that no officer shall be delegated such authority to grant awards to individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, covered employees within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, or officers or directors who have been delegated the authority to grant or amend awards under the 2013 Equity Plan.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2013 Equity Plan, the administrator will have the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the type of awards to be granted and the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, to determine when awards can be settled in cash, shares or other awards or whether to

117


Table of Contents

cancel, forfeit or surrender awards, to prescribe the form of award agreement, to accelerate vesting or lapse restrictions and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2013 Equity Plan. The administrator will also be authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to administration of the 2013 Equity Plan. Our full board of directors will administer the 2013 Equity Plan with respect to awards to non-employee directors.

Eligibility

The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that options, SARs, restricted stock and all other stock-based and cash-based awards may be granted to individuals who will then be our officers, employees or consultants or the officers, employees or consultants of certain of our affiliates. The 2013 Equity Plan will further provide that such awards may also be granted to our directors, but that only employees of our company or certain of our subsidiaries may be granted incentive stock options ("ISOs").

Awards

The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, deferred stock units, dividend equivalents, performance awards, stock payments and other stock-based and cash-based awards, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Nonqualified stock options ("NQSOs"), will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the administrator. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

ISOs will be designed in a manner intended to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and will be subject to specified restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs will have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, will only be granted to employees, and will not be exercisable after a period of ten years measured from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our capital stock, the 2013 Equity Plan will provide that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant and that the ISO must not be exercisable after a period of five years measured from the date of grant.

Restricted stock will be granted to any eligible individual selected by the administrator and will be made subject to such restrictions as may be determined by the administrator. Restricted stock, typically, will be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions on vesting are not met. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that restricted stock generally may not be sold or otherwise transferred until restrictions are removed or expire. Recipients of restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will, to the extent such restricted stock has no performance-based vesting conditions, have the right to receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse; however, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary dividends will not be released until restrictions

118


Table of Contents

Restricted stock units will be awarded to any eligible individual selected by the administrator, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that, like restricted stock, restricted stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike restricted stock, stock underlying restricted stock units will not be issued until the restricted stock units have vested, and recipients of restricted stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied.

Deferred stock awards will represent the right to receive shares of our common stock on a future date. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that deferred stock may not be sold or otherwise hypothecated or transferred until issued. Deferred stock will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when the vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares are issued. Deferred stock awards generally will be forfeited, and the underlying shares of deferred stock will not be issued, if the applicable vesting conditions and other restrictions are not met.

Deferred stock units will be awarded to any eligible individual selected by the administrator, typically without payment of consideration, but may be subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or service or on performance criteria established by the administrator. Each deferred stock unit will entitle the holder thereof to receive one share of common stock on the date the deferred stock unit becomes vested or upon a specified settlement date thereafter. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that, like deferred stock, deferred stock units may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire. Unlike deferred stock, deferred stock units may provide that shares of stock underlying the deferred stock units will not be issued until a specified date or event following the vesting date. Recipients of deferred stock units generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when vesting conditions are satisfied and the shares underlying the award have been issued to the holder.

Stock appreciation rights ("SARs") will be granted in the administrator's discretion in connection with stock options or other awards, or separately. SARs typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over a set exercise price. The exercise price of any SAR granted under the 2013 Equity Plan will be at least 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. SARs under the 2013 Equity Plan will be settled in cash or shares of our common stock, or in a combination of both, at the election of the administrator. The 2013 Equity Plan provides that SARs may be granted for any term specified by the administrator that does not exceed ten years.

Dividend equivalents will represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the award. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that dividend equivalents may be settled in cash or shares and at such times as determined by the administrator.

119


Table of Contents

Performance awards will be granted by the administrator in its discretion on an individual or group basis. Generally, these awards will be based upon specific performance targets and will be paid in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both. The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that performance awards may include "phantom" stock awards that provide for payments based upon the value of our common stock and that performance awards may also include bonuses that may be granted by the administrator on an individual or group basis and which may be payable in cash or in common stock or in a combination of both.

Stock payments will be authorized by the administrator in its discretion in the form of common stock or an option or other right to purchase common stock as part of a deferred compensation or other arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the employee, consultant or non-employee director.

Change in control

In the event of a change in control, each outstanding award (other than awards subject to performance-based vesting) under the 2013 Equity Plan shall continue in effect or be assumed (as such concept is defined in the 2013 Equity Plan) or an equivalent award substituted by a successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of a successor corporation and each outstanding award subject to performance-based vesting shall be subject to the terms of the applicable award agreement or the administrator's discretion. In the event that the acquirer does not assume or replace granted awards (other than awards subject to performance-based vesting) prior to the consummation of such transaction, causing such awards to terminate under the 2013 Equity Plan upon consummation of the transaction, the administrator may cause any or all of such awards issued under the 2013 Equity Plan to be subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable (for a period of 15 days from the date the administrator notifies the recipient that the award is fully exercisable) upon the consummation of such change in control and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such awards shall lapse. In addition, in the event such awards are assumed or substituted with equivalent awards but the individual's service is subsequently terminated by the successor without cause within a 12 month period following the change in control event, such continued, assumed or substituted awards will become fully vested on an accelerated basis. The 2013 Equity Plan will also provide that the administrator may make appropriate adjustments to awards under the 2013 Equity Plan and will be authorized to provide for the acceleration, cash-out, termination, assumption, substitution or conversion of such awards in the event of a change in control or certain other unusual or nonrecurring events or transactions. Under the 2013 Equity Plan, we anticipate that a change in control will generally be defined as:

An event or series of events (other than a public offering) by which a person or group (other than us, any of our subsidiaries, any employee benefit plans of us or our subsidiaries or any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, LGP, William A. "Kip" Tindell, III or Sharon Tindell or any of their respective affiliates and any other person that, prior to such event or series of events, is the "beneficial owner" of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities) becomes the "beneficial owner" of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities;

during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of directors, together with any new directors (other than directors designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction otherwise described in this definition (other than liquidation or dissolution)) whose election by our board of directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a

120


Table of Contents

our merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination which would result in our outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), or LGP, William A. "Kip" Tindell, III or Sharon Tindell or any of their respective affiliates "beneficially owning," more than 50% of the combined voting power of our outstanding voting securities or the outstanding voting securities of such surviving entity immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or business combination;

the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of us and our subsidiaries, other than a sale to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by (i) our stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of us immediately prior to such sale or (ii) LGP, William A. "Kip" Tindell, III or Sharon Tindell or any of their respective affiliates; or

stockholder approval of our liquidation or dissolution.

Adjustments of awards

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, distribution of our assets to stockholders (other than normal cash dividends) or any other corporate event affecting the number of outstanding shares of our common stock or the share price of our common stock other than an equity restructuring that would require adjustments to the 2013 Equity Plan or any awards under the 2013 Equity Plan in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available thereunder, the 2013 Equity Plan will provide that the administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to:

the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the 2013 Equity Plan, including adjustments to limits on the maximum number of shares that may be issued;

the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be granted and the maximum aggregate amount of cash that may be paid in cash to any one person during any calendar year;

the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards and terms and conditions of outstanding awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect to such awards);

the number and kind of shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing non-employee directors under any Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy adopted pursuant to the 2013 Equity Plan; and

the grant or exercise price per share of any outstanding awards under the 2013 Equity Plan.

Amendment and termination

The 2013 Equity Plan will provide that our board of directors or the culture and compensation committee, as applicable, may terminate, amend or modify the 2013 Equity Plan at any time and

121


Table of Contents

from time to time. However, the 2013 Equity Plan will generally require us to obtain stockholder approval:

to increase the limits imposed on the maximum number of shares available under the 2013 Equity Plan (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above);

to reduce the price per share of any outstanding option or SAR granted under the 2013 Equity Plan; or

to cancel any option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of a share of our common stock.

Expiration date

The 2013 Equity Plan will expire on, and no option or other award will be granted pursuant to the 2013 Equity Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2013 Equity Plan. Any award that will be outstanding on the expiration date of the 2013 Equity Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2013 Equity Plan and the applicable award agreement.

Securities laws and U.S. federal income taxes

The 2013 Equity Plan will be designed to comply with various securities and U.S. federal tax laws as follows:

Securities laws.     The 2013 Equity Plan will be designed to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3. The 2013 Equity Plan will be administered, and options and other equity awards will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Section 409A of the Code.     The 2013 Equity Plan and awards granted thereunder will generally be designed to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and, to the extent that awards under the 2013 Equity Plan will be considered "nonqualified deferred compensation" for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and will be subject to the additional requirements regarding the payment of deferred compensation imposed by Section 409A of the Code, such awards will generally be intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code.     The 2013 Equity Plan will be designed to provide for awards that are exempt from the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, which generally provides that income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including, but not limited to, base salary, annual bonus and income attributable to stock option exercises and other non-qualified benefits) for certain executive officers exceeds $1,000,000 (less the amount of any "excess parachute payments" as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any taxable year of the corporation, but provides that the deduction limit will not apply to certain "performance-based compensation" established by an independent compensation committee that is adequately disclosed to and approved by stockholders. In particular, stock options and SARs will satisfy the "performance-based compensation" exception if the awards are made by a qualifying compensation committee, the 2013 Equity Plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations that are privately held and

122


Table of Contents

that subsequently become publicly held as a result of an initial public offering, the 2013 Equity Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earliest of:

the material modification of the 2013 Equity Plan;

the issuance of all of the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Plan;

the expiration of the 2013 Equity Plan; and

the first stockholders meeting at which members of our board of directors are elected during 2017.

After the transition date, rights or awards granted under the 2013 Equity Plan, other than options and SARs, will not qualify as "performance-based compensation" for purposes of Section 162(m) unless such rights or awards are granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the material terms of which have been disclosed to and approved by our stockholders.

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the total number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2013 Equity Plan. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and the shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and the lock-up agreements described under "Underwriting."

Equity compensation plan information

The number of shares underlying outstanding stock options, the weighted-average exercise price of such outstanding options and the number of additional shares remaining available for future issuance under our equity plans, as of March 2, 2013, are as follows, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus):

 
Plan
  Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights(a)

  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights(b)

  Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column(a))(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by the security holders

           

2012 Stock Option Plan

  276,767   $15.00   135,513

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     

Total

  276,767       135,513
 

123


Table of Contents

Executive Bonus Plan

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt, and have our stockholders approve, a Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (the "Executive Bonus Plan"). The Executive Bonus Plan is designed to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate covered key executives toward even greater achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of us and our stockholders and to enable us to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The principal anticipated features of the Executive Bonus Plan are summarized below.

The Executive Bonus Plan is an incentive bonus plan under which certain key executives, including our named executive officers, will be eligible to receive bonus payments with respect to a specified period (for example, our fiscal year). Bonuses will generally be payable under the Executive Bonus Plan upon the attainment of pre-established performance goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to participants under the Executive Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as the culture and compensation committee may in its discretion determine.

We anticipate that the performance goals under the Executive Bonus Plan will relate to one or more financial, operational or other metrics with respect to individual or company performance with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries, including but not limited to the following possible performance goals: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) (including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA); gross or net sales or revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes); adjusted net income; operating income (either before or after taxes); operating earnings or profit; pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); return on assets or net assets; return on capital; return on stockholders' equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; gross or net profit or operating margin; costs or reduction in costs; funds from operations; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings per share; price per share of common stock; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of our common stock or any other publicly-traded securities; economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; regulatory achievements and compliance; implementation or completion of critical projects; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; recruiting and maintaining personnel; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of our products); supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of our products); co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of our equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of our assets, including our intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; and economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease in the results of a peer group or market performance indicators or indices.

124


Table of Contents

The Executive Bonus Plan will be administered by the culture and compensation committee. The culture and compensation committee will select the participants in the Executive Bonus Plan and any performance goals to be utilized with respect to the participants, establish the bonus formulas for each participant's annual bonus, and certify whether any applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given performance period. The Executive Bonus Plan will provide that we may amend or terminate the Executive Bonus Plan at any time in our sole discretion. Any amendments to the Executive Bonus Plan will require stockholder approval only to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation. The Executive Bonus Plan will expire on the earlier of:

the material modification of the Executive Bonus Plan; and

the first stockholders meeting at which members of our board of directors are elected during 2017.

Rule 10b5-1 sales plan

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our policy on insider trading and communications with the public.

125


Table of Contents


Certain relationships and related party transactions

Distribution

Certain of our related persons that are holders of our preferred stock, including, among others, certain affiliates of LGP, Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff, will participate in the Distribution and will receive approximately $157.0 million upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

Exchange

As required by our existing stockholders agreement, in connection with the closing of this offering, each holder of our preferred stock, which includes, among others, certain affiliates of LGP, Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff, will exchange each outstanding share of such holder's preferred stock for a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the liquidation preference amount of such preferred stock on the date of the Distribution, and after giving effect to the reduction resulting from the Distribution, by the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock in this offering. For more information, see "The Exchange."

Certain of our related persons that are holders of our preferred stock, including, among others, certain affiliates of LGP, Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff, will participate in the Exchange and will exchange their shares of our preferred stock for shares of our common stock with an aggregate value (using the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the corresponding stock split ratio, and the accrued liquidation preference on our preferred stock as of October 1, 2013) of approximately $451.5 million upon the closing of this offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

Management services agreement

In connection with LGP's acquisition of The Container Store, Inc. in 2007, The Container Store, Inc. entered into a management services agreement with LGP, which was amended and restated in 2011, pursuant to which LGP agreed to provide management, consulting and financial planning services on an ongoing basis to The Container Store, Inc. and certain of The Container Store, Inc.'s subsidiaries. The management services agreement provides for the payment to LGP of a $1,000,000 annual fee and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The management services agreement has a ten-year term (subject to automatic extension), and will terminate automatically upon the closing of this offering, subject to the survival of certain obligations.

Stockholders agreement

In connection with our acquisition by LGP acquisition of The Container Store, Inc. in 2007, we, certain affiliates of LGP, and all other holders of our common stock and preferred stock, entered into a stockholders agreement. Upon the closing of the offering we will amend and restate our stockholders agreement to eliminate all provisions thereof other than those related to the registration rights, which are described below.

126


Table of Contents

Demand registration rights

At any time beginning six months after this offering, subject to certain restrictions,

certain entities affiliated with LGP, and any transferee controlled directly or indirectly by LGP or any of its affiliates, will be able to require us to use our best efforts to register their common stock under the Securities Act at any time;

certain employees (including our named executive officers) may require us to use our best efforts to register their common stock under the Securities Act twice prior to the time that we are eligible to register securities on Form S-3 and require us to use our best efforts to register their common stock under the Securities Act twice after we are eligible to register securities on Form S-3; and

certain other investors may require us to use our best efforts to register their common stock under the Securities Act.

These demand registration rights are subject to certain exceptions set forth in the stockholders agreement.

Piggyback registration rights

If we propose to register any of our own securities under the Securities Act in a public offering other than an initial public offering, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of our common stock with registration rights under our stockholders agreement relating to the registration and provide them with the right to include their shares in the registration statement. These piggy-back registration rights are subject to certain exceptions set forth in the stockholders agreement.

Expenses of registration

We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares of our common stock held by the holders of our common stock with registration rights under our stockholders agreement.

Voting agreement

We understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, the affiliates of LGP which own our common stock and the management directors intend to enter into a voting agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, for so long as such LGP affiliates and the management directors collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding common stock, or the agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, such affiliates of LGP will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of Mr. Tindell, Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff to our board of directors upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors and Mr. Tindell, Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with LGP upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors.

127


Table of Contents

Loans to certain directors and executive officers

We advanced approximately $279,000 on behalf of Kip Tindell in connection with a book detailing, among other things, our history, the principles upon which we were founded and the impact of Conscious Capitalism®. This amount was repaid in full by Mr. Tindell.

Employment agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Employment and Other Agreements."

Indemnification agreements

Our bylaws, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain exceptions contained in our bylaws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

We have also agreed to indemnify Kip Tindell to the fullest extent permitted by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws in connection with a book detailing, among other things, the principles upon which we were founded and our history and the impact of Conscious Capitalism®.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Directed share program

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 1,750,000 shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our directors, officers, all TCS employees and certain Elfa employees and other parties related to the Company as part of a directed share program. The directed share program will not limit the ability of our directors, officers and their family members, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, to purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock. We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in our directed share program, if at all, or the extent to which they will purchase more than $120,000 in value of our common stock.

Our policy regarding related party transactions

Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy on transactions with

128


Table of Contents

related persons that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly-held common stock that is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the new policy:

any related person transaction, and any material amendment or modification to a related person transaction, must be reviewed and approved or ratified by a committee of the board of directors composed solely of independent directors who are disinterested or by the disinterested members of the board of directors; and

any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation must be approved by the culture and compensation committee of the board of directors or recommended by the culture and compensation committee to the board of directors for its approval.

In connection with the review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction:

management must disclose to the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, the name of the related person and the basis on which the person is a related person, the material terms of the related person transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction, and all the material facts as to the related person's direct or indirect interest in, or relationship to, the related person transaction;

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction complies with the terms of our agreements governing our material outstanding indebtedness that limit or restrict our ability to enter into a related person transaction;

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction will be required to be disclosed in our applicable filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and related rules, and, to the extent required to be disclosed, management must ensure that the related person transaction is disclosed in accordance with such Acts and related rules; and

management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction constitutes a "personal loan" for purposes of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

In addition, the related person transaction policy provides that the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, in connection with any approval or ratification of a related person transaction involving a non-employee director or director nominee, should consider whether such transaction would compromise the director or director nominee's status as an "independent," "outside," or "non-employee" director, as applicable, under the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Code.

129


Table of Contents


Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information, as of October 1, 2013 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately prior to the Exchange and after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange and this offering, by:

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

each of our directors;

each of our named executive officers; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Each stockholder's percentage ownership before the Distribution and the Exchange is based on 202,182 shares of our senior preferred stock, 202,182 shares of our junior preferred stock, and 3,320,327 shares of our common stock, respectively, outstanding as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). Each stockholder's percentage ownership after this offering is based on 48,586,000 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, after giving effect to the Distribution and the Exchange and an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) and assuming the offering had been completed on October 1, 2013. The number of shares being offered hereby to the public will remain fixed regardless of the stock split calculation and the Exchange. However, the total number of shares outstanding after this offering, the stock split ratio and the relative percentage ownership of the investors in this offering and our existing stockholders will depend on the public offering price per share of our common stock. See "The exchange."

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of October 1, 2013 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all listed stockholders is c/o The Container Store Group, Inc., 500 Freeport Parkway, Coppell, TX 75019. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

130


Table of Contents

   
 
  Shares of senior
preferred stock
beneficially owned
prior to the exchange
  Shares of junior
preferred stock
beneficially owned
prior to the exchange
  Shares of common
stock beneficially
owned prior
to the exchange
  Shares of common
stock beneficially
owned after
the offering
 
Name of beneficial owner
 
  Number
  Percentage
  Number
  Percentage
  Number
  Percentage
  Number
  Percentage
 
   

5% Stockholders

                                                 

Green Equity Investors V, L.P. Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. and TCS Co-Invest, LLC(1)

    169,911     84.0%     169,911     84.0%     2,011,844     60.6%     29,547,709     60.8%  

Green Equity Investors V, L.P. Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. and TCS Co-Invest, LLC(1), and William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff, as a group(2)

    185,733     91.9%     185,733     91.9%     2,911,621     87.7%     33,011,519     67.9%  

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                                                 

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III(2)

    7,253     3.6%     7,253     3.6%     408,538     12.3%     1,583,895     3.3%  

Sharon Tindell(2)

    7,444     3.7%     7,444     3.7%     419,297     12.6%     1,625,606     3.3%  

Melissa Reiff(2)

    1,125     *     1,125     *     71,942     2.2%     254,309     *  

Jodi Taylor

    70     *     70     *     8,160     *     19,504     *  

Per von Mentzer

    35     *     35     *     4,667     *     10,339     *  

Jonathan D. Sokoloff(1)(3)

    169,911     84.0%     169,911     84.0%     2,011,847     60.6%     29,547,709     60.8%  

Timothy J. Flynn(1)(3)

    169,911     84.0%     169,911     84.0%     2,011,847     60.6%     29,547,709     60.8%  

J. Kristofer Galashan(1)(3)

    169,911     84.0%     169,911     84.0%     2,011,847     60.6%     29,547,709     60.8%  

Danny Meyer(4)

                                 

Walter Robb(4)

                                 

Rajendra "Raj" Sisodia(4)

                                 

Robert E. Jordan(4)

                                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (thirteen persons)

    185,838     91.9%     185,838     91.9%     2,924,447     88.1%     33,041,362     68.0%  
   

*      Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)   Voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock held by Green Equity Investors V, L.P. and Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. (collectively, the "Green Funds") and TCS Co-Invest, LLC ("TCS Co") may be deemed to be shared by certain affiliated entities. GEI Capital V, LLC ("GEIC"), is the general partner of the Green Funds. Green V Holdings, LLC ("Holdings") is a limited partner of the Green Funds. LGP is the management company of the Green Funds, the Manager of TCS Co and an affiliate of GEIC and Holdings. LGP Management, Inc. ("LGPM") is the general partner of LGP. Each of the Green Funds, Holdings, LGP, LGPM and TCS Co disclaims such shared beneficial ownership of our common stock, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Each of Jonathan D. Sokoloff, Timothy J. Flynn and J. Kristofer Galashan may also be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to such shares due to their respective positions with LGPM, and each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Each of Messrs. John G. Danhakl, Peter J. Nolan, Jonathan D. Sokoloff, Jonathan A. Seiffer, John M. Baumer, Timothy J. Flynn, James D. Halper, Todd M. Purdy, Michael S. Solomon, and W. Christian McCollum either directly (whether through ownership interest or position) or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, may be deemed to control LGP. As such, Messrs. Danhakl, Nolan, Sokoloff, Seiffer, Baumer, Flynn, Halper, Purdy, Solomon, and McCollum may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by TCS Co. These individuals each disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held by TCS Co except to the extent of his

131


Table of Contents

pecuniary interest therein. Each of the foregoing individual's address is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000, Los Angeles, California 90025.

(2)   As discussed in "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Voting agreement," we understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, the Green Funds and TCS Co, on the one hand, and Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff, on the other, intend to enter into a voting agreement pursuant to which the Green Funds and TCS Co will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of Mr. Tindell, Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff to our board of directors upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors and Mr. Tindell, Ms. Tindell and Ms. Reiff will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with LGP upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors.

(3)   As described in "Management—Director compensation," we anticipate that Messrs. Sokoloff, Flynn and Galashan will each be granted immediately vested stock options with a Black-Scholes value of $100,000 in connection with this offering.

(4)   As described in "Management—Director compensation," we anticipate that Messrs. Meyer, Robb, Sisodia and Jordan will each be granted immediately vested stock options with a Black-Scholes value of $200,000 in connection with this offering.

132


Table of Contents


Description of capital stock

General

Upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, our authorized capital stock will consist of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of our common stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Common stock

Upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as adjusted for an assumed 6.7:1 stock split, the total number of our authorized shares of common stock will be 250,000,000 shares. As of October 1, 2013, before giving effect to the Exchange and an assumed 6.7:1 stock split, we had outstanding 202,182 shares of our senior preferred stock, 202,182 shares of our junior preferred stock and 3,320,327 shares of our common stock. See "The Exchange." As of October 1, 2013, we had 140 stockholders of record of our senior preferred stock, 140 stockholders of record of our junior preferred stock and 140 stockholders of record of our common stock and, after giving effect to the Exchange and an assumed 6.7:1 stock split, had outstanding options to purchase 272,580 shares of common stock, which options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $15.00 per share. In connection with the Exchange, all of our senior preferred stock and junior preferred stock will be exchanged for 32,765,673 shares of common stock.

After giving effect to this offering, the Distribution, the Exchange and an assumed 6.7:1 stock split, we will have 48,586,000 shares of common stock outstanding and outstanding options to purchase 272,580 shares of common stock, which options will be exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $15.00 per share.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely

133


Table of Contents

affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

Upon the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the total of our authorized shares of preferred stock will be 5,000,000 shares. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Authorized but unissued shares

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and our preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Registration rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 9,520,617 shares of our common stock, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" elsewhere in this prospectus.

134


Table of Contents

Exclusive venue

Our certificate of incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our certificate of incorporation or the bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Anti-takeover effects of provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our by-laws and Delaware law

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this offering, also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Classified board of directors

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible and, following the expiration of specified initial terms for each class, each class serving three-year staggered terms. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed from our board of directors with cause. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control of us or our management.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder meetings, nominations and proposals

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, upon completion of this offering, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the advance notice requirements set forth in our bylaws. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.

Stockholder action by written consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of

135


Table of Contents

outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent.

Authorized but unissued shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Finally, we understand that, substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, the affiliates of LGP which own our common stock, and the management directors intend to enter into a voting agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, for so long as such LGP affiliates and the management directors collectively hold at least 40% of our outstanding common stock, or the agreement is otherwise terminated in accordance with its terms, such affiliates of LGP will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the management directors to our board of directors upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors and the management directors will agree to vote their shares of our common stock in favor of the election of the directors affiliated with LGP upon their nomination by the nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the parties to this agreement will collectively hold approximately 33,002,966 shares, or 67.9%, of our outstanding common stock. See "Certain relationships and related party transactions—Voting agreement."

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

The New York Stock Exchange

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TCS."

136


Table of Contents


Description of indebtedness

The following is a summary of the material terms of our material indebtedness. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the related agreements which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

The Container Store, Inc.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On April 6, 2012, The Container Store, Inc. entered into a $275.0 million senior secured term loan facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agent. On April 8, 2013, The Container Store, Inc. entered into an amendment to the senior secured term loan that increased the principal thereof from $275.0 million to $362.3 million, which, as amended, we refer to as the "Senior Secured Term Loan Facility." The proceeds of the additional term loans, together with cash on hand, was applied to make a distribution from The Container Store, Inc. to us, its sole stockholder, on April 8, 2013. We then immediately declared a $90.0 million cash dividend to holders of our senior preferred stock which was paid on April 9, 2013.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrues interest at the rate of LIBOR + 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and matures on April 6, 2019. The Container Store, Inc. is required to make quarterly principal payments in the amount of $0.9 million prior to the maturity date of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in substantially all of our assets (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65% and assets of non-guarantors and subject to certain other exceptions) (other than the collateral that secures the Revolving Credit Facility on a first-priority basis) and (b) a second-priority security interest in the assets securing the Revolving Credit Facility on a first-priority basis, as described below. Obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and our U.S. subsidiaries. The Secured Term Loan Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the credit agreement contains certain cross-default provisions. As of August 31, 2013, we are in compliance with all covenants and no event of default (as such term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) had occurred.

Events of default under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility include, but are not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) certain cross-defaults to other indebtedness; (iv) bankruptcy or insolvency of borrowers, guarantors or subsidiaries; (v) inability of the borrowers, guarantors, or their material subsidiaries to pay debts; (vi) certain monetary judgments against borrowers, guarantors or their material subsidiaries and material non-monetary judgments; (vii) failure of subordination, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications; and (viii) and any change of control occurrence.

137


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

On April 6, 2012, The Container Store, Inc. entered into a $75.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, which we refer to as the "Revolving Credit Facility." Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility accrue interest at LIBOR + 1.25% to 1.75%, subject to a grid based on average daily excess availability over the preceding quarter, and the maturity date is April 6, 2017.

The Revolving Credit Facility is available for working capital and other general corporate purposes. The Revolving Credit Facility permits swingline advances to The Container Store, Inc. of up to $7.5 million and the issuance of letters of credit upon our request of up to $20.0 million. The availability of credit at any given time under the Revolving Credit Facility is limited by reference to a borrowing base formula based upon numerous factors, including the value of eligible inventory, eligible accounts receivable, and reserves established by the administrative agent. As a result of the borrowing base formula, the actual borrowing availability under the line of credit could be less than the stated amount of the line of credit (as reduced by the actual borrowings and outstanding letters of credit under the line of credit). As of August 31, 2013 there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and there was $63.4 million of availability thereunder.

The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in all of our personal property (excluding stock in foreign subsidiaries in excess of 65% and assets of non-guarantors and subject to certain other exceptions), consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, cash, deposit accounts, and other general intangibles, and (b) a second-priority security interest in the collateral that secures the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility on a first-priority basis, as described above. Obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and The Container Store Group, Inc.'s U.S. subsidiaries.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve itself, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility contains certain cross-default provisions. We are required to maintain a consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 if excess availability is less than $10 million at any time. As of August 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all covenants and no event of default (as such term is defined in the Revolving Credit Facility) had occurred.

Events of default under the Revolving Credit Facility include, but are not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) certain cross-defaults to indebtedness; (iv) bankruptcy or insolvency of borrowers, guarantors or subsidiaries; (v) inability of the borrowers, guarantors, or their material subsidiaries to pay debts; (vi) certain monetary judgments against borrowers, guarantors or their material subsidiaries and material non-monetary judgments; (vii) failure of subordination, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications; and (viii) and any change of control occurrence.

138


Table of Contents

Elfa

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 27, 2009, Elfa entered into its senior secured credit facilities with Tjustbygdens Sparbank AB, which we refer to as Sparbank, which consist of a SEK 137,500,000 (approximately $20.7 million as of August 31, 2013) term loan facility, which we refer to as the Elfa Term Loan Facility, and a SEK 175,000,000 (approximately $26.4 million as of August 31, 2013) revolving credit facility, which we refer to as the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the Elfa Term Loan Facility, the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities. On January 27, 2012, Sparbank transferred all of its commitments, rights and obligations under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities to Swedbank AB. Borrowings under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities accrue interest at a rate of STIBOR+1.775%. The Elfa Term Loan Facility matures on August 30, 2014 and the Elfa Revolving Credit Facility matures on August 30, 2014, subject to automatic annual renewal as long as certain conditions are satisfied. Elfa is required to make quarterly principal repayments under the Elfa Term Loan Facility of SEK 6,250,000 (approximately $0.9 million as of August 31, 2013) through maturity.

The Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of Elfa's assets.

The Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Elfa's ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional liens, sell or dispose of assets, pay dividends, merge with other companies, engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business and make guarantees. In addition, Elfa is required to maintain (i) a consolidated equity ratio (calculated as Elfa's consolidated total shareholders' equity divided by its consolidated total assets) of not less than 35% and (ii) a consolidated ratio of net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) not greater than 4.0, each tested as of the end of each quarter. As of August 31, 2013 Elfa was in compliance with all covenants and no Event of Default (as defined in the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities) had occurred.

Events of default under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities include, but are not limited to: (i) nonpayment of any amount due under the credit agreement; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) nonpayment of any other amount owed to the lender; (iv) certain cross-defaults to other indebtedness; (v) bankruptcy or insolvency of Elfa or any of its subsidiaries; (vi) attachment of any assets of Elfa or any of its subsidiaries; and (vii) the occurrence of any other circumstances which give the lender reasonable grounds to assume that Elfa's conditions or ability to perform its obligations under the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities have deteriorated significantly.

139


Table of Contents


Shares eligible for future sale

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, and giving effect to the Exchange, assuming that our preferred stock will be exchanged for 32,765,673 shares of common stock assuming an initial public offering price per share of $15.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1 and that the closing occurs on October 1, 2013, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 48,586,000 shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 12,500,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

Upon the closing of this offering, shares held by our affiliates, which consist of 33,025,982 shares of common stock, will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In addition, assuming a stock split of 6.7:1, of the 272,580 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of October 1, 2013, options to purchase 54,713 shares of common stock were vested as of October 1, 2013 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Under our 2013 Equity Plan, we intend to grant to our directors and certain of our employees in connection with this offering, stock options to purchase, at the initial public offering price, an aggregate number of shares equal to the sum of (i) 2,500,000 and (ii) the number of shares originally reserved for issuance but not subject to outstanding stock options under the 2012 Stock Option Plan (adjusted to give effect to the stock split), which is an aggregate of 139,700 shares (after giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)). A portion of the stock options described in clause (i) and all of the options described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering. The remaining stock options will vest in equal annual installments over seven years. We have not yet determined the allocation of such stock options among the employees. All of the stock options granted to directors will be immediately vested upon the closing of this offering. The shares issuable under these options not held by our affiliates will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See "Management—Executive compensation—Offering grants to employees under the 2013 Equity Plan" for additional information.

140


Table of Contents

Lock-up agreements

We and each of our executive officers and directors and LGP, which, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) with a corresponding stock split ratio of 6.7:1, will collectively hold 68.0% of our outstanding capital stock upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the stock split and the Exchange, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in specified circumstances:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly (regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition; or

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences associated with ownership of any shares of common stock or such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

These agreements are subject to certain exceptions, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Underwriting."

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 485,860 shares immediately after this offering, giving effect to an assumed stock

141


Table of Contents

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

142


Table of Contents

Registration rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 9,520,617 shares of our common stock, giving effect to an assumed stock split of 6.7:1, which is the stock split ratio calculated based upon a public offering price of $15 per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stockholders Agreement" elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

143


Table of Contents


Material U.S. federal income tax consequences
to non-U.S. holders

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under (i) any state, local or foreign tax laws, (ii) Section 1411 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), which generally imposes a 3.8% tax on net investment income or (iii) any other U.S. federal tax laws, including estate or gift tax laws. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (property held for investment). This discussion does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

"controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies" and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

S corporations, partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

tax-qualified retirement plans.

144


Table of Contents

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or owner in such other entity) will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a non-U.S. holder

For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a "United States person" nor a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any of the following:

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) it has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to continue to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we currently do not anticipate paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, such distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described under the heading "—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Shares of Our Common Stock" below.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to U.S. federal withholding

145


Table of Contents

tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

Non-U.S. holders may be entitled to a reduction in or an exemption from withholding on dividends as a result of either (a) an applicable income tax treaty or (b) the non-U.S. holder holding our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States and dividends being paid in connection with that trade or business. To claim such a reduction in or exemption from withholding, the non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed (a) IRS Form W-8BEN claiming an exemption from or reduction of the withholding tax under the benefit of an income tax treaty between the United States and the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established, or (b) IRS Form W-8ECI stating that the dividends are not subject to withholding tax because they are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, as may be applicable. These certifications must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, if dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), then, although exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax (provided the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification, as described above), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest ("USRPI") by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a "USRPHC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is

146


Table of Contents

a foreign corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year that are attributable to such gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain realized on the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States).

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if such class of stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for such stock.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Backup withholding and information reporting

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of dividends on our common stock we make to the non-U.S. holder, provided the holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or other applicable certification. However, information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States, and information reporting may (although backup withholding generally will not) apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock outside the United States conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, in each case, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder on IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional withholding tax on payments made to foreign accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities.

147


Table of Contents

Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and a recent IRS Notice, withholding under FATCA generally will apply to payments of dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

148


Table of Contents


Certain ERISA considerations

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of our common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), by plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code and or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations, and by entities whose underlying assets are considered to include "plan assets" of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a "Plan").

Prohibited transaction issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit Plans which are subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code ("ERISA Plans") from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are "parties in interest," within the meaning of ERISA, or "disqualified persons," within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and/or liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

The acquisition and/or ownership of our common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we or an underwriter is considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption, of which there are many.

Plans which are governmental plans, certain church plans and non-U.S. plans may not be subject to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or the Code but may be subject to similar laws. Fiduciaries of any such Plans should consult with counsel before acquisition or ownership of our common stock.

Because of the foregoing, our common stock should not be purchased by any person investing "plan assets" of any Plan, unless such purchase will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, or a similar violation of any applicable similar laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering the acquisition or ownership of our common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any similar laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the acquisition or ownership of our common stock.

149


Table of Contents


Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Jefferies LLC are acting as joint book-running managers and representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

   
Name
  Number of shares
 
   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Barclays Capital Inc. 

       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Morgan Stanley & Co, LLC

       

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                   Incorporated

       

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

Jefferies LLC

       

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

       

Total

    12,500,000  
   

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,875,000 additional shares of common stock from us. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any

150


Table of Contents

additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to 1,750,000 shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our directors, officers, all TCS employees and certain Elfa employees and other parties related to the Company. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the sales will be made by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. We have agreed to indemnify J.P. Morgan Securities LLC in connection with the directed share program, including for the failure of any participant to pay for its shares. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. Shares offered in the directed share program will not be subject to lock-up agreements, with the exception of the shares to be issued to directors, officers, certain employees and certain existing stockholders who are already subject to lock-up agreements, as described below.

Underwriting discounts and expenses

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

   
 
  Without option exercise
  With full option exercise
 
   

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    
   

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $4.0 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to clearing of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ("FINRA") in an amount up to $60,000. Such reimbursement is deemed to be underwriting compensation by FINRA.

Lock-up

We have agreed that we will not:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly (regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by the delivery of

151


Table of Contents

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise),

in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our equity incentive plans.

Our directors, executive officers and LGP have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly (regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition;

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences associated with ownership of any shares of common stock or such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

Listing

We have been approved, subject to official notice of issuance, to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "TCS."

Price stabilization and short positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for

152


Table of Contents

the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representative of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of increasing or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

New issue of securities

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our prospects for future earnings and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

an assessment of our management;

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

153


Table of Contents

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order") or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the EU Prospectus Directive (as defined below) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date") an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except

154


Table of Contents

that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

to any legal entity that is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means European Union Prospectus Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the securities may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The securities applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision,

155


Table of Contents

investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority ("FINMA") as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended ("CISA"), and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to "qualified investors," as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended ("CISO"), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity

156


Table of Contents

other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Other relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and/or certain of its affiliates act as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunning Manager, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Lender under our Revolving Credit Facility and act as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunning Manager, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility; Barclays Capital Inc. and/or certain of its affiliates act as Co-Documentation Agent, Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunning Manager under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility; and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and/or certain of its affiliates act as Co-Documentation Agent, Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunning Manager under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Guggenheim Securities, LLC may receive a portion of the net proceeds of this offering due to the use of such proceeds to repay borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

157


Table of Contents


Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.


Experts

The consolidated financial statements of The Container Store Group, Inc. at March 2, 2013 and February 25, 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 2, 2013, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst and Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


Where you can find more information

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov .

158


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated financial statements

 
  Page

Contents

   

Consolidated Financial Statements
Fiscal Years Ended February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-5

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-9

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

  F-35

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Twenty Six Weeks Ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

  F-38

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

  F-40

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

  F-41

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

  F-42

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  F-43

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
The Container Store Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Container Store Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 2, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Container Store Group, Inc. and subsidiaries at February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 2, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Dallas, Texas
September 30, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets

   
(In thousands, except share amounts)
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 51,163   $ 25,351  

Accounts receivable, net

    20,772     25,536  

Inventory

    70,626     82,443  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    13,876     21,284  

Forward contracts

    1,656     1,103  

Deferred tax assets, net

    1,203     1,505  
       

Total current assets

    159,296     157,222  

Noncurrent assets:

             

Property and equipment, net

    122,563     141,177  

Goodwill

    202,815     202,815  

Trade names

    255,876     241,940  

Deferred financing costs, net

    5,208     8,745  

Other assets

    920     921  
       

Total noncurrent assets

    587,382     595,598  
       

Total assets

  $ 746,678   $ 752,820  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets (continued)

   
(In thousands, except share amounts)
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 47,207   $ 54,334  

Accrued liabilities

    38,738     52,330  

Income taxes payable

    821     2,650  

Revolving lines of credit

    11,060     13,482  

Current portion of long-term debt

    7,605     9,023  
       

Total current liabilities

    105,431     131,819  

Noncurrent liabilities:

             

Long-term debt

    292,561     276,348  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    95,145     87,770  

Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities

    20,552     23,508  
       

Total noncurrent liabilities

    408,258     387,626  
       

Total liabilities

    513,689     519,445  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

             

Shareholders' equity:

             

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 600,000 shares authorized; 500,356 shares issued and 498,566 shares outstanding in 2011; 500,356 shares issued and 498,169 shares outstanding in 2012

    5     5  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized:

             

Senior cumulative; 250,000 shares authorized; 202,480 shares issued and 202,266 shares outstanding in 2011; 202,480 shares issued and 202,196 shares outstanding in 2012

    2     2  

Junior cumulative; 250,000 shares authorized; 202,480 shares issued and 202,266 shares outstanding in 2011; 202,480 shares issued and 202,196 shares outstanding in 2012

    2     2  

Additional paid-in capital

    454,987     455,270  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2,299     2,713  

Retained deficit

    (223,700 )   (223,830 )

Treasury stock, 2,218 shares in 2011 and 2,755 shares in 2012

    (606 )   (787 )
       

Total shareholders' equity

    232,989     233,375  
       

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 746,678   $ 752,820  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of operations

   
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)February 26
2011February 25
2012March 2
2013

  Fiscal year ended  
   

Net sales

  $ 568,820   $ 633,619   $ 706,757  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

    235,295     266,355     291,146  
       

Gross profit

    333,525     367,264     415,611  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

   
269,474
   
293,665
   
331,380
 

Pre-opening costs

    1,747     5,203     7,562  

Goodwill and trade name impairment

    52,388     47,037     15,533  

Depreciation and amortization

    24,354     27,451     29,550  

Restructuring charges

    341     133     6,369  

Other expenses

        193     987  

Loss on disposal of assets

    139     210     88  
       

(Loss) income from operations

    (14,918 )   (6,628 )   24,142  

Interest expense

    26,006     25,417     21,388  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            7,333  
       

Loss before taxes

    (40,924 )   (32,045 )   (4,579 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   
4,129
   
(1,374

)
 
(4,449

)
       

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )

Less: Unpaid dividends accumulated to preferred shareholders

    (69,723 )   (78,575 )   (90,349 )
       

Net loss available to common shareholders

  $ (114,776 ) $ (109,246 ) $ (90,479 )

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

 
$

(230.05

)

$

(219.10

)

$

(181.60

)

Shares used in determination of net loss per share:

                   

Basic and diluted

    498,905     498,600     498,225  

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

              $ (0.00 )

Pro forma shares used in determination of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

                48,587,108  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss)

   
 
  Fiscal year ended  
(In thousands)
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on financial instruments, net of taxes

    1,038     (583 )   (104 )

Pension liability adjustment, net of taxes

    (203 )   (120 )   (298 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    9,321     (3,848 )   816  
       

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (34,897 ) $ (35,222 ) $ 284  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity

   
(In thousands, except share amounts)
  Common
stock

  Senior
Preferred
Stock

  Junior
Preferred
Stock

  Additional
paid-in
capital

  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)

  Retained
deficit

  Treasury
stock

  Total
shareholders'
equity

 
   

Balance at February 27, 2010

  $5   $2   $2   $ 454,987   $ (3,306 ) $ (147,976 ) $ (413 ) $ 303,301  

Net loss

                        (45,053 )       (45,053 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                    9,321             9,321  

Unrealized gain on financial instruments, net of taxes of $967

                    1,038             1,038  

Pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $28

                    (203 )           (203 )

Purchases of treasury stock

                            (177 )   (177 )
       

Balance at February 26, 2011

    5     2     2     454,987     6,850     (193,029 )   (590 )   268,227  

Net loss

                        (30,671 )       (30,671 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                    (3,848 )           (3,848 )

Unrealized loss on financial instruments, net of taxes of $160

                    (583 )           (583 )

Pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $71

                    (120 )           (120 )

Purchases of treasury stock

                            (16 )   (16 )
       

Balance at February 25, 2012

    5     2     2     454,987     2,299     (223,700 )   (606 )   232,989  

Net loss

                        (130 )       (130 )

Stock option expense

                283                 283  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                    816             816  

Unrealized loss on financial instruments, net of taxes of $265

                    (104 )           (104 )

Pension liability adjustment, net of taxes of $95

                    (298 )           (298 )

Purchases of treasury stock

                            (181 )   (181 )
       

Balance at March 2, 2013

  $5     $2     $2   $ 455,270   $ 2,713   $ (223,830 ) $ (787 ) $ 233,375  
   

See accompanying notes.

F-7


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of cash flows

   
 
  Fiscal year ended  
(In thousands)
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    24,354     27,451     29,550  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    139     210     88  

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

    1,556     (3,396 )   (7,906 )

Noncash refinancing expense

            4,843  

Noncash interest

    1,276     1,276     1,462  

Goodwill and trade name impairment

    52,388     47,037     15,533  

Other

    593     466     203  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    169     (751 )   (4,501 )

Inventory

    (6,101 )   (6,491 )   (10,802 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (149 )   547     (6,425 )

Taxes receivable

    7,862          

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    6,402     6,024     20,444  

Taxes payable

    3,049     (1,881 )   368  

Other noncurrent liabilities

    2,279     2,649     2,459  
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    48,764     42,470     45,186  

Investing activities

                   

Additions to property and equipment

    (18,175 )   (41,220 )   (48,559 )

Acquisition of a business, excluding cash acquired

        (274 )    

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    18     24     314  
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (18,157 )   (41,470 )   (48,245 )

Financing activities

                   

Net (payments) borrowings on revolving lines of credit

    (812 )   6,914     2,108  

Borrowings on long-term debt

            275,000  

Payments on long-term debt

    (6,254 )   (6,731 )   (289,727 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

            (9,842 )

Purchase of treasury shares

    (177 )   (16 )   (201 )

Reissuance of treasury shares

            20  
       

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (7,243 )   167     (22,642 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   
230
   
240
   
(111

)
       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    23,594     1,407     (25,812 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of fiscal year

    26,162     49,756     51,163  
       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of fiscal year

  $ 49,756   $ 51,163   $ 25,351  
       

Supplemental information

                   

Cash paid during the year for:

                   

Interest

  $ 25,398   $ 24,163   $ 17,853  
       

Taxes

  $ 4,351   $ 3,371   $ 2,028  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-8


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Notes to consolidated financial statements
(In thousands, except share amounts and unless
otherwise stated) March 2, 2013

1.     Nature of business and summary of significant accounting policies

Description of business

The Container Store, Inc. was founded in 1978 in Dallas, Texas, as a retailer with a mission to provide customers with storage and organization solutions through an assortment of innovative products and unparalleled customer service. In 2007, The Container Store, Inc. was sold to The Container Store Group, Inc. (the Company and formerly known as TCS Holdings, Inc.), a holding company, of which a majority stake was purchased by Leonard Green and Partners, L.P., with the remainder held by certain employees of The Container Store, Inc. The Company is headquartered in Coppell, Texas, and operates 58 specialty retail stores in 22 states and the District of Columbia, and a direct retail business through a call center and website, all of which sell storage and organization items as The Container Store®. The Container Store, Inc's wholly owned Swedish subsidiary, Elfa International AB (Elfa), manufactures and sells comprehensive, component-based storage systems, including wire drawer systems, shelving systems, wood décor, and sliding doors. These products provide order and organization in the home and in the workplace environment and are sold exclusively in the United States in The Container Store® retail stores and throughout Continental Europe. The Company also provides in-home installation services for retail customers in geographic areas surrounding its retail store locations through The Container Store Services, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Container Store, Inc.

During fiscal 2012, Elfa implemented a plan to restructure its business operations to improve efficiency. In conjunction with these efforts, a subsidiary sales office in Germany was sold and a manufacturing facility in Norway was shut down and consolidated into a like facility in Sweden. Additionally, certain head office functions in sales and marketing were relocated from the Västervik, Sweden, manufacturing location to the group headquarters in Malmö, Sweden. In conjunction with these moves, $6,369 of charges were incurred and recorded as restructuring charges during fiscal 2012, $4,489 of which is severance.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal year

The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to February 28th. Elfa's fiscal year ends on the last day of the calendar month of February. The fiscal years ended February 26, 2011 (2010) and February 25, 2012 (2011) included 52 weeks, whereas the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 (2012) included 53 weeks.

Management estimates

The preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent

F-9


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant accounting judgments and estimates include fair value estimates for indefinite-lived intangible assets, inventory loss reserve, and assessment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets.

Foreign currency translation

The Company operates foreign subsidiaries in the following countries: Sweden, Norway, Finland, Denmark, Germany, Poland, and France. The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the applicable country's currency. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at year-end rates of exchange. Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at weighted-average rates of exchange for the year. Realized losses of $1,269, realized gains of $66, and realized losses of $55 are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, respectively. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as cumulative translation adjustments through other comprehensive income (loss).

The functional currency for the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa, is the Swedish krona. During fiscal 2012, the rate of exchange from Swedish krona to U.S. dollar declined from 6.6 to 6.5. The carrying amount of net assets related to Elfa and subject to currency fluctuation is $159,237 and $142,840 as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, respectively.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from sales related to retail operations is recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer at the point of sale. Revenue from sales that are shipped or delivered directly to customers is recognized upon estimated delivery to the customer and includes applicable shipping or delivery revenue. Revenue from sales that are installed is recognized upon completion of the installation service to the customer and includes applicable installation revenue. Revenue from sales related to manufacturing operations is recorded upon shipment. Sales are recorded net of sales taxes collected from customers. A sales return allowance is recorded for estimated returns of merchandise subsequent to the balance sheet date that relate to sales prior to the balance sheet date. The returns allowance is based on historical return patterns and reduces sales and cost of sales, accordingly. Merchandise exchanges of similar product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are excluded when calculating the sales returns allowance.

Gift cards and merchandise credits

Gift cards are sold to customers in retail stores, through the call center and website, and through selected third parties. We issue merchandise credits in our stores and through our call center. Revenue from sales of gift cards and issuances of merchandise credits is recognized when the gift card is redeemed by the customer, or the likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is remote (gift card breakage). The gift card breakage rate is determined based upon historical redemption patterns. (An estimate of the rate of gift card breakage is applied over the period of estimated performance (48 months as of the end of 2012) and the breakage amounts are included in net sales in the consolidated statement of operations.) The Company recorded $678, $675, and $695 of gift card breakage in fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales related to retail operations includes the purchase cost of inventory sold (net of vendor rebates), in-bound freight, as well as inventory loss reserves. Costs incurred to ship or deliver

F-10


Table of Contents

merchandise to customers, as well as direct installation costs, are also included in cost of sales. Cost of sales from manufacturing operations includes direct costs associated with production, primarily materials and wages.

Leases

Rent expense on operating leases, including rent holidays and scheduled rent increases, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, commencing on the date the Company takes possession of the leased property. Rent expense is recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Pre-opening rent expense is recorded in pre-opening costs in the consolidated income statement. The net excess of rent expense over the actual cash paid has been recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Tenant improvement allowances are also included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease from the possession date. Contingent rental payments, typically based on a percentage of sales, are recognized in rent expense when payment of the contingent rent is probable.

Advertising

All advertising costs of the Company are expensed when incurred, except for production costs related to catalogs and direct mailings to customers, which are initially capitalized. Production costs related to catalogs and direct mailings consist primarily of printing and postage and are expensed when mailed to the customer, except for direct mailings related to promotional campaigns, which are expensed over the period during which the promotional sales are expected to occur. All advertising costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

Catalog and direct mailings costs capitalized at February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, amounted to $823 and $628, respectively, and are recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Total advertising expense incurred for fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, was $23,296, $27,091, and $32,655, respectively.

New store pre-opening costs

Non-capital expenditures associated with opening new stores, including rent, marketing expenses, travel and relocation costs, and training costs, are expensed as incurred and are included in pre-opening costs in the consolidated statement of operations.

Management Fee

The Company paid $0, $500, and $1,000 as a management fee to its majority shareholder, Leonard Green and Partners, L.P. in fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

Income taxes

We account for deferred income taxes utilizing Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. When a net deferred asset position exists, such as with our TCS segment, a three-year cumulative financial loss before income taxes is indicative that realization of a deferred tax asset is in doubt. As a result, valuation allowances are established against deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that the realization of those deferred tax assets will not occur. Valuation allowances are released as positive evidence of future taxable income sufficient to realize the underlying deferred tax assets becomes available (e.g., three-year cumulative financial income).

F-11


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect in the years when those temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred taxes from a change in the tax rate is recognized through continuing operations in the period that includes the enactment of the change. Changes in tax laws and rates could affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities in the future.

We operate in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. ASC 740-30 provides that the undistributed earnings of a foreign subsidiary be accounted for as a temporary difference under the presumption that all undistributed earnings will be distributed to the parent company as a dividend. Sufficient evidence of the intent to permanently reinvest the earnings in the jurisdiction where earned precludes a company from recording the temporary difference. For purposes of ASC 740-30, we are partially reinvested in Elfa and thus do not record a temporary difference. We are partially reinvested since we have permanently reinvested our past earnings at Elfa; however, we do not assert that all future earnings will be reinvested into Elfa.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $204 and $266 at February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, respectively. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established, if necessary, for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Factors such as payment terms, historical loss experience, and economic conditions are generally considered in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories at retail stores are comprised of finished goods and are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on a weighted-average cost method including associated freight costs, and market determined based on the estimated net realizable value. Manufacturing inventories are comprised of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods and are valued on a first-in, first out basis using full absorption accounting which includes material, labor, other variable costs, and other applicable manufacturing overhead. To determine if the value of inventory is recoverable at cost, we consider current and anticipated demand, customer preference and the merchandise age. The significant estimates used in inventory valuation are obsolescence (including excess and slow-moving inventory) and estimates of inventory shrinkage. We adjust our inventory for obsolescence based on historical trends, aging reports, specific identification and our estimates of future retail sales prices.

Reserves for shrinkage are estimated and recorded throughout the period as a percentage of cost of sales based on historical shrinkage results and current inventory levels. Actual shrinkage is recorded throughout the year based upon periodic cycle counts. Actual inventory shrinkage can vary from estimates due to factors including the mix of our inventory and execution against loss prevention initiatives in our stores and distribution center.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Significant additions and improvements are capitalized, and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed.

F-12


Table of Contents

Gains and losses on the disposition of property and equipment are recognized in the period incurred.

Depreciation, including amortization of assets recorded under capital lease obligations, is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets as follows:

 

Buildings

  30 years

Furniture, fixtures, and equipment

  3 to 10 years

Computer software

  2 to 5 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of useful life or lease term
 

Costs of developing or obtaining software for internal use or developing the Company's website, such as external direct costs of materials or services and internal payroll costs related to the software development projects, are capitalized. For the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012, and March 2, 2013, the Company capitalized $1,943, $2,597, and $3,252, respectively, and amortized $1,410, $1,743, and $2,210, respectively, of costs in connection with the development of internally used software.

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. If the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows related to the asset are less than the carrying value, we recognize a loss equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value, usually determined by the estimated undiscounted cash flow analysis of the asset.

For our TCS segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at an individual store level, which is the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be identified. We evaluate corporate assets or other long-lived assets that are not store-specific at the consolidated level. For our Elfa segment, we evaluate long-lived tangible assets at an individual subsidiary level.

Since there is typically no active market for our long-lived tangible assets, we estimate fair values based on the expected future cash flows. We estimate future cash flows based on store-level historical results, current trends, and operating and cash flow projections. Our estimates are subject to uncertainty and may be affected by a number of factors outside our control, including general economic conditions and the competitive environment. While we believe our estimates and judgments about future cash flows are reasonable, future impairment charges may be required if the expected cash flow estimates, as projected, do not occur or if events change requiring us to revise our estimates.

Foreign currency forward contracts

We account for foreign currency forward contracts in accordance with ASC No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging . We utilize foreign currency forward contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize our retail gross margins and to protect our domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from Elfa. All currency-related hedge instruments have terms from 1 to 12 months and require us to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement. We do not

F-13


Table of Contents

hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We record all financial instruments on a gross basis. We account for all foreign currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges, as defined. All financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value that are considered to be effective are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the fair value that is considered to be ineffective is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales.

Intangibles

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill annually to determine whether it is impaired. Goodwill is also tested between annual impairment tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. If an impairment indicator exists, we test the intangible asset for recoverability. We have identified two reporting units and we have selected the fourth fiscal quarter to perform our annual goodwill impairment testing.

Prior to testing goodwill for impairment, we perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired for each reporting unit. If the results of the qualitative assessment indicate that the likelihood of impairment is greater than 50%, then we perform a two-step impairment test on goodwill. In the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is considered not impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

The fair value of each reporting unit is determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach. We also use a market approach to compare the estimated fair value to comparable companies. The determination of fair value requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including among others, our nature and our history, financial and economic conditions affecting us, our industry and the general economy, past results, our current operations and future prospects, sales of similar businesses or capital stock of publicly held similar businesses, as well as prices, terms and conditions affecting past sales of similar businesses. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management's expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.

Our tests for impairment of goodwill resulted in a determination that the fair value of the Elfa reporting unit was less than the carrying value in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011.

F-14


Table of Contents

Trade names

We annually evaluate whether the trade names continue to have an indefinite life. Trade names are reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter and may be reviewed more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset, a product recall or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

The impairment review is performed by comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair value, determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. If the recorded carrying value of the trade name exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded to write the trade name down to its estimated fair value. Factors used in the valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives include, but are not limited to, future revenue growth assumptions, estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of our trade names to third parties, and a rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value).

The valuation of trade names requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, which are consistent with the factors discussed under "Goodwill" above. Forecasts of future operations are based, in part, on operating results and management's expectations as to future market conditions. These types of analyses contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and to apply judgments to estimate industry economic factors and the profitability of future business strategies. If actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material.

Treasury stock

Purchases and sales of treasury stock are recorded at cost.

Fair value of financial instruments

As of March 2, 2013, the Company held certain items that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These included cash and cash equivalents, foreign currency forward contracts, and a nonqualified retirement plan. See Note 13 for further information regarding the fair value of financial instruments.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income , an amendment to ASC 220, Comprehensive Income . ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other items not reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. These standards, which are prospective, are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, with earlier adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the implementation of this standard will result in a material impact to its financials.

2.     Goodwill and trade names

The Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $51,971, $31,453, and $0 related to the Elfa reporting unit in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, respectively. During fiscal 2010 and

F-15


Table of Contents

fiscal 2011, Elfa experienced a challenging economic climate in Europe, which resulted in Elfa not achieving its sales and profit plans. This decline in profitability, coupled with near-term financial forecasts and the continued European economic downturn, resulted in an estimated fair value that was lower than the carrying value of the reporting unit. The reporting unit's estimated fair value was calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of the reporting unit. The allocation of the estimated fair value to the fair value of the reporting unit's assets and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase price allocation resulted in the goodwill impairment charges, which ultimately represented a complete impairment of goodwill for the Elfa reporting unit as of February 25, 2012. The Company did not record a goodwill impairment charge for The Container Store, Inc. reporting unit in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, or fiscal 2012.

The Company also recorded trade name impairment charges of $417, $15,584, and $15,533 related to the Elfa reporting unit in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, respectively. The fair value of the trade name was calculated using a relief from the royalty discounted cash flow approach. The decline in sales of the Elfa reporting unit, coupled with near-term sales forecasts and an increased weighted-average cost of capital, resulted in an estimated fair value that was lower than the carrying value of the trade name. The projected cash flows were compared to the trade name carrying value, which resulted in the impairment. The Company did not record a trade name impairment charge for The Container Store, Inc. reporting unit in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, or fiscal 2012.

The estimated fair values discussed above are computed using estimates as of the measurement date, which is defined as the fiscal month-end of December. The Company makes estimates and assumptions about sales, gross margins, profit margins, and discount rates based on budgets and forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and marketplace data. Assumptions are also made for varying perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-term business plan period. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management's judgment in applying these factors. Another estimate using different, but still reasonable, assumptions could produce different results. As there are numerous assumptions and estimations utilized to derive the estimated enterprise fair value of each reporting unit, it is possible that actual results may differ from estimated results requiring future impairment charges.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and trade names were as follows in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012:

   
 
  Goodwill
  Trade names
 
   

Balance at February 26, 2011

  $ 227,503   $ 274,844  

Impairment charge

    (31,453 )   (15,584 )

Acquisition of The Container Store Services, LLC

    6,200      

Other acquisition

    881      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (316 )   (3,384 )
       

Balance at February 25, 2012

    202,815     255,876  

Impairment charge

        (15,533 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

        1,597  
       

Balance at March 2, 2013

  $ 202,815   $ 241,940  
   

3.     Inventory

The components of inventory are summarized below:

   
 
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Raw materials

  $ 6,173   $ 5,657  

Work in progress

    2,055     1,983  

Finished goods

    62,398     74,803  
       

  $ 70,626   $ 82,443  
   

F-16


Table of Contents

4.    Property and equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

   
February 25
2012March 2
2013

   
   
 
   

Land and buildings

  $  22,341   $  30,845  

Furniture and fixtures

    25,029     29,419  

Machinery and equipment

    71,491     74,691  

Computer software and equipment

    18,753     26,097  

Leasehold improvements

    80,993     98,890  

Construction in progress

    17,720     16,495  
       

    236,327     276,437  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (113,764 )   (135,260 )
       

  $122,563   $141,177  
   

Depreciation expense was $24,354, $27,434, and $29,449 in fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

5.     Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit

Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit consist of the following:

   
 
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($125 million)

  $ 115,684   $  

Secured term loan, U.S. ($275 million)

        272,938  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    9,492     5,812  

Senior subordinated notes

    165,549      

Secured revolving credit, U.S. 

         

Mortgage and other loans

    9,441     6,621  
       

    300,166     285,371  

Less current portion

    (7,605 )   (9,023 )
       

  $ 292,561   $ 276,348  
       

Secured revolving credit, Sweden

  $ 11,060   $ 13,482  
   

Scheduled total revolving lines of credit and debt maturities for the fiscal years subsequent to March 2, 2013, are as follows:

   

2013

  $ 22,505  

2014

    6,556  

2015

    2,990  

2016

    2,993  

2017

    3,008  

Thereafter

    260,801  
       

  $ 298,853  
   

F-17


Table of Contents

On April 6, 2012, the Company's debt was refinanced, whereby a new $275 million Secured Term Loan was entered into, replacing the previously existing $125 million Secured Term Loan and $150 million Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company recorded expenses of $7,333 in fiscal 2012 associated with this refinancing transaction. This amount consisted of $1,655 million related to an early extinguishment fee on the Senior Subordinated Notes and $4,843 of deferred financing costs where accelerated amortization was required. We also recorded legal fees and other associated costs of $835. See below for more details regarding the new debt instruments.

Secured term loan facility, U.S. ($125 million)

On August 16, 2007, The Container Store, Inc. entered into a $125 million secured term loan facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent; Wachovia Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent; and GMAC Commercial Finance, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Co-Documentation Agents. Borrowings under the secured term loan accrued interest at floating rates, at the Company's option, at the base rate (the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or prime rate) plus a margin of 2.0%, or at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.0% per annum. On April 6, 2012, the outstanding amounts owed of $115,371 were paid in full, and this term loan facility was extinguished.

Senior subordinated notes

On August 16, 2007, the Company entered into a Senior Subordinated Loan Agreement with entities led by TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners, L.P., which provided for a senior subordinated term loan of $150 million. Borrowings under the senior subordinated notes accrued interest at 11.0% per annum, payable semiannually in cash, unless the portion eligible for the PIK (paid in kind) option was invoked, whereby the interest rate was 11.5% (6.5% paid in cash and 5.0% paid in kind). On April 6, 2012, the outstanding amounts owed of $165,549 were paid in full and these senior subordinated notes were extinguished.

Secured term loan facility, U.S. ($275 million)

On April 6, 2012, The Container Store, Inc. entered into a $275 million secured term loan facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, with Barclays Bank PLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank N.A. as Co-Documentation Agents. Borrowings under the secured term loan accrue interest at LIBOR plus 5.0%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25. All obligations under the secured term loan facility are fully, unconditionally, and jointly and severally guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and our domestic subsidiaries. The term loan is secured by (a) a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and (b) a security interest, junior in priority, in the assets securing the asset-based revolving credit facility described below. The Company is required to maintain a senior secured leverage ratio in which senior secured indebtedness, net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents, is greater than $10 million. Such ratio is tested as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. The current permitted maximum for this ratio is 5.25 to 1.00. Such requirement steps down over time to 3.75 to 1.00. The Company was compliant with this financial covenant at March 2, 2013. Under the term loan, the Company is required to make quarterly principal repayments of $687 through December 31, 2018, with a balloon payment for the remaining balance of $256,438 due on April 6, 2019.

The term loan facility includes restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other distributions, make loans, prepay certain indebtedness and enter into sale and lease back

F-18


Table of Contents

transactions, among other restrictions. Under the secured term loan facility, The Container Store, Inc. is permitted to pay dividends to The Container Store Group, Inc. from a portion of net income, so long as The Container Store Inc.'s consolidated net leverage ratio (as defined in the secured term loan facility) does not exceed 2.0 to 1.0, plus an amount up to $10 million during the term of the secured term loan facility, and pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. The restricted net assets of the Company's consolidated subsidiaries was $221,560 as of March 2, 2013.

Secured revolving credit and term loan facilities, Sweden

The secured credit facilities in Sweden include a U.S. dollar equivalent $25 million revolving credit facility and a U.S. dollar equivalent $25 million term loan, which both carry an interest rate of STIBOR plus 1.775%. The revolving credit facility matures on August 30, 2014, and carries an automatic renewal provision as long as certain covenants are met. The term loan matures on August 30, 2014. Under the facilities, Elfa's ability to pay dividends to its parent entity, The Container Store, Inc., is based on its future net income and on historical intercompany practices as between Elfa and The Container Store, Inc. These facilities are secured by the majority of assets of Elfa. The facilities are subject to two financial ratios: (1) consolidated Elfa equity ratio (calculated as total shareholders' equity divided into total assets) must exceed 35% at the end of each calendar month; and (2) consolidated Elfa ratio of net debt to EBITDA may not exceed 4.0 at the end of each calendar month. The Company was compliant with these ratios at March 2, 2013. Under the terms of the term loan facility, quarterly principal repayments of 6,250 Swedish krona (approximately $969 based on 2012 year-end rate of exchange from Swedish krona to U.S. dollar of 6.45) are required through August 2014.

Secured revolving credit, U.S.

On April 6, 2012, the Company entered into a credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent. The asset-based revolving credit facility provides commitments of up to $75 million for revolving loans and letters of credit. The total amount of availability under the facility is limited to the sum of (a) 90% of eligible credit card receivables and (b) 90% of the appraised value of eligible inventory; minus (c) certain availability reserves and (d) outstanding credit extensions including letters of credit and existing revolving loans. The lenders may, at their sole discretion, increase their commitments by up to $25 million upon such request from the Company.

Borrowings accrue interest, at the Company's option, at the base rate (the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, prime rate, or the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1%) plus a specified applicable margin per annum subject to a grid based on excess availability or at LIBOR plus a specified applicable margin per annum, also subject to a grid based on excess availability.

All obligations under the revolving credit facility are fully, unconditionally, and jointly and severally guaranteed by each of The Container Store Group, Inc. and our domestic subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility is secured by (a) a perfected first-priority security interest in all personal property of The Container Store, Inc. and the guarantors, consisting of inventory, accounts receivable, cash, deposit accounts, and other general intangibles, and (b) a perfected second-priority security interest in the term loan facility collateral described above. The revolver matures on April 6, 2017, and includes a letter of credit facility sub-limit of $20 million.

The credit facility includes restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other distributions, make loans, prepay certain indebtedness and enter into sale and leaseback

F-19


Table of Contents

transactions, among other restrictions. Under the revolving facility, The Container Store, Inc. is permitted to pay dividends to The Container Store Group, Inc. from a portion of net income, so long as The Container Store, Inc.'s fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the revolving facility) exceeds 1.25 to 1.0, plus an amount up to $10 million during the term of the revolving facility, and pursuant to certain other limited exceptions. The Company is required to maintain a consolidated fixed-charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 if excess availability is less than $10 million at any time. The Company was compliant with this covenant at March 2, 2013.

There was $53,465 available under the credit facility as of March 2, 2013, based on the factors described above. Maximum borrowings, including letters of credit issued under the credit facility during the period ended March 2, 2013, were $17,793.

Deferred financing costs

The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with issuance of various debt instruments. These deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line method, which is materially consistent with the effective interest method, over the terms of the related debt agreements. The Company capitalized $9,467 of fees associated with the new $275 million Secured Term Loan facility that will be amortized through April 6, 2019, as well as $375 of fees associated with the Secured Revolving facility that will be amortized through April 6, 2017. Amortization expense of deferred financing costs was $1,276 in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, and $1,462 in fiscal 2012. The following is a schedule of amortization expense of deferred financing costs:

   

2013

  $ 1,479  

2014

    1,479  

2015

    1,479  

2016

    1,479  

2017

    1,363  

Thereafter

    1,466  
       

  $ 8,745  
   

Restrictive covenants

The secured term loans and credit facility contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company's ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur additional debt; incur additional liens and contingent liabilities; sell or dispose of assets; merge with or acquire other companies; liquidate or dissolve itself; engage in businesses that are not in a related line of business; make loans, advances or guarantees; engage in transactions with affiliates; and make investments. In addition, the financing agreements contain certain cross-default provisions. As of March 2, 2013, the Company is in compliance with all covenants and no Event of Default (as such term is defined in the agreements) has occurred.

F-20


Table of Contents

6.     Income taxes

Components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes are as follows:

   
 
  Year ended  
 
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

(Loss) income before income taxes:

                   

U.S. 

  $ (46,801 ) $ (15,484 ) $ 12,374  

Foreign

    5,877     (16,561 )   (16,953 )
       

  $ (40,924 ) $ (32,045 ) $ (4,579 )
   

Federal income taxes:

                   

Current

  $ 269   $ 89   $ 1,630  

Deferred

    1,220     499     459  
       

    1,489     588     2,089  

State income and franchise taxes:

                   

Current

    460     672     644  

Deferred

    256     251     215  
       

    716     923     859  

Foreign income taxes:

                   

Current

    1,844     1,261     1,183  

Deferred

    80     (4,146 )   (8,580 )
       

    1,924     (2,885 )   (7,397 )
       

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

  $ 4,129   $ (1,374 ) $ (4,449 )
   

The differences between the actual (benefit) provision for income taxes and the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to income before taxes are as follows:

   
 
  Year ended  
 
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Benefit computed at federal statutory rate

  $ (14,323 ) $ (11,216 ) $ (1,603 )

Impairment of nondeductible goodwill

    18,190     12,730      

Permanent differences

    33     40     1,387  

Change in valuation allowance

    (1,532 )   (3,493 )   (2,569 )

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    769     (1,069 )   973  

Residual effect of intra-period tax allocation

    951     115      

Effect of foreign income taxes

    (23 )   1,437     1,181  

Change in Swedish tax rate

            (2,936 )

Economic Zone Credits

            (806 )

Change in state deferred tax calculation

    240          

Other

    (176 )   82     (76 )
       

  $ 4,129   $ (1,374 ) $ (4,449 )
   

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income

F-21


Table of Contents

tax purposes. Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, are as follows:

   
 
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Deferred tax assets:

             

Inventory

  $ 1,697   $ 2,154  

Loss and credit carryforwards

    8,169     4,133  

Pension liability adjustment

    224     274  

Accrued liabilities

    1,295     1,462  
       

Subtotal

    11,385     8,023  

Valuation allowance

    (7,051 )   (4,684 )
       

Total deferred tax assets

    4,334     3,339  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Intangibles

    (91,543 )   (85,848 )

Financial instruments

    (650 )   (434 )

Capital assets

    (6,083 )   (3,322 )
       

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (98,276 )   (89,604 )
       

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (93,942 ) $ (86,265 )
   

A valuation allowance has been established in the Company's domestic operations because as of March 2, 2013, it does not appear more likely than not that deferred tax assets in excess of reversing deferred tax liabilities will be realized.

The Company has foreign tax credits of approximately $1,331 that expire in 2019. While the Company is not currently under IRS audit, tax years ended March 1, 2008, and through the current year remain open.

The Company accounts for the repatriation of foreign earnings in accordance with ASC 740-30. As such, the Company is partially reinvested based on the guidance provided in ASC 740-30. Undistributed earnings of approximately $37 million have been indefinitely reinvested; therefore, no provision has been made for taxes due upon remittance of those earnings. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to these undistributed earnings is not practical because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740 during 2009. ASC 740-10 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The cumulative effect of adopting ASC 740-10 resulted in no adjustment to the consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, there have been no adjustments to the consolidated financial statements under ASC 740-10 since adoption.

7.     Employee benefit plans

401(k) Plan

All employees of the Company who complete 11 months of service are eligible to participate in the Company's 401(k) Plan. Participants may contribute up to 80% of annual compensation, limited to

F-22


Table of Contents

$17,000 annually ($22,500 for participants aged 50 years and over) as of January 1, 2012. The Company suspended the 401(k) match program for fiscal 2010 only. In fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, the Company matched 50% of employee contributions up to 4% of compensation. The amount charged to expense for the Company's matching contribution was $-0-, $769, and $997 for the fiscal years ended February 26, 2011, February 25, 2012, and March 2, 2013, respectively.

Nonqualified retirement plan

The Company has a nonqualified retirement plan whereby certain employees can elect to defer a portion of their compensation into retirement savings accounts. Under the plan, there is no requirement that the Company match contributions, although the Company may contribute matching payments at its sole discretion. No matching contributions were made to the plan during any of the periods presented. The total fair market value of the plan asset recorded in prepaid and other current assets in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 was $2,133 and $2,569, respectively, and the total fair value of the plan liability recorded in accrued liabilities in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 was $2,139 and $2,582, respectively.

Pension plan

The Company provides pension benefits to the employees of Elfa under collectively bargained pension plans in Sweden, which are recorded in other long-term liabilities. The defined benefit plan provides benefits for participating employees based on years of service and final salary levels at retirement. Certain employees also participate in defined contribution plans for which Company contributions are determined as a percentage of participant compensation. The defined benefit plans are unfunded and approximately 2% of Elfa employees are participants in the defined benefit pension plan.

The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the defined benefit obligations, a statement of funded status, and the related weighted-average assumptions:

   
 
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Change in benefit obligation:

             

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year

  $ 2,958   $ 3,180  

Service cost

    55     58  

Interest cost

    129     121  

Benefits paid

    (89 )   (104 )

Actuarial loss

    239     381  

Exchange rate (gain) loss

    (112 )   85  
       

Projected benefit obligation, end of year

    3,180     3,721  

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

         
       

Underfunded status, end of year

  $ (3,180 ) $ (3,721 )
       

Discount rate

    4.5%     3.9%  

Rate of pay increases

    3.0%     3.0%  
   

F-23


Table of Contents

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012:

   
 
  Year ended  
 
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                   

Defined benefit plans:

                   

Service cost

  $ 48   $ 55   $ 58  

Interest cost

    111     129     121  

Amortization of unrecognized net loss

        3     21  
       

Net periodic benefit cost for defined benefit plan

    159     187     200  

Defined contribution plans

    2,127     2,809     2,834  
       

Total net periodic benefit cost

  $ 2,286   $ 2,996   $ 3,034  
   

8.     Stock-based compensation

In fiscal 2012, the Company implemented the 2012 Stock Option Plan of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the Plan). The Plan provides for grants of nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options. 61,842 shares have been reserved for issuance under the Plan. As of March 2, 2013, there were approximately 20,327 shares available for future grant. Awards may be granted under the Plan to employees, consultants, and non-employee Board members of the Company or any parent or subsidiary. All grants of option awards made under the Plan have a maximum term of 10 years. Incentive stock options may be issued to 10% stockholders, however, these awards have a maximum term of five years. The exercise price of these option awards is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our stock on the grant date or not less than 110% of such fair market value for an incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder. The fair market value of the company's common stock at the date of the grant was determined by the Company's Board of Directors. The option awards vest ratably and are exercisable over a five year requisite service period.

The following table summarizes the Company's stock option activity during fiscal 2012:

   
 
  Shares
  Weighted-
average
exercise price

  Weighted-
average
contractual
term
remaining

 
   

Balance at February 25, 2012:

             

Granted

    41,740   $ 100.00      

Exercised

             

Canceled

    (225 ) $ 100.00      
                   

Balance at March 2, 2013

    41,515   $ 100.00     9.31  
   

F-24


Table of Contents

The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected term—The expected term of the options represents the period of time between the grant date of the options and the date the options are either exercised or canceled, including an estimate of options still outstanding.

Expected volatility—The expected volatility is based on an average of the historical volatility of comparable public companies for a period approximating the expected term.

Risk-free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and with a maturity that approximates the expected term.

Dividend yield—The dividend yield is based on the anticipated dividend payout over the expected term.

The weighted-average assumptions used in fiscal 2012 were as follows:

   

Expected term

    6.5 years  

Expected volatility

    51.54%  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.01%  

Dividend yield

    0%  
   

During fiscal 2012, the Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense, as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses, of $283. As of March 2, 2013, there was a remaining unamortized expense balance of $1,746 (net of estimated forfeitures), which the Company expects to be recognized on a straight-line basis over an average remaining service period of approximately 4.3 years.

9.     Stockholder's equity

Common stock

On August 16, 2007, the Company issued 500,356 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share at a price of $100 per share. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per common share. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemptions or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to rights upon liquidation and dissolution of the Company.

Preferred Stock

On August 16, 2007, the Company issued 202,480 shares each of 12% Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock (Senior) and 12% Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (Junior), each with a par value of $0.01 per share with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share as of the date of issuance. The holders of the outstanding series of Senior and Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive quarterly distributions in the form of cash dividends on each share of Senior and Junior Preferred Stock, at a rate per annum equal to 12% of the liquidation preference. Dividends shall accrue on a daily basis from the preferred stock issue date and are cumulative from such date, regardless of whether the Company has earnings or profits, there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, the Company has sufficient cash, or whether dividends are declared. Accumulated unpaid dividends in respect of each dividend period will accrue dividends from the applicable dividend payment date, payable quarterly, at a rate per annum equal to 12% of the amount of such accumulated unpaid dividends. Dividends shall be payable when, as, and if declared by the Board

F-25


Table of Contents

of Directors, quarterly in arrears on each dividend payment date. Dividends payable on shares of the Senior and Junior Preferred Stock for any year shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of 12 30-day months. There were $292,497 and $382,847 cumulative preferred share dividends in arrears as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, respectively. These dividends have not been declared by the Board of Directors and, therefore, have not been accrued on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. See Note 17 for a discussion of the declaration and payment of a distribution from the Company to holders of Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock in the amount of $90.0 million.

Subject to the priority of any senior securities, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the holders of shares of Senior and Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders: (i) $1,000 per share of Senior Preferred Stock plus (ii) an amount equal to (A) all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of the Senior and Junior Preferred Stock, plus (B) dividends accrued on accumulated unpaid dividends plus (C) any accrued dividends for the current dividend period and the amounts described in clauses (i) and (ii) (collectively, the "liquidation preference") before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of any junior securities, including the common stock of the Company. Upon the closing of an initial public offering, immediately following the payment of (i) and (ii) above, the Company will exchange each outstanding share of preferred stock by the initial public offering price of a share of the Company's common stock in the offering.

Neither the Senior nor Junior Preferred Stock have voting rights, except: (a) as required by Delaware and other applicable law and (b) that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the particular class of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will have the right to approve (i) each issuance by the Company of any (A) securities that rank senior to the particular class of Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions upon a liquidation, or (B) securities that rank on a parity with the particular class of Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions upon a liquidation and (ii) any amendment of the Company's articles of incorporation, which (A) adversely affects any of the preferences or powers of the particular class of Preferred Stock or (B) authorizes the issuance of additional shares of the particular class of Preferred Stock.

10.   Leases

The Company conducts all of its U.S. operations from leased facilities that include a corporate headquarters/warehouse facility and 58 store locations. The corporate headquarters/warehouse and stores are under operating leases that will expire over the next 1 to 20 years. The Company also leases computer hardware under operating leases that expire over the next few years. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

Most of the operating leases for the stores contain a renewal option at predetermined rental payments for periods of 5 to 20 years. This option enables the Company to retain use of facilities in desirable operating areas. The rental payments under certain store leases are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the sales in excess of a stipulated amount. These payments are accounted for as contingent rent and expensed when incurred.

F-26


Table of Contents

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments due under noncancelable operating leases:

   

2013

  $ 62,521  

2014

    62,409  

2015

    61,121  

2016

    56,379  

2017

    53,403  

Thereafter

    174,603  
       

  $ 470,436  
   

Rent expense for fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, was $54,905, $58,190, and $63,899, respectively. Included in rent expense is percentage-of-sales rent expense of $172, $269, and $344 for fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

11.   Commitments and contingencies

In connection with insurance policies, the Company has outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $2,793 as of March 2, 2013.

The Company is subject to ordinary litigation and routine reviews by regulatory bodies that are incidental to its business, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows on an individual basis or in the aggregate.

12.   Financial hedge instruments

Foreign currency forward contracts

The Company's international operations and purchases of its significant product lines from foreign suppliers are subject to certain opportunities and risks, including foreign currency fluctuations. The Company utilizes foreign currency forward exchange contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize its retail gross margins and to protect its domestic operations from downward currency exposure by hedging purchases of inventory from its wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa. In fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, the Company used forward contracts for 77% and 85% of inventory purchases in Swedish krona each year, respectively. All of the Company's currency-related hedge instruments have terms from 1 to 12 months and require the Company to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement. The counterparties to the contracts consist of a limited number of major domestic and international financial institutions. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company records its financial hedge instruments on a gross basis and generally does not require collateral from these counterparties because it does not expect any losses from credit exposure. The Company does not have any material financial hedge instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013. The Company records all foreign currency forward contracts on its consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Forward contracts not designated as hedges are adjusted to fair value through income. The Company accounts for its foreign currency hedge instruments as cash flow hedges, as defined. Changes in the fair value of the foreign currency hedge instruments that are considered to be effective, as defined, are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the foreign currency hedge

F-27


Table of Contents

instrument's fair value that is considered to be ineffective, as defined, or that the Company has elected to exclude from its measurement of effectiveness, is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales. The Company recorded the fair value of its unsettled foreign currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges, resulting in a $1,656 and a $1,103 total current asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, respectively.

The change in fair value of the Company's foreign currency forward contracts that qualify as cash flow hedges and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, is presented as follows:

   
February 25
2012March 2
2013

   
   
 
   

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 2,577   $ 1,649  

Changes in fair value, net of tax

    490     777  

Release of residual tax effect in other comprehensive income

    115      

Reclassification to earnings, net of tax

    (1,533 )   (881 )
       

Balance at end of period

  $ 1,649   $ 1,545  
   

Of the $1,545 in accumulated other comprehensive gain recorded at March 2, 2013, $440 represents unrealized gains that have been recorded for settled forward contracts related to inventory on hand as of March 2, 2013. The Company expects the unrealized gain of $440, net of taxes, to be reclassified into earnings over the next 12 months as the underlying inventory is sold to the end customer.

13.   Fair value measurements

Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company is required to a) measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value or b) disclose the fair values of certain assets and liabilities recorded at cost. Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is calculated assuming the transaction occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability and includes consideration of non-performance risk and credit risk of both parties. Accounting standards pertaining to fair value establish a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1—Valuation inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2—Valuation inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuation inputs are unobservable and typically reflect management's estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

F-28


Table of Contents

As of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, the Company held certain items that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These included cash and cash equivalents, the nonqualified retirement plan, and foreign currency forward contracts. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and short-term, highly liquid investments, all of which have maturities of 90 days or less. The nonqualified retirement plan consists of investments purchased by employee contributions to retirement savings accounts. Foreign currency forward contracts are related to the Company's attempts to hedge foreign currency fluctuation on purchases of inventory in Swedish krona. The Company's foreign currency hedge instruments consist of over-the-counter (OTC) contracts, which are not traded on a public exchange. See Note 12 for further information on the Company's hedging activities.

The fair values of the nonqualified retirement plan and foreign currency forward contracts are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Therefore, the Company has categorized these items as Level 2. The Company also considers counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk in its determination of all estimated fair values. The Company has consistently applied these valuation techniques in all periods presented and believes it has obtained the most accurate information available for the types of contracts it holds.

The following items are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, subject to the disclosure requirements of ASC 820 at February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013:

   
DescriptionFebruary 25
2012March 2
2013

   
   
   
 
   

Assets

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  Level 1   $ 51,163   $ 25,351  

Nonqualified retirement plan

  Level 2     2,133     2,569  

Foreign currency hedge instruments

  Level 2     1,656     1,103  
           

Total assets

      $ 54,952   $ 29,023  
           

Liabilities

                 

Nonqualified retirement plan

  Level 2   $ 2,139   $ 2,582  
   

Also, as of March 2, 2013, the Company held certain items that are required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These included goodwill and trade names. See Notes 1 and 2 for more information regarding the fair value valuation methodologies of these items. As a result of performing these calculations on an income approach, these values are classified as Level 3 on the fair value hierarchy.

The fair values of long-term debt were estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements

F-29


Table of Contents

(Level 3 valuations). As of February 25, 2012 and March 2, 2013, the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's long-term debt, including current maturities, were:

   
 
  February 25 2012  
 
  Carrying
value

  Fair
value

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($125 million)

  $ 115,684   $ 125,030  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    9,492     9,492  

Senior subordinated notes

    165,549     165,549  

Other loans

    9,441     9,441  
       

  $ 300,166   $ 309,512  
   

 

   
 
  March 2 2013  
 
  Carrying
value

  Fair
value

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($275 million)

  $ 272,938   $ 261,718  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    5,812     5,864  

Other loans

    6,621     6,675  
       

  $ 285,371   $ 274,257  
   

14.   Segment reporting

The Company's reportable segments were determined on the same basis as how it evaluates the performance internally. The Company's two reportable segments consist of TCS and Elfa. The TCS segment includes the Company's retail stores, website and call center, as well as the installation services business that was acquired in fiscal 2011. These operating segments have been aggregated into a single reportable segment based on the similar customer base that they share, the merchandise offered is largely the same, and also because they are closely integrated logistically and operationally.

The Elfa segment includes the manufacturing business that produces the elfa® brand products that are sold domestically, exclusively through the TCS segment, as well as throughout Europe. The intersegment sales in the Elfa column represent elfa® product sales to the TCS segment. These sales and the related gross margin on product recorded in TCS inventory balances at the end of the period are eliminated for consolidation purposes in the Corporate/Other column. The net sales to external customers in the Elfa column represent sales to customers outside of the United States.

Amounts in the Corporate/Other column include unallocated corporate expenses and assets, intersegment eliminations and other adjustments to segment results necessary for the presentation of consolidated financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

In general, the Company uses the same measurements to calculate earnings or loss before income taxes for reportable segments as it does for the consolidated company. However, interest expense related to the domestic secured term loan and revolver and senior subordinated notes is recorded in the Corporate/Other column.

F-30


Table of Contents

   
Fiscal year 2010
  TCS
  Elfa
  Corporate/
Other

  Total
 
   

Net sales to external customers

  $ 472,333   $ 96,487   $   $ 568,820  

Intersegment sales

        35,189     (35,189 )    

Interest expense, net

        825     25,181     26,006  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes(1)

    36,571     (46,094 )   (31,401 )   (40,924 )

Capital expenditures(2)

    8,001     6,921     3,253     18,175  

Depreciation and amortization

    14,007     4,686     5,661     24,354  

Goodwill

    196,615     30,888         227,503  

Trade names

    187,048     87,796         274,844  

Assets(2)

    544,700     208,926     19,677     773,303  
   

 

   
Fiscal year 2011
  TCS
  Elfa
  Corporate/
Other

  Total
 
   

Net sales to external customers

  $ 530,909   $ 102,710   $   $ 633,619  

Intersegment sales

        41,643     (41,643 )    

Interest expense, net

    21     1,139     24,257     25,417  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes(1)

    42,397     (44,035 )   (30,407 )   (32,045 )

Capital expenditures(2)

    20,986     14,008     6,226     41,220  

Depreciation and amortization

    14,979     6,434     6,038     27,451  

Goodwill

    202,815             202,815  

Trade names

    187,048     68,828         255,876  

Assets(2)

    569,849     157,821     19,008     746,678  
   

 

   
Fiscal year 2012
  TCS
  Elfa
  Corporate/
Other

  Total
 
   

Net sales to external customers

  $ 613,252   $ 93,505   $   $ 706,757  

Intersegment sales

        47,606     (47,606 )    

Interest expense, net

    116     932     20,340     21,388  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes(1)

    47,403     (16,953 )   (35,029 )   (4,579 )

Capital expenditures(2)

    28,132     7,838     12,589     48,559  

Depreciation and amortization

    15,971     6,768     6,811     29,550  

Goodwill

    202,815             202,815  

Trade names

    187,048     54,892         241,940  

Assets(2)

    587,212     142,731     22,877     752,820  
   

(1)   The Elfa segment includes impairment charges of $417, $15,584, and $15,533 in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, respectively, for trade names, as well as $51,971, $31,453, and $0 in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, and fiscal 2012, respectively, for goodwill. The Corporate/Other column includes $7,333 loss on extinguishment of debt in fiscal 2012.

(2)   Tangible assets and trade names in the Elfa column are located outside of the United States. Assets and capital expenditures in Corporate/Other include assets located in the corporate headquarters and distribution center. Assets in Corporate/Other also include deferred tax assets and the fair value of forward contracts.

F-31


Table of Contents

The following table shows sales by merchandise category as a percentage of total net sales for fiscal years 2010, 2011, and 2012:

   
 
  Fiscal year
2010

  Fiscal year
2011

  Fiscal year
2012

 
   

elfa®(1)

    37%     36%     33%  

Closet, Bath, Travel, Laundry

    20%     20%     20%  

Storage, Box, Shelving

    12%     13%     13%  

Kitchen, Food Storage, Trash

    12%     12%     13%  

Office, Collections, Hooks

    9%     9%     10%  

Containers, Gift Packaging, Seasonal, Impulse

    8%     8%     9%  

Services & Other

    1%     1%     2%  
       

Total

    100%     100%     100%  
   

(1)   Includes Elfa segment sales to external customers

15.   Net income (loss) per common share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed as net income (loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income (loss) available to common shareholders is computed as net income (loss) less undeclared, unpaid dividends to preferred shareholders for the period.

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) available to common shareholders and the number of shares used in the basic and diluted net loss per share calculations:

   
 
  Year ended  
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )

Less: Unpaid dividends accumulated to preferred shareholders

    (69,723 )   (78,575 )   (90,349 )
       

Net loss available to common shareholders

  $ (114,776 ) $ (109,246 ) $ (90,479 )

Divided by: Weighted Average Shares

    498,905     498,600     498,225  
       

Net loss per share

  $ (230.05 ) $ (219.10 ) $ (181.60 )
   

16.   Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited)

Holders of the Company's preferred stock are entitled to a preferential payment upon certain distributions by the Company to holders of its capital stock (referred to as the liquidation preference), equal to the purchase price for such share ($1,000.00) plus accrued and unpaid dividends from August 16, 2007, the date of the LGP acquisition, on the outstanding liquidation preference at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded quarterly. Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), a distribution in the aggregate amount of $170,844, referred to as the "Distribution," will be paid from the net proceeds from the offering as follows: (i) first, on a pro rata basis to the holders of the Company's senior preferred stock, which shall reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of senior preferred stock until such liquidation preference has been reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, on a pro

F-32


Table of Contents

rata basis to the holders of the Company's junior preferred stock, which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of junior preferred stock. The amount of the net proceeds of the Company's initial public offering, and accordingly the amount of the Distribution, will depend on the initial public offering price per share. The primary purpose of the Distribution is to reduce the liquidation preference of the preferred stock in advance of the Exchange described below.

As required by the Company's existing stockholders agreement, in connection with the closing of the Company's initial public offering, each holder of the Company's preferred stock will exchange such holder's preferred stock for a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (a) the liquidation preference amount of such preferred stock on the date of the Distribution (and after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution) by (b) with respect to the senior preferred stock, the initial public offering price in the Company's initial public offering, and with respect to the junior preferred stock, the Junior Preferred Stock Exchange Price ("Exchange"). The primary purpose of the Exchange is to retire the preferred stock such that the Company will have only one class of capital stock outstanding—the common stock—following the closing of the offering.

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to reflect the Exchange using the liquidation preference of the shares of the Company's outstanding preferred stock as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the Distribution. Additionally, the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share has been computed to give effect to the consummation of the offering and the stock split of the existing common shares prior to the closing of the offering. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the fiscal year ended March 2, 2013 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

   
In thousands, except share and per share amounts
  Fiscal year
ended
March 2 2013
 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ (130 )

Divided by:

       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

    498,225  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed stock split ratio of 6.7:1

    2,823,280  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Exchange

    32,765,603  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the offering

    12,500,000  
       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing the pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted

    48,587,108  
       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.00 )
   

17.   Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 30, 2013, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On April 8, 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the Credit Agreement entered into on April 6, 2012, which provided for a term loan facility in the amount of $275 million. Under this amendment, borrowings under the term loan facility were increased to $362.3 million. Borrowings under the secured term loan accrue interest at a new lower rate of LIBOR plus 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, and the maturity date remains at April 6, 2019. Additionally, the amendment eliminated the senior secured leverage ratio discussed in Note 5.

F-33


Table of Contents

The additional $90.0 million of funding was used to finance a distribution from The Container Store, Inc. to its sole stockholder, The Container Store Group, Inc. (formerly known as TCS Holdings, Inc.), on April 8, 2013. The Container Store Group, Inc. then immediately declared a cash distribution to holders of the Company's Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock in the amount of $90.0 million, which was paid on April 9, 2013. See Note 9 for details of undeclared distributions on the Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock.

The Company confidentially submitted a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on July 12, 2013 in an initial public offering of shares of its common stock. Upon closing of the offering, the ownership interest of holders of common stock will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share of common stock after the offering, after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock.

F-34


Table of Contents


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of registrant—
The Container Store Group, Inc. (parent company only)
Condensed balance sheets

   
(in thousands)
  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Accounts receivable from subsidiaries

  $   $ 283  
       

Total current assets

        283  

Noncurrent assets:

             

Investment in subsidiaries

    233,595     233,879  
       

Total noncurrent assets

    233,595     233,879  

Total assets

  $ 233,595   $ 234,162  

Liabilities and shareholder's equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable to subsidiaries

  $ 606   $ 787  
       

Total Current liabilities

    606     787  

Noncurrent liabilities

         

Total liabilities

    606     787  

Shareholder's equity:

             

Common stock

    5     5  

Preferred stock

             

Senior cumulative

    2     2  

Junior cumulative

    2     2  

Additional paid-in capital

    454,987     455,270  

Retained deficit

    (221,401 )   (221,117 )

Treasury stock

    (606 )   (787 )
       

Total shareholder's equity

    232,989     233,375  
       

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

  $ 233,595   $ 234,162  
   

F-35


Table of Contents


Schedule I—The Container Store Group, Inc.
(parent company only)
Condensed statements of operations

   
(in thousands)
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Net sales

  $   $   $  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation)

             
       

Gross profit

             

Selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation)

   
   
   
 

Pre-opening costs

             

Goodwill and trade name impairment

             

Depreciation and amortization

             

Restructuring charges

             

Other expenses

             

Loss on disposal of assets

             
       

Income from operations

             

Interest expense

             
       

Income before taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries

             

Provision for income taxes

             
       

Income before equity in net income of subsidiaries

             

Net (loss) income of subsidiaries

    (45,053 )   (30,671 )   (130 )
       

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )
   


Schedule I—The Container Store Group, Inc.
(parent company only)
Condensed statements of comprehensive income (loss)

   
(in thousands)
  February 26
2011

  February 25
2012

  March 2
2013

 
   

Net loss

  $ (45,053 ) $ (30,671 ) $ (130 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on financial instruments of subsidiaries, net of taxes

    1,038     (583 )   (104 )

Pension liability adjustment of subsidiaries, net of taxes

    (203 )   (120 )   (298 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment of subsidiaries

    9,321     (3,848 )   816  
       

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (34,897 ) $ (35,222 ) $ 284  
   

F-36


Table of Contents


Schedule I—The Container Store Group, Inc.
(parent company only)
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

Note 1:  Basis of presentation

In the parent-company-only financial statements, The Container Store Group, Inc.'s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. The parent-company-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because The Container Store Group, Inc. had no cash flow activities during fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, or fiscal 2012.

Note 2:  Guarantees and restrictions

The Container Store Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, has $272,938 of long-term debt outstanding under the secured term loan facility, as of March 2, 2013. Under the terms of the secured term loan facility, The Container Store Group, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the payment of all principal and interest. In the event of a default under the debt agreement, The Container Store Group, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries will be directly liable to the debt holders. The secured term loan facility matures on April 6, 2019. The secured term loan facility also includes restrictions on the ability of The Container Store Group, Inc.'s subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other distributions, make loans, prepay certain indebtedness and enter into sale and lease back transactions, among other restrictions. Under the secured term loan facility, The Container Store, Inc. is permitted to pay dividends to The Container Store Group, Inc. from a portion of net income, so long as The Container Store, Inc.'s consolidated net leverage ratio (as defined in the secured term loan facility) does not exceed 2.0 to 1.0, plus an amount up to $10 million during the term of the secured term loan facility, and pursuant to certain other limited exceptions.

The Container Store, Inc. also has $53,465 of available credit on an asset-based revolving credit facility that provides commitments of up to $75 million for revolving loans and letters of credit, as of March 2, 2013. The Container Store Group, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed all obligations under the asset-based revolving credit facility of The Container Store, Inc. In the event of default under the debt agreement, The Container Store Group, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries will be directly liable to the debt holders. The asset-based revolving credit facility, which matures on April 6, 2017, includes restrictions on the ability of The Container Store Group, Inc.'s subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other transactions, among other restrictions. Under the revolving facility, The Container Store, Inc. is permitted to pay dividends to The Container Store Group, Inc. from a portion of net income, so long as The Container Store, Inc.'s fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the revolving facility) exceeds 1.25 to 1.0, plus an amount up to $10 million during the term of the revolving facility, and pursuant to certain other limited exceptions.

F-37


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets (unaudited)

   
Unaudited
Pro Forma
 
(In thousands, except share amounts)August 25
2012March 2
2013August 31
2013August 31
2013

   
   
   
   
 
   

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $  13,394   $ 25,351   $ 12,744   $ 12,744  

Accounts receivable, net

    23,490     25,536     25,013     25,013  

Inventory

    83,161     82,443     91,165     91,165  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    18,678     21,284     23,054     23,054  

Forward contracts

    1,791     1,103     227     227  

Deferred tax assets, net

    1,203     1,505     1,505     1,505  
       

Total current assets

    141,717     157,222     153,708     153,708  

Noncurrent assets:

                         

Property and equipment, net

    132,870     141,177     146,372     146,372  

Goodwill

    202,815     202,815     202,815     202,815  

Trade names

    255,530     241,940     240,434     240,434  

Deferred financing costs, net

    9,484     8,745     10,167     10,167  

Other assets

    859     921     855     855  
       

Total noncurrent assets

    601,558     595,598     600,643     600,643  
       

Total assets

  $743,275   $ 752,820   $ 754,351   $ 754,351  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-38


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated balance sheets (unaudited) (continued)

   
Unaudited
Pro Forma
 
(In thousands, except share amounts)
  August 25
2012

  March 2
2013

  August 31
2013

  August 31
2013

 
   

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 48,174   $ 54,334   $ 55,670   $ 55,670  

Accrued liabilities

    44,395     52,330     54,916     54,916  

Accrued dividends

                170,844  

Income taxes payable

    235     2,650     585     585  

Revolving lines of credit

    23,845     13,482     21,215     21,215  

Current portion of long-term debt

    8,931     9,023     9,869     9,869  
       

Total current liabilities

    125,580     131,819     142,255     313,099  

Noncurrent liabilities:

                         

Long-term debt

    280,868     276,348     361,108     361,108  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

    91,965     87,770     87,159     87,159  

Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities

    21,881     23,508     24,263     24,263  
       

Total noncurrent liabilities

    394,714     387,626     472,530     472,530  
                   

Total liabilities

    520,294     519,445     614,785     785,629  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

                         

Shareholders' equity:

                         

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 600,000 shares authorized; 500,356 shares issued; 498,155, 498,169, and 498,049 shares outstanding as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively, actual; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 36,086,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

    5     5     5     361  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 500,000 shares authorized:

                         

Senior cumulative; 250,000 shares authorized; 202,480 shares issued; 202,218, 202,196, and 202,182 shares outstanding as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma

    2     2     2      

Junior cumulative; 250,000 shares authorized; 202,480 shares issued; 202,218, 202,196, and 202,182 shares outstanding as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively, actual; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, pro forma

    2     2     2      

Additional paid-in capital

    454,988     455,270     455,484     541,425  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    1,514     2,713     (569 )   (569 )

Retained deficit

    (232,785 )   (223,830 )   (314,518 )   (572,495 )

Treasury stock, 2,725, 2,755 , and 2,903 shares as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively, actual; no shares, pro forma

    (745 )   (787 )   (840 )    
       

Total shareholders' equity

    222,981     233,375     139,566     (31,278 )
       

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 743,275   $ 752,820   $ 754,351   $ 754,351  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-39


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of operations (unaudited)

   
 
  Twenty six weeks
ended

 
       
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
  August 25
2012

  August 31
2013

 
   

Net sales

  $ 314,316   $ 343,419  

Cost of sales (excluding depreciation and amortization)

   
131,162
   
142,818
 
       

Gross profit

    183,154     200,601  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization)

   
155,307
   
169,287
 

Pre-opening costs

    4,436     3,934  

Depreciation and amortization

    14,489     15,050  

Restructuring charges

    2,309     361  

Other expenses

    482     626  

(Gain) loss on disposal of assets

    (5 )   73  
       

Income from operations

    6,136     11,270  

Interest expense

    10,890     11,074  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    7,329     1,101  
       

Income (loss) before taxes

    (12,083 )   (905 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (2,998 )   (217 )
       

Net income (loss)

  $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Less: Unpaid dividends accumulated to preferred shareholders

    (42,954 )   (44,150 )
       

Net loss available to common shareholders

  $ (52,039 ) $ (44,838 )

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

  $ (104.43 ) $ (90.01 )

Shares used in determination of net loss per share:

             

Basic and diluted

    498,330     498,144  

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

        $ (0.01 )

Pro forma shares used in determination of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

          48,586,567  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-40


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) (unaudited)

   
 
  Twenty six weeks ended
 
       
(In thousands)
  August 25
2012

  August 31
2013

 
   

Net income (loss)

  $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (1,184 )   (2,195 )

Pension liability adjustment

    4     34  

Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts

    395     (1,121 )
       

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (9,870 ) $ (3,970 )
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-41


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Consolidated statements of cash flows (unaudited)

   
 
  Twenty six weeks
ended
 
(In thousands)
  August 25
2012

  August 31
2013

 
   

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    14,489     15,050  

(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment

    (5 )   73  

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

    (3,068 )   79  

Noncash interest

    723     901  

Noncash refinancing expense

    4,843     723  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (2,849 )   67  

Inventory

    (12,405 )   (9,708 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (3,767 )   (939 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    6,876     4,693  

Taxes payable

    (1,399 )   (3,100 )

Other noncurrent liabilities

    1,352     863  
       

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (4,295 )   8,014  

Investing activities

             

Additions to property and equipment

    (26,116 )   (21,728 )

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    294     389  
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (25,822 )   (21,339 )

Financing activities

             

Borrowings on revolving lines of credit

    40,173     46,792  

Payments on revolving lines of credit

    (27,797 )   (38,579 )

Borrowings on long-term debt

    275,000     362,750  

Payments on long-term debt

    (285,059 )   (277,021 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

    (9,842 )   (3,046 )

Payment of dividends to preferred shareholders

        (90,000 )

Purchase of treasury shares

    (139 )   (53 )
       

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (7,664 )   843  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

   
12
   
(125

)
       

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (37,769 )   (12,607 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of fiscal year

    51,163     25,351  
       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of fiscal year

  $ 13,394   $ 12,744  
   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-42


Table of Contents


The Container Store Group, Inc.
Notes to consolidated financial statements (unaudited)
(In thousands, except share amounts and unless otherwise stated)
August 31, 2013

1.     Financial statements—basis of presentation

These condensed financial statements include The Container Store Group, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries (the Company). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated balance sheets as of August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013, the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the twenty six weeks then ended, and the consolidated statements of cash flows for the twenty six weeks then ended have been prepared by the Company and are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the interim financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position at the balance sheet dates and the results of operations for the periods presented. The consolidated balance sheet as of March 2, 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated balance sheet for the fiscal year then ended. The interim consolidated financial statements should be read together with the audited consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The Company's business is moderately seasonal in nature and, therefore, the results of operations for the twenty six weeks ended August 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results of the full year. Demand is generally the highest in the fourth fiscal quarter due to our Annual elfa® Sale, and lowest in the first fiscal quarter.

The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to February 28 th . Like many other retailers, a 5-4-4 fiscal calendar is followed. All references to the first half of fiscal year 2012 and the first half of fiscal year 2013 relate to the twenty-six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013, respectively.

The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the applicable country's currency. The functional currency for the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa, is the Swedish krona. All assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at period-end rates of exchange. Revenues and expenses of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are translated at weighted-average rates of exchange for the period. Realized gains and losses on purchases of inventory are included in cost of sales. All other realized gains and losses are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as cumulative translation adjustments through other comprehensive income (loss). The rates of exchange from Swedish krona to U.S. dollar were 6.6, 6.5, and 6.6 as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively. The carrying amount of net assets related to Elfa and subject to currency fluctuation is $159,983, $142,840, and $137,748 as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively.

The preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and

F-43


Table of Contents

expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.     Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit

In April 2012, the Company's debt was refinanced, whereby a new $275 million Secured Term Loan was entered into, replacing the previously existing $125 million Secured Term Loan and $150 million Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company recorded expenses of $7,333 in fiscal 2012 associated with this refinancing transaction. This amount consisted of $1,655 million related to an early extinguishment fee on the Senior Subordinated Notes and $4,843 of deferred financing costs where accelerated amortization was required. We also recorded legal fees and other associated costs of $835.

In April 2013, the Company executed an amendment to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. Under this amendment, borrowings under the term loan facility were increased to $362.3 million. Borrowings under the amended Senior Secured Term Loan Facility accrue interest at a new lower rate of LIBOR + 4.25%, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% and the maturity date remains as April 6, 2019. Additionally, the amendment eliminated the senior secured leverage ratio requirement. The amendment did not eliminate the restrictions on the ability of the Company's subsidiaries to incur additional liens and indebtedness, make investments and dispositions, pay dividends or make other distributions, make loans, prepay certain indebtedness and enter into sale and lease back transactions. The Company recorded expenses of $1,101 during the year-to-date period ended August 31, 2013 associated with this increase and repricing transaction (all of which was incurred in the first quarter of 2013). The amount consisted of $723 of deferred financing costs where accelerated amortization was required. Legal fees and other associated costs of $378 were also recorded. You may refer to Note 8 in these interim financial statements for a discussion of the $90.0 million dividend payment to senior preferred shareholders. You may refer to Note 5 in the audited consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the Company's indebtedness.

Long-term debt and revolving lines of credit consist of the following:

   
 
  August 25
2012

  March 2
2013

  August 31
2013

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($275 million)

  $ 274,312   $ 272,938   $  

Secured term loan, U.S. ($362 million)

            361,344  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    7,556     5,812     3,769  

Secured revolving credit, U.S. 

             

Mortgage and other loans

    7,931     6,621     5,864  
       

    289,799     285,371     370,977  

Less current portion

    (8,931 )   (9,023 )   (9,869 )
       

  $ 280,868   $ 276,348   $ 361,108  
       

Secured revolving credit, Sweden

  $ 23,845   $ 13,482   $ 21,215  
   

F-44


Table of Contents

3.     Inventory

The components of inventory are summarized below:

   
 
  August 25
2012

  March 2
2013

  August 31
2013

 
   

Raw materials

  $ 5,596   $ 5,657   $ 5,064  

Work-in-progress

    2,185     1,983     2,343  

Finished goods

    75,380     74,803     83,758  
       

  $ 83,161   $ 82,443   $ 91,165  
   

4.    Net income (loss) per share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed as net income (loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Net income (loss) available to common shareholders is computed as net income (loss) less undeclared, unpaid dividends to preferred shareholders for the period.

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) available to common shareholders and the number of shares used in the basic and diluted net loss per share calculations:

   
 
  Twenty six weeks
ended
 
In thousands, except share and per share amounts
  August 25
2012

  August 31
2013

 
   

Net income (loss)

  $ (9,085 ) $ (688 )

Less: Unpaid dividends accumulated to preferred shareholders

    (42,954 )   (44,150 )
       

Net loss available to common shareholders

  $ (52,039 ) $ (44,838 )

Divided by: Weighted Average Shares

    498,330     498,144  
       

Net loss per share

  $ (104.43 ) $ (90.01 )
   

5.     Pension plan

The Company provides pension benefits to the employees of Elfa under collectively bargained pension plans in Sweden, which are recorded in other long-term liabilities. The defined benefit plan provides benefits for participating employees based on years of service and final salary levels at retirement. The defined benefit plans are unfunded and approximately 2% of Elfa employees are participants in the defined benefit pension plan. Certain employees also participate in defined contribution plans for which Company contributions are determined as a percentage of participant compensation. The Company contributed $1,538 and $1,460 for defined contribution plans in the twenty six weeks ended August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013, respectively.

6.     Income taxes

The Company's effective income tax rate for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2012 was 24.8% compared to 24.0% for the first twenty six weeks of fiscal 2013. The effective income tax rates fell below the federal statutory rate primarily due to decreases in the valuation allowance on deferred

F-45


Table of Contents

tax assets, a tax benefit recorded in 2012 related to special economic zone incentives in Poland, and the effects of lower tax rates in foreign jurisdictions in which the Company operates.

7.     Commitments and contingencies

In connection with insurance policies, the Company has outstanding standby letters of credit totaling $3,093 as of August 31, 2013.

The Company is subject to ordinary litigation and routine reviews by regulatory bodies that are incidental to its business, none of which is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows on an individual basis or in the aggregate.

8.     Stockholder's equity

Common stock

On August 16, 2007, the Company issued 500,356 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share at a price of $100 per share. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per common share. The holders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemptions or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Common stock is subordinate to the preferred stock with respect to rights upon liquidation and dissolution of the Company.

Preferred Stock

On August 16, 2007, the Company issued 202,480 shares each of 12% Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock (Senior) and 12% Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (Junior), each with a par value of $0.01 per share with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share as of the date of issuance. The holders of the outstanding series of Senior and Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive quarterly distributions in the form of cash dividends on each share of Senior and Junior Preferred Stock, at a rate per annum equal to 12% of the liquidation preference. Dividends shall accrue on a daily basis from the preferred stock issue date and are cumulative from such date, regardless of whether the Company has earnings or profits, there are funds legally available for the payment of such dividends, the Company has sufficient cash, or whether dividends are declared. Accumulated unpaid dividends in respect of each dividend period will accrue dividends from the applicable dividend payment date, payable quarterly, at a rate per annum equal to 12% of the amount of such accumulated unpaid dividends. Dividends shall be payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly in arrears on each dividend payment date. Dividends payable on shares of the Senior and Junior Preferred Stock for any year shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of 12 30-day months.

On April 9, 2013, the Company paid a distribution to holders of Senior Cumulative Preferred Stock in the amount of $90.0 million. Refer to Note 2 for a discussion of the Repricing Transaction whereby $90.0 million of additional secured term loans was executed to fund this distribution. There were $335,452, $382,847, and $336,996 cumulative preferred share dividends in arrears as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013 and August 31, 2013, respectively. These dividends have not been declared by the Board of Directors and, therefore, have not been accrued on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Subject to the priority of any senior securities, upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the holders of shares of Senior and Junior

F-46


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders: (i) $1,000 per share of Senior Preferred Stock and $1,000 per share of Junior Preferred Stock plus (ii) an amount equal to (A) all accumulated and unpaid dividends in respect of the Senior and Junior Preferred Stock, plus (B) dividends accrued on accumulated unpaid dividends plus (C) any accrued dividends for the current dividend period and the amounts described in clauses (i) and (ii) (collectively, the "liquidation preference") before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of any junior securities, including the common stock of the Company. Upon the closing of an initial public offering, immediately following the payment of (i)and (ii) above, the Company will exchange each outstanding share of preferred stock by the initial public offering price of a share of the Company's common stock in the offering.

Neither the Senior nor Junior Preferred Stock have voting rights, except: (a) as required by Delaware and other applicable law and (b) that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the particular class of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will have the right to approve (i) each issuance by the Company of any (A) securities that rank senior to the particular class of Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions upon a liquidation, or (B) securities that rank on a parity with the particular class of Preferred Stock as to dividends or distributions upon a liquidation and (ii) any amendment of the Company's articles of incorporation, which (A) adversely affects any of the preferences or powers of the particular class of Preferred Stock or (B) authorizes the issuance of additional shares of the particular class of Preferred Stock.

9.     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI)

A rollforward of the amounts included in AOCI, net of taxes, is shown below for year-to-date fiscal year 2013:

   
 
  Foreign
currency
forward
contracts

  Minimum
pension
liability

  Foreign
currency
translation

  Total
 
   

Balance at March 2, 2013

  $ 1,545   $ (972 ) $ 2,140   $ 2,713  

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax

    (657 )   34     (2,195 )   (2,818 )

Amounts reclassified to earnings, net of tax

    (464 )           (464 )
       

Balance at August 31, 2013

  $ 424   $ (938 ) $ (55 ) $ (569 )
   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the foreign currency forward contracts category are generally included in Cost of Sales in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. For a description of the Company's use of foreign currency forward contracts, refer to Note 10.

10.   Foreign currency forward contracts

The Company's international operations and purchases of its significant product lines from foreign suppliers are subject to certain opportunities and risks, including foreign currency fluctuations. The Company utilizes foreign currency forward exchange contracts in Swedish krona to stabilize its retail gross margins and to protect its domestic operations from downward currency exposure by

F-47


Table of Contents

hedging purchases of inventory from its wholly owned subsidiary, Elfa. In fiscal year 2012, the Company used forward contracts for 85% of inventory purchases in Swedish krona each year, respectively. All of the Company's currency-related hedge instruments have terms from 1 to 12 months and require the Company to exchange currencies at agreed-upon rates at settlement. The counterparties to the contracts consist of a limited number of major domestic and international financial institutions. The Company does not hold or enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The Company records its financial hedge instruments on a gross basis and generally does not require collateral from these counterparties because it does not expect any losses from credit exposure. The Company does not have any material financial hedge instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013 and August 31, 2013. The Company records all foreign currency forward contracts on its consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Forward contracts not designated as hedges are adjusted to fair value through income.

The Company accounts for its foreign currency hedge instruments as cash flow hedges, as defined. Changes in the fair value of the foreign currency hedge instruments that are considered to be effective, as defined, are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged item (inventory) is sold to the customer, at which time the deferred gain or loss is recognized through cost of sales. Any portion of a change in the foreign currency hedge instruments' fair value that is considered to be ineffective, as defined, or that the Company has elected to exclude from its measurement of effectiveness, is immediately recorded in earnings as cost of sales. The Company recorded the fair value of its unsettled foreign currency forward contracts as cash flow hedges, resulting in a $1,791, $1,103, and $227 total current asset in the unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company recorded $424 in accumulated other comprehensive gain at August 31, 2013. Of the $424, $179 represents unrealized gains that have been recorded for settled forward contracts related to inventory on hand as of August 31, 2013. The Company expects the unrealized gain of $179, net of taxes, to be reclassified into earnings over the next 12 months as the underlying inventory is sold to the end customer.

11.   Fair value measurements

Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company is required to a) measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value or b) disclose the fair values of certain assets and liabilities recorded at cost. Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is calculated assuming the transaction occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability and includes consideration of non-performance risk and credit risk of both parties. Accounting standards pertaining to fair value establish a three- tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include:

Level 1—valuation inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2—valuation inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based

F-48


Table of Contents

    valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—valuation inputs are unobservable and typically reflect management's estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

As of August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013, the Company held certain items that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. These included cash and cash equivalents, the nonqualified retirement plan, and foreign currency forward contracts. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and short-term, highly liquid investments, all of which have maturities of 90 days or less. The nonqualified retirement plan consists of investments purchased by employee contributions to retirement savings accounts. Foreign currency forward contracts are related to the Company's efforts to manage foreign currency fluctuation on purchases of inventory in Swedish krona. The Company's foreign currency hedge instruments consist of over-the-counter (OTC) contracts, which are not traded on a public exchange. See Note 10 for further information on the Company's hedging activities.

The fair values of the nonqualified retirement plan and foreign currency forward contracts are determined based on inputs that are readily available in public markets or can be derived from information available in publicly quoted markets. Therefore, the Company has categorized these items as Level 2. The Company has consistently applied these valuation techniques in all periods presented and believes it has obtained the most accurate information available for the types of contracts it holds.

The following items are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, subject to the disclosure requirements of ASC 820 at August 25, 2012, March 2, 2013, and August 31, 2013:

   
Description
   
  August 25
2012

  March 2
2013

  August 31
2013

 
   

Assets

                       

Cash and cash equivalents

  Level 1   $ 13,394   $ 25,351   $ 12,744  

Nonqualified retirement plan

  Level 2     2,233     2,569     2,892  

Foreign currency hedge instruments

  Level 2     1,791     1,103     227  
           

Total assets

      $ 17,418   $ 29,023   $ 15,863  
           

Liabilities

                       

Nonqualified retirement plan

  Level 2   $ 2,238   $ 2,582   $ 2,907  
           

Total liabilities

      $ 2,238   $ 2,582   $ 2,907  
   

The fair values of long-term debt were estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements

F-49


Table of Contents

(Level 3 valuations). As of March 2, 2013 and August 31, 2013, the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company's long-term debt, including current maturities, were:

   
 
  March 2 2013  
 
  Carrying
value

  Fair
value

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($275 million)

  $ 272,938   $ 261,718  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    5,812     5,864  

Other loans

    6,621     6,675  
       

  $ 285,371   $ 274,257  
   

 

   
 
  August 31 2013  
 
  Carrying
value

  Fair
value

 
   

Secured term loan, U.S. ($362 million)

  $ 361,344   $ 363,151  

Secured term loan, Sweden

    3,769     3,829  

Other loans

    5,864     5,910  
       

  $ 370,977   $ 372,890  
   

12.   Segment reporting

The Company's reportable segments were determined on the same basis as how it evaluates the performance internally. The Company's two reportable segments consist of TCS and Elfa. The TCS segment includes the Company's retail stores, website and call center, as well as the installation services business. These operating segments have been aggregated into a single reportable segment based on the similar customer base that they share, the fact that the merchandise offered is largely the same, and also because they are closely integrated logistically and operationally.

The Elfa segment includes the manufacturing business which produces the elfa® brand products that are sold domestically exclusively through the TCS segment, as well as throughout Europe. The intersegment sales in the Elfa column represent elfa® product sales to the TCS segment. These sales and the related gross margin on product recorded in TCS inventory balances at the end of the period are eliminated for consolidation purposes in the Corporate/Other column. The net sales to external customers in the Elfa column represent sales to customers outside of the United States.

Amounts in the Corporate/Other column include unallocated corporate expenses and assets, intersegment eliminations and other adjustments to segment results necessary for the presentation of consolidated financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

In general, the Company uses the same measurements to calculate earnings or loss before income taxes for reportable segments as it does for the consolidated company. However, interest expense and loss on extinguishment of debt related to the domestic secured term loan and revolver is recorded in the Corporate/Other column.

F-50


Table of Contents

   
Year-to-date August 25, 2012
  TCS
  Elfa
  Corporate/
other

  Total
 
   

Net Sales to External Customers

  $ 270,349   $ 43,967       $ 314,316  

Intersegment Sales

        16,367     (16,367 )    

Interest expense, net

    57     478     10,355     10,890  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes(1)

    13,439     (4,118 )   (21,404 )   (12,083 )

Assets(2)

    564,805     156,500     21,970     743,275  
   

 

   
Year-to-date August 31, 2013
  TCS
  Elfa
  Corporate/
other

  Total
 
   

Net Sales to External Customers

  $ 302,799   $ 40,620       $ 343,419  

Intersegment Sales

        19,960     (19,960 )    

Interest expense, net

    32     435     10,607     11,074  

Earnings (loss) before income taxes(1)

    16,958     (1,375 )   (16,488 )   (905 )

Assets(2)

    593,542     135,554     25,255     754,351  
   

(1)   The Corporate/Other column includes $7,329 and $1,101 loss on extinguishment of debt in year-to-date August 25, 2012 and August 31, 2013, respectively.

(2)   Tangible assets and trade names in the Elfa column are located outside of the United States. Assets in Corporate/Other include assets located in corporate headquarters and distribution center, and includes deferred tax assets and fair value of forward contracts

13.   Pro forma balance sheet and pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited)

Holders of the Company's preferred stock are entitled to a preferential payment upon certain distributions by the Company to holders of its capital stock (referred to as the liquidation preference), equal to the purchase price for such share ($1,000.00) plus accrued and unpaid dividends from August 16, 2007, the date of the LGP acquisition, on the outstanding liquidation preference at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded quarterly. Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, assuming the shares are offered at $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), a distribution in the aggregate amount of $170,844, referred to as the "Distribution," will be paid from the net proceeds from the offering as follows: (i) first, on a pro rata basis to the holders of the Company's senior preferred stock, which shall reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of senior preferred stock until such liquidation preference has been reduced to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, on a pro rata basis to the holders of the Company's junior preferred stock, which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of junior preferred stock. The amount of the net proceeds of the Company's initial public offering, and accordingly the amount of the Distribution, will depend on the initial public offering price per share. The primary purpose of the Distribution is to reduce the liquidation preference of the preferred stock in advance of the Exchange described below.

As required by the Company's existing stockholders agreement, in connection with the closing of the Company's initial public offering, each holder of the Company's preferred stock will exchange holder's preferred stock for a number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (a) the liquidation preference amount of such preferred stock on the date of the Distribution (and after giving effect to the payment of the Distribution) by (b) with respect to the senior preferred stock, the initial public offering price in the Company's initial public offering, and with respect to the junior preferred stock, the Junior Preferred Stock Exchange Price. References to the "Exchange" refer to the exchange of the Company's preferred stock for the Company's common stock. The primary

F-51


Table of Contents

purpose of the Exchange is to retire the preferred stock such that the Company will have only one class of capital stock outstanding—the common stock—following the closing of this offering. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information at August 31, 2013 gives effect to the Distribution and Exchange, as well as the cancellation of common and preferred shares held in treasury stock. The unpaid distribution is classified in Accrued dividends in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information does not give effect to the initial public offering and the use of the proceeds therefrom.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information at August 31, 2013 gives effect to the Distribution and Exchange, as well as the cancellation of common and preferred shares held in treasury stock. The unpaid distribution is classified in Accrued dividends in the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information does not give effect to the initial public offering and the use of the proceeds therefrom.

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustment to reflect the Exchange using the liquidation preference of the shares of the Company's preferred stock as of October 1, 2013, after giving effect to the Distribution. Additionally, the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share has been computed to give effect to the consummation of the offering and the stock split of the existing common shares prior to the closing of the offering. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the twenty six weeks ended August 31, 2013 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

   
 
  Twenty six weeks
ended
 
In thousands, except share and per share amounts
  August 31
2013

 
   

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

  $ (688 )

Divided by:

       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding—basic and diluted

    498,144  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed stock split ratio of 6.7:1

    2,822,814  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Exchange

    32,765,609  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the offering

    12,500,000  
       

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing the pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted

    48,586,567  
       

Pro forma net income (loss) per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.01 )
   

14.   Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 21, 2013 which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

F-52


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Until                             , 2013 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


Part II
Information not required in prospectus

Item 13.    Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

   
 
  Amount
 
   

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ 31,144  

FINRA filing fee

    35,000  

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

    211,475  

Accountants' fees and expenses

    650,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    2,420,000  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

    5,000  

Transfer Agent's fees and expenses

    3,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

    285,000  

Miscellaneous

    358,881  
       

Total expenses

  $ 4,000,000  
   

Item 14.   Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only

II-1


Table of Contents

to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our

II-2


Table of Contents

directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), against certain liabilities.

Item 15.    Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares, if any, and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)     Issuance of capital stock

On December 3, 2012 we issued 200 shares of our common stock to an employee in connection with her retirement at a price per share of $100.00.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuance of securities. This transaction was exempt from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

(b)    Stock option grants

The issuance of stock options and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options described in this paragraph (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, or pursuant to Section 4(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16.    Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a)     Exhibits.

 
Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Container Store Group, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
3.2   Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of The Container Store Group, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.1   Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
4.2*   Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007.
4.3   Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

II-3


Table of Contents

 
Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
4.4   Form of Voting Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.5   Form of Letter of Transmittal and Exchange.
5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1†*   2012 Stock Option Plan of TCS Holdings, Inc.
10.2†*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Stock Option Plan of TCS Holdings, Inc.
10.3†*   The Container Store, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Plan dated as of March 28, 2011.
10.4†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Kip Tindell and The Container Store Group, Inc.
10.5†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Sharon Tindell and The Container Store Group, Inc.
10.6†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Melissa Reiff and The Container Store, Inc.
10.7†   Form of 2013 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8*   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 8, 2013 to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent.
10.9*   Term Facility Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between The Container Store, Inc. as Borrower, the Pledgors party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.10*   Term Facility Security Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among The Container Store, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Grantors party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.11*   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as ABL Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Term Agent.
10.12*   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent.
10.13*   Amendment No.1, dated as of April 8, 2013, to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and the other lenders party thereto.
10.14*   ABL Facility Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between The Container Store, Inc., the Pledgors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.15*   ABL Facility Security Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among The Container Store, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Grantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.16*   Credit Agreement, dated April 27, 2009, among Elfa International AB, as Borrower, and Tjustbygdens Sparbank AB, as Bank, as transferred to Swedbank AB on January 27, 2012.

II-4


Table of Contents

 
Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
10.17*   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by and between The Container Store Group, Inc. and certain directors and officers, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
10.18*   Office, Warehouse and Distribution Center Lease Agreement, as of October 8, 2012, by and between Texas Dugan Limited Partnership, as landlord, and The Container Store, Inc., as tenant, as amended through August 24, 2011.
10.19†   The Container Store Group, Inc. Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.20†*   Indemnification and Hold Harmless Agreement, as of June 13, 2012, by and between TCS Holdings, Inc. and Kip Tindell.
10.21   Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Incentive Award Plan
21.1*   Subsidiary List.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3*   Consent of eSite, Inc.
24.1*   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
 

*      Previously filed.

†      Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(b)    Financial statement schedules.

   Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (page F-35)

All other financial statement schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


Table of Contents

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)
For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4)
In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-6


Table of Contents


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Coppell, State of Texas, on this 21 st day of October, 2013.

    THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM A. TINDELL, III

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors


Power of attorney

We, the undersigned officers and directors of The Container Store Group, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint William A. "Kip" Tindell, III, Melissa Reiff and Jodi Taylor, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 
Signature
  Title
  Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM A. TINDELL, III

William A. "Kip" Tindell, III
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (principal executive officer)   October 21, 2013

/s/ JODI TAYLOR

Jodi Taylor

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

 

October 21, 2013

/s/ JEFFREY A. MILLER

Jeffrey A. Miller

 

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

 

October 21, 2013

II-7


Table of Contents

 
Signature
  Title
  Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Sharon Tindell

 

Chief Merchandising Officer and Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Melissa Reiff

 

President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Timothy J. Flynn

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

J. Kristofer Galashan

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

/s/ ROBERT E. JORDAN

Robert E. Jordan

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Danny Meyer

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Walter Robb

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Rajendra ("Raj") Sisodia

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*

Jonathon D. Sokoloff

 

Director

 

October 21, 2013

*By:

 

/s/ JODI TAYLOR


 

 

 

October 21, 2013
    Jodi Taylor
Attorney-in-fact
       
 

II-8


Table of Contents


Exhibit index

 
Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Container Store Group, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
3.2   Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of The Container Store Group, Inc., to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.1   Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
4.2*   Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007.
4.3   Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.4   Form of Voting Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.5   Form of Letter of Transmittal and Exchange.
5.1   Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.
10.1†*   2012 Stock Option Plan of TCS Holdings, Inc.
10.2†*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2012 Stock Option Plan of TCS Holdings, Inc.
10.3†*   The Container Store, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Plan dated as of March 28, 2011.
10.4†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Kip Tindell and The Container Store Group, Inc.
10.5†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Sharon Tindell and The Container Store Group, Inc.
10.6†*   Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated September 13, 2013 between Melissa Reiff and The Container Store, Inc.
10.7†   Form of 2013 Incentive Award Plan.
10.8*   Amendment No. 1, dated as of April 8, 2013 to the Credit Agreement dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent.
10.9*   Term Facility Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between The Container Store, Inc. as Borrower, the Pledgors party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.10*   Term Facility Security Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among The Container Store, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Grantors party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.11*   Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as ABL Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Term Agent.
10.12*   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent.
10.13*   Amendment No.1, dated as of April 8, 2013, to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, among The Container Store, Inc., as Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent and the other lenders party thereto.

Table of Contents

 
Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
 
10.14*   ABL Facility Pledge Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and between The Container Store, Inc., the Pledgors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.15*   ABL Facility Security Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2012, by and among The Container Store, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Grantors party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
10.16*   Credit Agreement, dated April 27, 2009, among Elfa International AB, as Borrower, and Tjustbygdens Sparbank AB, as Bank, as transferred to Swedbank AB on January 27, 2012.
10.17*   Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into by and between The Container Store Group, Inc. and certain directors and officers, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
10.18*   Office, Warehouse and Distribution Center Lease Agreement, as of October 8, 2012, by and between Texas Dugan Limited Partnership, as landlord, and The Container Store, Inc., as tenant, as amended through August 24, 2011.
10.19†   The Container Store Group, Inc. Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.
10.20†*   Indemnification and Hold Harmless Agreement, as of June 13, 2012, by and between TCS Holdings, Inc. and Kip Tindell.
10.21   Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Incentive Award Plan
21.1*   Subsidiary List.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2   Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3*   Consent of eSite, Inc.
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
 

*      Previously filed.

†      Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.




Exhibit 1.1

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 

[ · ] Shares of Common Stock

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

[ · ], 2013

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Jefferies LLC

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

550 South Tryon Street

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

 

 

 

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [ · ] shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [ · ] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”).  The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”.  The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

 



 

The Representatives have agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [ · ] Shares, for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, and certain employees and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”).  The Shares to be sold by the Representatives and their respective affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares”.  Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by 8:00 A.M.., New York City time on the business day following the day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1.                                       Registration Statement .  The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-191465), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares.  Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares.  If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex B, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”):  a Preliminary Prospectus dated [ · ], 2013 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex B hereto.

 

“Applicable Time” means [ · ] [A/P].M., New York City time, on [ · ], 2013.

 

2.                                       Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters .

 

(a)                                  The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $[ · ].

 

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 



 

If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

 

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof).  Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

 

(b)                                  The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

 

(c)                                   Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to Barclays Capital Inc. in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017 at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [ · ], 2013, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares.  The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

 

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date.  Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.  The certificates for the Shares will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person.  Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction.  The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own

 



 

independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto.  Any review by the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

 

(a)                                  Preliminary Prospectus.   No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Pricing Disclosure Package .  The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(c)                                   Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.  Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives.  Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not

 



 

misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(d)                                  Emerging Growth Company .  From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).  “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(e)                                   Testing-the-Waters Materials.  The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications.  The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.  “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(f)                                    Registration Statement and Prospectus.   The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

 

(g)                                   Financial Statements.   The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and

 



 

the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.

 

(h)                                  No Material Adverse Change.   Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any material change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than borrowings, if any, under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in the Prospectus)), or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority.

 

(i)                                      Organization and Good Standing.   The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).  The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

 

(j)                                     Capitalization.   The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights which have not been duly and validly waived or satisfied; except as

 



 

disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares and except as otherwise described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus,) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party, except for any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility and/or the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities (each as defined in the Prospectus).

 

(k)                                  Stock Options.  With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company, except, in the case of clauses (i) through (iv) above, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)                                      Due Authorization.   The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.

 

(m)                              Underwriting Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(n)                                  The Shares.  The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

 

(o)                                  [Reserved].

 



 

(p)                                  Description of this Agreement.   This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(q)                                  No Violation or Default.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its subisdiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiciton over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)                                     No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)                                    No Consents Required.   No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Listing Exchange, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

 

(t)                                     Legal Proceedings.   Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; to the knowledge of the Company, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or

 



 

contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(u)                                  Independent Accountants .  Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

 

(v)                                  Title to Real and Personal Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(w)                                Title to Intellectual Property .  The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others. The Company and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others in connection with its patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x)                                  No Undisclosed Relationships .  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

 

(y)                                  Investment Company Act .  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

 



 

(z)                                   Taxes.   The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except for any taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, or where the failure to pay or file would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been asserted in writing against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for such deficiencies as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aa)                           Licenses and Permits.   The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, in each case, except where such revocation, modification or non-renewal would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(bb)                           No Labor Disputes.   No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(cc)                             Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws.   (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (a) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no

 


 

proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) none of the Company and its subsidiaries currently anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

 

(dd)                           Hazardous Materials .  There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance ,waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.  “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into from or through any building or structure.

 

(ee)                             Compliance with ERISA.   (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;  (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;

 



 

(vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries.  None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year.

 

(ff)                               Disclosure Controls .  The Company and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  The Company and its subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

 

(gg)                             Accounting Controls.   The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls.  The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of:  (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 

(hh)                           Insurance.  The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their

 



 

respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are customary for businesses such as the Company’s and the subsidiaries’; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

 

(ii)                                   No Unlawful Payments.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

(jj)                                 Compliance with Money Laundering Laws .  The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(kk)                           Compliance with OFAC.  None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity that they have knowledge intends to use such proceeds, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(ll)                                   No Restrictions on Subsidiaries .  No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company except as such may be restricted under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility or the Elfa Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

(mm)                   No Broker’s Fees.   Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

 



 

(nn)                           No Registration Rights .  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares.

 

(oo)                           No Stabilization.   The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

 

(pp)                           Business with Cuba.   The Company has complied in all material respects with all provisions of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes (Chapter 92-198, Laws of Florida, as amended) relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.

 

(qq)                           Margin Rules .  The application of the proceeds received by the Company from the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

(rr)                                 Forward-Looking Statements.   No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(ss)                               Statistical and Market Data.   Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

 

(tt)                                 Sarbanes-Oxley Act .  There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply in all material respects with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), applicable as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

 

(uu)                           Status under the Securities Act .  At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.  The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

 

(vv)                           Directed Share Program.  The Company represents and warrants that (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended

 



 

or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.  The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

(ww)                       No rated debt .  There are no debt securities or preferred stock issued, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.

 

4.                                       Further Agreements of the Company .  The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

 

(a)                                  Required Filings.   The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will use its best efforts to furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(b)                                  Delivery of Copies.   The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, four signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request.  As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

 

(c)                                   Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.   Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

(d)                                  Notice to the Representatives.   The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration

 



 

Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(e)                                   Ongoing Compliance.   (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.

 

(f)                                    Blue Sky Compliance.   The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably

 



 

request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(g)                                   Earning Statement.  The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.

 

(h)                                  Clear Market.   For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to the Company Stock Plans), or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, other than (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder (ii) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise of options granted under Company Stock Plans and (iii) pursuant to the Exchange.

 

If J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(l) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(i)                                      Use of Proceeds.   The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

 

(j)                                     No Stabilization.   The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

(k)                                  Exchange Listing.   The Company will use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Listing Exchange”).

 

(l)                                      Reports.   For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, so long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the

 



 

Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system.

 

(m)                              Record Retention .  The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

 

(n)                                  Filings.   The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(o)                                  Directed Share Program.   The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(p)                                  Emerging Growth Company .  The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 4(h) hereof.

 

5.                                       Certain Agreements of the Underwriters .                         Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

 

(a)                                  It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex B or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show approved in advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

 

(b)                                  It has not and will not distribute any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus referred to in clause (a)(i) in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination.

 

(c)                                   It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission.

 

(d)                                  It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

 

6.                                       Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.   The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the

 



 

case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

 

(a)                                  Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.   No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

 

(b)                                  Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   No Material Adverse Change.   No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(d)                                  Officer’s Certificate.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(f) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above.

 

(e)                                   Comfort Letters.   On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 



 

(f)                                    Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company.   Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A hereto.

 

(g)                                   Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.   The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(h)                                  No Legal Impediment to Issuance.   No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

 

(i)                                      Good Standing .  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(j)                                     Exchange Listing.   The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Listing Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(k)                                  Lock-up Agreements .  The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(l)                                      Additional Documents.   On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as applicable, it being agreed that payment for and delivery of the Shares will be conclusive evidence that such documents are satisfactory.

 


 

7.                                       Indemnification and Contribution .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification of the Underwriters.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, (ii) or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act], any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification of the Company.   Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter:  the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” the information contained in the twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs and the second and third sentences of the fourteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”

 

(c)                                   Notice and Procedures.   If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above.  If any such

 



 

proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred.  In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them.  It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred.  Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company.  The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than (A) 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (B) more than 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of the proposed terms of such settlement and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless, in each case, the amount of such fees and expenses is being actively disputed in good faith.  No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

(d)                                  Contribution.   If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein (other than as a result of the limitations imposed on indemnification described in such preceding sections of this Section 9), then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the

 



 

Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                   Limitation on Liability.   The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above.  The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

 

(f)                                    Non-Exclusive Remedies.   The remedies provided for in this Section 7 paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

(g)                                   Directed Share Program Indemnification.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, its respective affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls J.P. Morgan Securities LLC within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “DSP Indemnified Entity”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the DSP Indemnified Entities.

 



 

(h)                                  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any DSP Indemnified Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (g) above, the DSP Indemnified Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the DSP Indemnified Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the DSP Indemnified Entity to represent the DSP Indemnified Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any DSP Indemnified Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such DSP Indemnified Entity unless (i) the Company and such DSP Indemnified Entity shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the Company has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to such DSP Indemnified Entity, (iii) the DSP Indemnified Entity shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the DSP Indemnified Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the DSP Indemnified Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all DSP Indemnified Entities.  The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the DSP Indemnified Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a DSP Indemnified Entity shall have requested that the Company reimburse the DSP Indemnified Entity for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Company shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than (A) 60 days after receipt by the Company of such request and (B) more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of the proposed terms of such settlement and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the DSP Indemnified Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless, in each case, the amount of such fees and expenses is being actively disputed in good faith. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any DSP Indemnified Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such DSP Indemnified Entity, unless (x) such settlement includes an unconditional release of the DSP Indemnified Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the DSP Indemnified Entity.

 

(i)                                      To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph (g) above is unavailable to a DSP Indemnified Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein (other than as a result of the limitations imposed on indemnification described in paragraph (g) above), then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the DSP Indemnified Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the J DSP Indemnified Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (1) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the DSP Indemnified Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (2) if the allocation provided by clause 7(i)(1) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 7(i)(1) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the DSP Indemnified Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the DSP Indemnified Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective

 



 

proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the DSP Indemnified Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Directed Shares.  If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the DSP Indemnified Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the DSP Indemnified Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(j)                                     The Company and the DSP Indemnified Entities agree that it would be not just or equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (i) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the DSP Indemnified Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (i) above.  The amount paid or payable by the DSP Indemnified Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the DSP Indemnified Entities in connection with investigating or defending such any action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (i) above, no DSP Indemnified Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such DSP Indemnified Entity has otherwise been required to pay.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The remedies provided for in paragraphs (g) through (j) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(k)                                  The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in paragraphs (g) through (j) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any DSP Indemnified Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

 

8.                                       Effectiveness of Agreement .  This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 



 

10.                                Defaulting Underwriter .

 

(a)                                  If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement.  If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons reasonably satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms.  If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes.  As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

 

(b)                                  If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

 

(c)                                   If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters.  Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

(d)                                  Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

 

11.                                Payment of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection;

 



 

(ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii)  the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided that any expenses or costs associated with any chartered plane used in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors will be paid 50% by the Company and 50% by the Underwriters; (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Listing Exchange and (x) all of the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program; provided that the fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters to be reimbursed by the Company pursuant to clauses (iv), (vii) and (x) hereof shall not exceed $60,000 in the aggregate.

 

(b)                                  If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters (in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 10, only such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves severally and are not in default hereunder) for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

 

12.                                Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.  No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

 

13.                                Survival .  The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters.

 

14.                                Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

15.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Notices.   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be

 



 

deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication.  Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax:  (212) 622-8358), Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (fax: (646) 834-8133), Attention Syndicate Registration; c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, Attention LCD-IBD; c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC 1585 Broadway New York, New York 10036, Attention Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated One Bryant Park New York, New York 10036 (fax: (646) 855-3073), Attention Syndicate Department, with a copy to ECM Legal (fax: (212) 230-8730) ;c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate Department (fax no: (212) 214-5918); and c/o Jefferies LLC 520 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor New York, NY 10022 Attention: Equity Syndicate Prospectus Department; telephone: (877) 547-6340 e-mail: prospectus_department@jefferies.com. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at The Container Store Group, Inc., 500 Freeport Parkway, Coppell, TX 75019, (fax: (972) 538-7866); Attention: Joan Manson.

 

(b)                                  Governing Law.   This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

 

(c)                                   Counterparts.   This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(d)                                  Amendments or Waivers.   No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   Headings.   The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 



 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

Accepted:  [ · ], 2013

 

J. P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

 

INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

JEFFERIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

For themselves and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 


 

Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

 

Number of Shares

 

 

 

 

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

[ · ]

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

 

[ · ]

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

 

[ · ]

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

[ · ]

 

Wells Fargo Securities, Inc.

 

[ · ]

 

Jefferies LLC

 

[ · ]

 

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

 

[ · ]

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

[ · ]

 

 



 

Annex A

 



 

Annex B

 

a.                                       Pricing Disclosure Package

 

[ list each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to be included in the Pricing Disclosure Package ]

 

b.  Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

 

[ · ]

 



 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[ · ], 2013

 

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Morgan Stanley & Co, LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

Jefferies LLC

As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto

 

c/o J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

 

 

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

550 South Tryon Street

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

 

 

c/o Jefferies LLC

520 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Re:                              THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC. — Public Offering

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. 

 

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the

 



 

undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, $.01 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences associated with ownership of any shares of Common Stock or such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case other than (A)  transfers of shares of Common Stock as a bona fide gift or gifts, (B) transfers of shares of Common Stock by will or intestacy, (C) transfers of shares of Common Stock to any trust, the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned’s or a member or members of his or her immediate family or to any other entity that is wholly-owned by such persons; (D) transfers of shares of Common Stock to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the undersigned, or is wholly-owned by the undersigned and/or by members of the undersigned’s immediate family, (E) distributions of shares of Common Stock to members, limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned, (F) exchange shares of senior preferred stock of the Company and junior preferred stock of the Company for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange, (G) transfer shares of Common Stock to the Company (1) pursuant to the exercise, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis, of any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted by the Company to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase shares of Common Stock or the vesting of any restricted stock awards granted by the company pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis (the term “cashless” or “net” exercise being intended to include the sale of a portion of the option shares of Common Stock or previously owned Common Stock to the Company or in the open market to cover payment of the exercise price or withholding taxes, as the case may be), (H) transfers of shares of Common Stock that were acquired in open market transactions following the completion of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or (I) enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock that does not provide for the transfer of shares of Common Stock during the 180-day period referred to above; provided that in the case of any transfer, donation or distribution pursuant to clauses (A) through (F), each transferee, donee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer, donation or distribution pursuant to clauses (A) through (E), (G) and (H) or the entry into any plan contemplated by clause (I), no filing by any party (the Company, donor, donee, transferor, transferee or plan entrant) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer, donation, distribution or plan entrance (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above).  If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

 



 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.  Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release.  The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement.  All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by December 31, 2013 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from, all obligations under this Letter Agreement.  The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

 

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

[ NAME OF STOCKHOLDER ]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

Exhibit B

 

[Form of Waiver of Lock-up]

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

Corporation
Public Offering of Common Stock

 

[ · ], 2013

 

[Name and Address of
Officer or Director
Requesting Waiver]

 

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “Company”) of [ · ] shares of common stock, $ .01par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated [ · ], 2013 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated [ · ], 2013, with respect to [ · ] shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

 

Each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC hereby agrees to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective [ · ], 2013; provided , however , that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release}.  This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

 

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Yours very truly,

 

[Signature of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

 

[Name of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Representative]

 

[Signature of Barclays Capital Inc. Representative]

 

[Name of Barclays Capital Inc. Representative]

 



 

[Signature of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Representative]

 

[Name of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC Representative]

 

cc:  Company

 



 

Exhibit C

 

[Form of Press Release]

 

The Container Store Group, Inc.
[Date]

 

The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [ · ] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [ · ] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [ · ], 2013, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

The present name of the corporation is The Container Store Group, Inc.  The corporation was incorporated under the name “TCS Holdings, Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 29, 2007.  This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  The certificate of incorporation is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

FIRST :  The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”) is:

 

The Container Store Group, Inc.

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”) or any applicable successor act thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 255,000,000 shares.  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is 250,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value per share.  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is 5,000,000 shares, $0.01 par value per share.

 

A.            Common Stock .

 

1.  Voting .

 

(a)  Each holder of Common Stock entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of Common Stock held by such holder on the applicable record date which has voting power upon the matter in question.

 



 

(b)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of either the Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

 

(c)  Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or to a Preferred Stock Designations that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designations or pursuant to the General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

 

2.  Dividends .  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, property or shares of capital stock of the Corporation as, if and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

 

3.  Liquidation .  In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and after making provision for the holders of any series of Preferred Stock entitled thereto, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation, if any, shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of the shares of Common Stock.  A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Corporation with any other person or persons, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be considered a dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Article FOURTH, Section A.3.

 

B.            Preferred Stock .  Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide, by resolution or resolutions from time to time, for the issuance, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, of one or more series of Preferred Stock, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (the “ Preferred Stock Designations ”), setting forth such resolution and, with respect to each such series, establishing the number of shares to be included in such series, and fixing the voting powers, full or limited, or no voting power of the shares of such series, and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  The powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, if any, of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to

 



 

each series of Preferred Stock shall include, but not be limited to, the determination of the following:

 

(a)  the designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title;

 

(b)  the number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designations) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding);

 

(c)  the amounts or rates at which dividends will be payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in respect of dividends, and whether such dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

 

(d)  the dates on which dividends, if any, shall be payable;

 

(e)  the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

(f)  the terms and amount of any sinking fund, if any, provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

(g)  the amounts payable on, and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation;

 

(h)  whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion or exchange price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates at which such shares shall be convertible or exchangeable and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange may be made;

 

(i)  restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or any other class or series;

 

(j)  the voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series generally or upon specified events; and

 

(k)  any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such shares,

 

all as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such Preferred Stock.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior, rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.  Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be

 



 

redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

 

FIFTH :  This Article FIFTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

A.            General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

B.            Number .  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

 

C.            Classification .  The Board of Directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”)) shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Class I directors shall initially serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Article FIFTH, Section C; Class II directors shall initially serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Article FIFTH, Section C; and Class III directors shall initially serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Article FIFTH, Section C.  Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of this Article FIFTH, Section C, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office.  In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors (other than Preferred Stock Directors), the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III.

 

D.            Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  Any director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

E.            Removal .  Except for such additional directors, if any, as are elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause.

 



 

F.             Preferred Stock .  During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues:  (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.  Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 

G.            Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”).

 

SIXTH :  In furtherance and not in limitation of the power conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws subject to any limitations contained therein.

 

SEVENTH :  No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

 

EIGHTH :  Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

 

NINTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provisions contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the General Corporation Law.  All rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

TENTH :  Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article FOURTH of this Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the

 



 

Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

ELEVENTH :  To the fullest extent permitted by law, special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office.

 

TWELFTH :  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by the undersigned duly authorized officer this        day of                         ,           .

 

 

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

 


 

ARTICLE I

 

Meetings of Stockholders

 

Section 1.1.  Place of Meetings .  Meetings of stockholders may be held at any place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) of the The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication authorized by and in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”).  In the absence of any such designation, meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.2.  Annual Meetings .  If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.  The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 1.3.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only in the manner provided in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”).  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.  The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 1.4.  Notice of Meetings .  Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws (these “ Bylaws ”), the

 



 

notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.5.  Adjournments .  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

Section 1.6.  Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by a majority in voting power thereof, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.5 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend.  Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 1.7.  Organization .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the President, or in his or her absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting by vote of a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 1.8.  Voting; Proxies .  Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation) may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its

 



 

date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect directors.  All other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 1.9.  Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

 

(a)           In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)           In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)           Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record

 



 

date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 1.10.  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.10 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 1.11.  Action by Written Consent of Stockholders .  Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be effected by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 1.12.  Inspectors of Election .  The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the

 



 

validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law.  In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

Section 1.13.  Conduct of Meetings .  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting.  The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 1.14.  Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(A)          Annual Meetings of Stockholders .  (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the corporate governance and nominating committee thereof or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.

 

(2)           For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 1.14,

 



 

the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  To be in proper form, such stockholder’s notice must: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, set forth (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these Bylaws; (c) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (d) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, set forth (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such stockholder and such beneficial owners, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of capital stock of the Corporation, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to securities of the Corporation, (v) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (vi) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if

 



 

any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (vii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.   The foregoing notice requirements of this paragraph (A) of this Section 1.14 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.14 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.14 and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.14 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(B)          Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the corporate governance and nominating committee thereof or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.14 (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these By-Laws and any other information, documents, affidavits, or certifications required by the Corporation) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not

 



 

later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(C)          General .  (1) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(2)(c)(vi) of this Section 1.14) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.14, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.14, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(2)           For purposes of this Section 1.14, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(3)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.14; provided however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.14 (including paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) hereof), and compliance with paragraphs (A)(1)(c) and (B) of this Section 1.14 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make

 



 

nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of (A)(2), business other than nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).  Nothing in this Section 1.14 shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 1.15.  Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement . To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the candidate for nomination must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.14 of these Bylaws), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (i) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director and (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 



 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

Section 2.1.  Number; Qualifications .  Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.2.  Election; Resignation; Vacancies .  The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the original effectiveness of Article FIFTH, Section C of the Certificate of Incorporation, directors of each class the term of which shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successors in office.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation.  Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause may be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and each director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced or until his or her successor is elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 2.3.  Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, if any, within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 2.4.  Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary, or by any two members of the Board of Directors.  Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four hours before the special meeting.

 

Section 2.5.  Telephonic Meetings Permitted .  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.6.  Quorum; Vote Required for Action .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors the directors entitled to cast a majority of the votes of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  Except in cases in which the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law otherwise provides, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.7.  Organization .  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the President, or in their absence by a chairperson

 


 

chosen at the meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.8.  Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.9.  Compensation of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

Committees

 

Section 3.1.  Committees .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

Section 3.2.  Committee Rules .  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

Section 4.1.           Officers .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Controller and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors, each to have such authority, functions or duties as set forth in these Bylaws or as determined by the Board of Directors.  Each officer shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and until such person’s successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until such person’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.

 

Section 4.2.           Removal, Resignation and Vacancies .  Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of such officer under any contract to which it is a party.   Any officer may resign at any time upon written or electronic notice to the Corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party.  If any vacancy occurs in any office of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may elect a successor to fill such vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term and until a successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified.

 

Section 4.3.           Chairman of the Board of Directors .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4.           Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, shall be responsible for corporate policy and strategy, and shall report directly to the Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided in these Bylaws, all other officers of the Corporation shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise determined by the Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.5.           Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall exercise all the powers and perform the duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation.  The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.6.           President .  The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation, with general responsibility for the management and control of the operations of the Corporation.  The President shall have the power to affix the signature of the Corporation to all contracts that have been authorized by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  The President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief

 



 

Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.7.           Vice Presidents .  The Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his or her superior officer or the Chief Executive Officer.  A Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.8.           Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation, the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation, borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party, the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds, and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.9.           Controller .  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation.  The Controller shall, when requested, counsel with any advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.10.         Secretary .  The powers and duties of the Secretary are:  (i) to act as Secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors, of the committees of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; (ii) to see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; (iii) to act as custodian of the seal of the Corporation and affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of stock of the Corporation and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; (iv) to have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and (v) to perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary.  The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.11.         Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities .  Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation

 



 

and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper.  Any of the rights set forth in this Section 4.11 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Vice President.

 

Section 4.12.         Additional Matters .  The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation to have the title of Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary.  Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation.  The persons upon whom such titles are conferred shall not be deemed officers of the Corporation unless elected by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock

 

Section 5.1.  Certificates .  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation.  Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.2.  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates .  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

 

Section 6.1.  Right to Indemnification .  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.2.  Advancement of Expenses .  The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

 

Section 6.3.  Claims .  If a claim for indemnification under this Article VI (following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within sixty days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the Covered Person, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced, the Covered Person shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim.  If successful in whole or in part, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law.  In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

Section 6.4.  Nonexclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 6.5.  Other Sources .  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as

 



 

indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

Section 6.6.  Amendment or Repeal .  Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered Person arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of these Bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

Section 6.7.  Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  This Article VI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.2.  Seal .  The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.3.  Manner of Notice .  Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, and except as prohibited by applicable law, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this Section 7.3, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.  Notice to directors may be given by telecopier, telephone or other means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 7.4.  Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees .  Any waiver of notice, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in a waiver of notice.

 

Section 7.5.  Form of Records .  Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

 

Section 7.6.  Amendment of Bylaws .  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws made, by the Board of Directors, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter and repeal any bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise.

 




Exhibit 4.1

 

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS Countersigned and Registered: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (Brooklyn, N.Y.) Transfer Agent and Registrar By Authorized Signature FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $0.01 EACH OF THE COMMON STOCK OF transferable only on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of CS The Container Store Group, Inc. PRESIDENT SECRETARY The Container Store Group, Inc. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE COMMON STOCK CUSIP 05348P 40 1

 


For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM TEN ENT JT TEN – as tenants in common – as tenants by the entireties – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT– Custodian (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated, SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED: THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. NOTICE:

 

 



Exhibit 4.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of [          ], 2013, by and among The Container Store Group, Inc., formerly known as TCS Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Green Equity Investors V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GEI ”), Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ GEI Side ”), TCS Co-Invest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LLC ”, and together with GEI, GEI Side and any transferee controlled directly or indirectly by Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. or any of its Affiliates, each, a “ GEI Party ” and together, the “ GEI Parties ”), the persons set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (the “ Select Roll-Over Investors”) , any employees of the Company and/or any subsidiary of the Company (each, an “ Employee Holder ” and together, the “ Employee Holders ”) who were parties to the Original Agreement (as defined below) or shall be granted options to acquire shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Stock ”) and shall become party hereto by execution of a joinder agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company (the Employee Holders together with the Select Roll-Over Investors being the “ Roll-Over Investors ”), and the entities set forth on Schedule B attached hereto (each, a “ Mezzanine Investor ” and together, the “ Mezzanine Investors ”) (the GEI Parties, the Roll-Over Investors, the Mezzanine Investors and any other person who holds Common Stock and is a party hereto, being the “ Holders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into a Stockholders Agreement, dated August 16, 2007, with certain of its stockholders as of that date (the “ Original Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company is proposing to consummate an initial public offering of its Common Stock (the “ Initial Public Offering ”);

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 9.1 of the Original Agreement, the Company, GEI and the Select Roll-Over Investors, who constitute a majority in interest of all other Holders, desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety as provided herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders desire to enter into this Agreement to provide for certain matters with respect to the ownership and transfer of the Common Stock now held of record or beneficially by, or hereafter acquired by, the Holders.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I.

 

PERMITTED TRANSFERS

 

Section 1.1                                     Permitted Transfers .  (i) A GEI Party, (ii) a Select Roll-Over Investor, (iii) a Mezzanine Investor or (iv) an Employee Holder (with respect to this clause (iv) of Section 1.1, solely to the extent approved by the Chief Executive Officer or President in writing prior to such Transfer (as hereinafter defined)) may Transfer Common Stock to any Permitted Transferee (as hereinafter defined) of such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder, provided that as a condition precedent to any such Transfer the intended Permitted Transferee expressly and in writing agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.  A “ Permitted Transferee ” of a GEI Party, a Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder means (i) any successor by death or divorce, (ii) any corporation or other entity (other than any corporation or other entity that is a competitor of the Company) at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the equity securities of which are owned, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, by (A) such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder and/or (B) any Family Member of such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor or Mezzanine Investor and/or (C) any trust or custodianship described in clause (iv) of this Section 1.1, in respect of which such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder and/or Family Member and/or trust or custodianship has the sole right, directly or indirectly, to elect or appoint at least a majority of the members of the board of directors or Persons performing similar functions, (iii) any Family Member of such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder, (iv) any trust or custodianship for the primary benefit of any one or more of such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder or the Family Members of such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder, (v) for any GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder which is a trust or custodianship, any one or more Family Members of such trust’s grantor who are beneficiaries of such trust or custodianship (or any other beneficiary of such trust or custodianship so long as such beneficiary has the power to execute an agreement to be bound by the terms of this Agreement), (vi) for any GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder which is a trust or custodianship, a successor trustee or custodian appointed in accordance with such Person’s organizational documents and (vii) the Company, in the event of any redemption by the Company of its Common Stock from such GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder.  Additionally, Permitted Transferee of a Mezzanine Investor means: (i) any Affiliate of such Mezzanine Investor, or fund under common management with such Mezzanine Investor, so long as such Affiliate is not a competitor of the Company or (iii) any commercial bank, savings and loan institution or any other similar lending institution in favor of whom such Mezzanine Investor has made a bona fide pledge of its Common Stock as security for any indebtedness to such lender, or the transferee in any sale upon foreclosure of any such pledge.  Any notice or/other document required to be delivered to a Permitted Transferee pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed delivered for all purposes if delivered to the GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder who Transferred Common Stock to such Permitted Transferee.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Family Member ” of any GEI Party, Select Roll-Over Investor,  Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder who is an individual shall include any member of the class consisting of that individual’s spouse, descendants (including adopted children and their descendants), parent

 



 

(including adoptive parent), sibling (by whole or half blood or by adoption), or the spouse of any such descendent, parent or sibling.

 

Section 1.2                                Permitted Employee Transfers .

 

(a)                          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to the terms of this Section 1.2, at any time during the term of this Agreement an Employee Holder (solely for purposes of this Section 1.2, each a “ Permitted Employee ”) may Transfer any shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such Permitted Employee (or any interest therein) to any other Person, provided that:

 

(i)                                      as a condition precedent to any such Transfer, the Person(s) who is the transferee of such Common Stock pursuant to such Transfer expressly and in writing agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as if such Person were an Employee Holder; and

 

(ii)                                   as a condition precedent to any such Transfer, the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company shall have reasonably determined the Permitted Employee wishing to Transfer shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 1.2(a) of this Agreement faces circumstances of financial or other distress.

 

(b)                          During the term of this Agreement, Permitted Employees shall not be permitted to Transfer shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 1.2(a) of this Agreement totaling, in the aggregate, more than 0.5% of the total outstanding Common Stock as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws by Affiliates of the Company .  No Holder who is an Affiliate of the Company shall Transfer any Common Stock, and the Company shall not transfer on its books or cause to be transferred on the books of its transfer agent, any shares of Common Stock of such Affiliate Holder, unless:

 

(a)                          such Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “ Securities Act ”), and is in compliance with any applicable state securities or blue sky laws, or such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company (it being acknowledged that each of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP,  Latham & Watkins LLP and O’Melveny & Myers LLP shall be deemed to be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities or blue sky laws; and

 

(b)                          the certificates, if any, representing such Common Stock issued to the transferee of such Affiliate Holder bear the following legend (or one to substantially similar effect):

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN

 



 

EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND SAID LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS THEREOF.”

 

For the absence of doubt, any Transfer of Common Stock by a Holder who is not an Affiliate of the Company shall not be subject to this Section 1.3.

 

Section 1.4                                     Certain Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                          An “ Affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first Person.

 

(b)                          Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

(c)                           The term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  For the avoidance of doubt, a natural person cannot be “controlled by” another Person, and no Roll-Over Investor, Mezzanine Investor or Employee Holder shall be deemed an Affiliate of GEI or LLC.

 

(d)                          Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

(e)                           Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

(f)                            Pro Rata Amount ” means, with respect to GEI, the Mezzanine Investors or the Roll-Over Investors, as the case may be, the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of shares of Common Stock held by GEI, the Mezzanine Investors or the Roll-Over Investors, as the case may be, by (B) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by GEI, the Mezzanine Investors and the Roll-Over Investors.

 

(g)                           Registrable Securities ” means shares of Common Stock.

 

(h)                          Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

 

(i)                              Transfer ” means directly or indirectly selling, hypothecating, giving, conveying, bequeathing, transferring, assigning, pledging or in any other way whatsoever encumbering or disposing of any shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by such party (or any interest therein) to any other Person.

 



 

ARTICLE II.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 2.1                                Demand Registration.

 

(a)                 Any investors demanding registration pursuant to this Article II are sometimes referred to in this Agreement as the “ Demand Investors ” and the registration requested by Demand Investors pursuant to this Article II is sometimes referred to in this Agreement as a “ Demand Registration ”. The management of the Company shall have the power to appoint investment banking and legal advisors to assist the Company with the actions required of it under this Article II, such investment banking and legal advisors to be reasonably acceptable to the Demand Investors.  The Company shall not be required to effect any Demand Registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms or any similar short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”).

 

(b)                 Commencing on that date that is six (6) months after the date hereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon written notice delivered by the GEI Parties holding an aggregate number of Registrable Securities equal to more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the GEI Parties on the date of such notice (a “ GEI Demand ”) requesting that the Company effect the registration (a “ GEI Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act of any or all of the Registrable Securities held by the GEI Parties, which GEI Demand shall specify the number of such Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method or methods of disposition of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such GEI Demand to all Persons who may have piggyback registration rights with respect to such GEI Demand Registration and shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws of:

 

(x)                                  the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Persons in the GEI Demand, and

 

(y)                                  all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Holders thereof by written request given to the Company within thirty (30) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities), all to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with such intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered.

 

(c)                  Commencing on that date that is six (6) months after the date hereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon written notice delivered by Roll-Over Investors holding an aggregate number of Registrable Securities equal to more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the Roll-Over Investors on the date of such notice (a “ Roll-Over Investor Demand ”) requesting that the Company effect the registration (a “ Roll-Over Investor Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act of any or all of the Registrable Securities held by the Roll-Over Investors, which Roll-Over Investor Demand shall specify the number of such Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method or methods of disposition of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall promptly give

 



 

written notice of such Roll-Over Investor Demand to all Persons who may have piggyback registration rights with respect to such Roll-Over Investor Demand Registration and shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws of:

 

(x)                                  the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Persons in the Roll-Over Investor Demand, and

 

(y)                                  all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Holders thereof by written request given to the Company within thirty (30) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities), all to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with such intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered.

 

Prior to such time as the Company is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Roll-Over Investors may make not more than two (2) Roll-Over Investor Demands.  After such time as the Company is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Roll-Over Investors may make not more than two (2) Roll-Over Investor Demands, provided that not more than one (1) Demand Registration may be made in any six (6) month period.

 

(d)                 Commencing on that date that is six (6) months after the date hereof, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon written notice delivered by Mezzanine Investors holding an aggregate number of Registrable Securities equal to more than fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the Mezzanine Investors on the date of such notice (a “ Mezzanine Investor Demand ”) requesting that the Company effect the registration (a “ Mezzanine Investor Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act of any or all of the Registrable Securities held by the Mezzanine Investors, which Mezzanine Investor Demand shall specify the number of such Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method or methods of disposition of such Registrable Securities, the Company shall promptly give written notice of such Mezzanine Investor Demand to all Persons who may have piggyback registration rights with respect to such Mezzanine Investor Demand Registration and shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws of:

 

(x)                                  the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by such Persons in the Mezzanine Investor Demand, and

 

(y)                                  all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by the Holders thereof by written request given to the Company within thirty (30) days after the giving of such written notice by the Company (which request shall specify the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities), all to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with such intended methods of disposition) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered.

 



 

Prior to such time as the Company is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Mezzanine Investors may make one (1) Mezzanine Investor Demand.  After such time as the Company is eligible to register securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Mezzanine Investors may make two (2) Mezzanine Investor Demands, provided that not more than one (1) Demand Registration may be made in any six (6) month period.

 

(e)                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1, (x) no Holder may demand the registration of any other class of securities (other than Common Stock) pursuant to a Demand Registration unless the relevant class of securities is, prior to delivery of the Demand Registration, listed or traded on The New York Stock Exchange, AMEX or the Nasdaq National Market.

 

(f)                   If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement with respect to a Demand Registration would require the Company to make a public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company (after consultation with external legal counsel) (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading, (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such Registration Statement and (iii) would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the Company or its business or on the Company’s ability to effect a material proposed acquisition, disposition, financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction, then the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders participating in such registration, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement; provided , that the Company shall not be permitted to do so for periods exceeding, in the aggregate, 180 days during any 12-month period.  In the event the Company exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, such Holders agree to suspend, promptly upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of any prospectus relating to such registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities.  If the Company so postpones the filing of a prospectus or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, the Demand Investors shall be entitled to withdraw their request.  The Company will pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any such aborted registration or prospectus.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect or complete any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 following the filing of, and for 180 days immediately following the effective date of any Registration Statement or offering document pertaining to Registrable Securities of the Company (other than a registration pursuant to Form S-3), if such Registration Statement has become effective or the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

 

Section 2.2                                Piggyback Registration .  Other than pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities, including any registration or listing pursuant to Section 2.1, and the registration form to be filed may be used for the registration, listing or qualification for distribution of Registrable Securities, the Company will give prompt written notice (the “ Registration Notice ”) to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration at least ten Business Days before the anticipated registration date and will include in such registration all Registrable Securities held by the Holders with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten Business Days after the date of such Registration Notice (a “ Piggyback Registration ”). 

 



 

The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 (and not pursuant to Section 2.1) prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include any Registrable Securities in such registration.

 

Section 2.3                                Priority on Registrations .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the managing underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities informs the Company that the number of securities requested to be included in such offering, including pursuant to this Article II, exceeds the number which can be sold without materially adversely affecting the marketability of such offering (including a material adverse effect on the per share offering price) (a “ Cutback Event ”), the Company will include in such registration or prospectus only such number of securities that in the reasonable opinion of such underwriters can be sold without causing a Cutback Event, which securities will be so included in the following order of priority: for registrations pursuant to Section 2.1, first , Registrable Securities of the Holders who have requested registration of their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 and  second , any securities proposed to be registered by the Company or any other Person, in each case pro rata on the basis of the aggregate number of such Registrable Securities or securities, as applicable, proposed to be registered by the applicable holders thereof.

 

Section 2.4                                Registration Procedures .

 

(a)                 In the event that Holders request that any of their Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Article II, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and as soon as possible:

 

(i)                                      prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable thereafter; and before filing a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, furnish to Demand Counsel (as defined below) and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, including documents incorporated by reference in the prospectus and the exhibits thereto, and Demand Counsel (and the underwriter(s), if any) shall have the opportunity to review and comment thereon, and the Company will make such changes and additions thereto as reasonably requested by such Holders (and the underwriter(s), if any) prior to filing any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any prospectus or any supplement thereto;

 

(ii)                                   prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be required to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days, or such shorter period as is necessary to complete the distribution of the securities covered by such Registration Statement and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by

 



 

the seller or sellers of such Registrable Securities set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(iii)                                furnish to the seller or sellers of such Registrable Securities such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), any and all transmittal letters or other correspondence with the Commission and such other documents as such sellers and any underwriter(s) may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities;

 

(iv)                               use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller of such Registrable Securities and any underwriter(s) reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such seller and any underwriter(s) to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities, provided that the Company will not be required to ( A ) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subsection, ( B ) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or ( C ) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(v)                                  notify each seller of such Registrable Securities and Demand Counsel and any underwriter(s), at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of such sellers or any underwriter(s), the Company shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

(vi)                               in the case of an underwritten offering, (A) enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) as are customary in an underwritten offering and all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company in the underwriting agreement and other agreements to and for the benefit of such underwriters, shall also be made for the benefit of each seller of Registrable Securities for the limited purpose of its participation in such offering, (B) take all such other actions as such Holders or the underwriter(s) reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and (C) use its reasonable best efforts to cause its counsel to issue opinions of counsel in form, substance and scope as are customary in primary underwritten offerings, addressed and delivered to the underwriter(s) and such sellers;

 

(vii)                            make available for inspection by such Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and use

 



 

its reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by such Holders, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

 

(viii)                         use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which Common Stock is then listed or, if it is not listed, on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, as determined by the Company;

 

(ix)                               provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(x)                                  if requested, use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be delivered, immediately prior to the pricing of any underwritten offering, immediately prior to effectiveness of each Registration Statement (and, in the case of an underwritten offering, at the time of closing of the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant thereto), letters from the Company’s independent registered public accountants addressed to the sellers of Registrable Securities and each underwriter, if any, stating that such accountants are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act or other applicable rule or regulation, and otherwise in customary form and covering such financial and accounting matters as are customarily covered by letters of the independent registered public accountants delivered in connection with primary underwritten public offerings; and

 

(xi)                               promptly notify the sellers of Registrable Securities and Demand Counsel and the underwriter or underwriters, of the following events, if any:

 

(A)        when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective;

 

(B)        of any written request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or prospectus;

 

(C)        of the notification to the Company by the Commission of its initiation of any proceeding with respect to, or the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of, the Registration Statement; and

 

(D)        of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the applicable securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                 The Company shall furnish to Demand Counsel, sellers of Registrable Securities or any underwriter ( i ) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the Commission, or received by the Company, copies of each Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, each preliminary prospectus and prospectus and each amendment or

 


 

 

supplement thereto, each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the Commission, and each item of correspondence from the Commission, in each case relating to such Registration Statement, and ( ii ) such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as Demand Counsel, sellers of Registrable Securities or any underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities.  The Company will promptly notify sellers and Demand Counsel of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment.  The Company will respond reasonably promptly to any and all comments received from the Commission, with a view towards causing each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable and shall file an acceleration request as soon as practicable following the resolution or clearance of all comments by the Commission, if applicable, following notification by the Commission that any such Registration Statement or any amendment thereto will not be subject to further review.

 

Section 2.5                                Expenses .

 

(a)                  All expenses incurred in connection with each registration pursuant to, and incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with, this Article II, including all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, listing application fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all accountants and other Persons retained by the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one U.S. counsel for all of the Holders participating in the applicable registration (the “ Demand Counsel ”) (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”) (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions or transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities, which shall be borne by the applicable seller of Registrable Securities), shall be borne by the Company.  In addition, the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which they are to be listed.

 

(b)                  The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Section 2.5(a) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes effective, is withdrawn or suspended, is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing shall occur.

 

Section 2.6                                Indemnification .

 

(a)                  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and Affiliates and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, and expenses (each, a “ Loss ”) arising out of or based upon ( i ) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application for listing on a national securities exchange, or ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

 



 

the statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading or ( iii ) any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or applicable “blue sky” laws, except insofar as the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder, furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder, expressly for use therein.

 

(b)                  In connection with any Registration Statement that includes Registrable Securities owned by any Holder, such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or prospectus and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers, and each other Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses to which the Company or any such director or officer or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon ( i ) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any application for listing on a national securities exchange or ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is made in such Registration Statement, any such prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any such application, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information prepared and furnished to the Company by a Holder expressly for use therein, and such Holder will reimburse the Company and each such director, officer and controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the obligation to indemnify and hold harmless will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c)                   In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) will be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 2.6(a) or (b), such Person (hereinafter called the “ indemnified party ”) will promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (hereinafter called the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, will retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and will pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any indemnified party will have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless ( i ) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party will have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or ( ii ) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impeded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party will have been advised by counsel that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them.  It is understood that the indemnifying party will not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such indemnified parties, and that all such reasonable fees and expenses will be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of the retention of any such separate firm for the indemnified parties, such firm will be designated in writing by the

 



 

indemnified parties.  The indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party will have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the third sentence of this Section 2.6(c), the indemnifying party agrees that it will be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if ( i ) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and ( ii ) such indemnifying party will not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request or reasonably objected in writing, on the basis of the standards set forth herein, to the propriety of such reimbursement prior to the date of such settlement.  No indemnifying party will, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(d)                  The provisions of this Section 2.6 shall survive the transfer of securities and any termination of this Agreement.

 

(e)                   If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this Section 2.6 is due in accordance with the terms hereof, but is held by a court to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any Losses, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Person as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that result in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified Person, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and by such party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(f)                    The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 2.6(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 2.6(e).  No Person guilty of “ fraudulent misrepresentation ” (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(g)                   If indemnification is available under this Section 2.6, the indemnifying party will indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 2.6(a) and (b) without regard to the relative fault of said indemnifying party or indemnified party or any other equitable consideration provided for in Section 2.6(e).

 



 

Section 2.7                                Participation in Underwritten Registrations .

 

(a)                  No Holder may participate in any registration hereunder that is underwritten unless such Holder ( i ) agrees to sell its Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any customary underwriting arrangements (including pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriter(s), provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities that such Holder has requested the Company to include in any registration), ( ii ) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, and ( iii ) cooperates with the Company’s reasonable requests in connection with such registration or qualification (it being understood that the Company’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, which failure is caused by such Holder’s failure to cooperate, will not constitute a breach by the Company of this Agreement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Holder will be required to agree to any indemnification obligations on the part of such Holder that are greater than its obligations pursuant to Section 2.6(b).

 

(b)                  Each Holder that is participating in any registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.4(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Holder receives copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by such Section 2.4(a)(v).  In the event the Company gives any such notice, the applicable time period mentioned in Section 2.4(a)(ii) during which a Registration Statement is to remain effective will be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(v) to and including the date when each seller of a Registrable Security covered by such Registration Statement will have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(v).

 

Section 2.8                                Rule 144 .  The Company covenants that, to the extent applicable, it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request to make available adequate current public information with respect to the Company meeting the information requirements of Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act, to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the exemption provided by Rule 144.  Upon the request of any Holders, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such information and requirements.

 

Section 2.9                                Transfer of Registration Rights .

 

(a)                  The Holders may transfer all or any portion of their then remaining registration rights under this Article II to any transferee of such Person.  In connection with any such transfer, the term “Holder” as used in this Article II shall, where appropriate to assign such rights to such transferee, be inclusive of the Holder and such transferee.

 

(b)                  After any such Transfer and assignment, such Holder shall retain its rights under this Article II with respect to all other Registrable Securities owned by such Holder.  Upon

 



 

the request of such Holder, the Company shall execute a registration rights agreement with such transferee (or a proposed transferee) substantially similar to the applicable subsections of this Article II.

 

Section 2.10                         Holdback .  In consideration for the Company agreeing to its obligations under this Agreement, each Holder agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities (whether or not such Holder is participating in such registration) upon the request of the Company and the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to effect, and to cause their respective Controlled Affiliates not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution of Registrable Securities, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A, or make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, any other Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Common Stock of the Company without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for a customary period (which shall be the same for all Holders) to be determined after consultation among the managing underwriter or underwriters for such offering and the Company (the “Holdback Period”); provided that nothing herein will prevent any Holder from making a Transfer of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.1 or Section 1.2, so long as any such Permitted Transferee or other transferee agrees to be so bound.  The Company further agrees not to effect (other than pursuant to such registration) any public sale or distribution, or to file any Registration Statement (other than such registration) covering any of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the Holdback Period with respect to an underwritten offering, if required by the managing underwriter, provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company’s obligations under this Section 2.10 shall not apply during any 12-month period for more than an aggregate of 180 days with respect to any Short-Form Registrations.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

NOTICES

 

All notices or other communications under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received on the third full business day following the day of the mailing thereof by registered or certified mail or when delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission as follows:

 

(ii)                                   if to the Company, at its principal executive offices at the time of the giving of such notice, or at such other address as the Company shall have designated by notice as herein provided the Holders, Attention:  The Chairman of the Board of Directors;

 

(ii)                                   if to a Roll-Over Investor, at the address of the Roll-Over Investor as it appears on the signature page hereto or at such other address as the Roll-Over Investor shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company;

 



 

(iii)                                if to any person other than a Roll-Over Investor, at the address of such person as set forth in the stock records of the Company or at such other address as such person shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company; and

 

(iv)                               if to any GEI Party, to:

 

Green Equity Investors V, L.P.

11111 Santa Monica Boulevard

Suite 2000

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention:  Tim Flynn
Facsimile No.:  310-954-0404

 

with a copy to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
Attention: Howard A. Sobel, Esq. and John Giouroukakis, Esq.
Facsimile No.:  212-751-4864

 

or at such other place as GEI shall have designated by notice as herein provided to the Company and the Holders.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

 

In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

MISCELLANEOUS.

 

Section 5.1                                Entire Agreement; Amendments .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Holders from time to time party hereto; provided , however , that any of the provisions of this Agreement (except as hereinafter provided) may be modified, amended or eliminated by agreement of the Company, GEI and a majority in interest (on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock then owned) of all other Holders, which agreement shall bind each Holder whether or not such Holder has agreed thereto; provided , further , that no modification or amendment which would materially

 



 

and disproportionately adversely affects the rights of any Holder under Articles I or II or Section 5.1 of this Agreement shall be effective as to such Holder if such Holder shall not have consented in writing thereto.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any modification or amendment of this Agreement by a written agreement signed by, or binding upon, any Holder shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of Common Stock acquired from such Holder.

 

Section 5.2                                No Waiver .  No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, any party shall be valid and binding upon any and all Persons who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of Common Stock acquired from such party.

 

Section 5.3                                Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Holders and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting to any Holder the right to transfer any Common Stock except in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4                                Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

 

Section 5.5                                Headings; Interpretation .  The Article and Section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.  Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be read and construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.

 

Section 5.6                                Business Day .  For purposes of this Agreement, “business day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks in are authorized by law to be closed in New York, NY.  In the event any deadline for the taking of any action or delivery of any notice hereunder falls on a day which is not a business day, then such deadline shall be deemed to be extended until 5:00 p.m., New York City, time on the next business day.

 

Section 5.7                                Further Actions .  Each party hereto shall cooperate and shall take such further action and shall execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably requested by any other party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8                                Spouse .  Each Roll-Over Investor and Employee Holder represents, severally and not jointly, that, if such Roll-Over Investor or Employee Holder is married and resides in a community property state, his or her spouse has signed the

 



 

Acknowledgment and Agreement of Spouse relating to the Roll-Over Investor or Employee Holder attached as Exhibit C hereto.

 

Section 5.9                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall be deemed one original.

 

Section 5.10                         Jurisdiction .  The Company, the Roll-Over Investors, the Employee Holders, the Mezzanine Investors, the GEI Parties and each other Holder hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State of New York in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and consents to service of process in connection therewith by the delivery of notice to such Person’s or Holder’s address at the address for notices to such Person pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.11                         Governing Law .  This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Section 5.12                         Effectiveness of Agreement .  Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Original Agreement shall thereupon be deemed to be amended and restated as hereinabove set forth as fully and with the same effect as if the amendments and restatements made hereby were originally set forth in the Original Agreement, but such amendments and restatements shall not operate so as to render invalid or improper any action heretofore taken under the Original Agreement. However, to the extent such Initial Public Offering is not consummated, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect and the Original Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without regard to any amendments or restatements made hereby.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the first date written above.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SELECT ROLL-OVER INVESTORS

 

William Tindell III

Sharon Tindell

Melissa Reiff

 



 

EXHIBIT B(1)

 

MEZZANINE INVESTORS

 

TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners IV, L.P.

TCW/Crescent Mezzanine Partners IVB, L.P.

MAC Capital, Ltd.

MAC Equity Holdings, LLC

OCM Mezzanine Fund II, L.P.

AXA Alternative Financing FCP

MD Mezzanine SA, SICAR

Aguila Ltd.

 


(1)  To be updated to reflect current Mezzanine Investors.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Acknowledgment and Agreement of Spouse

 

The undersigned, being the spouse of                                             , hereby agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

VOTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS VOTING AGREEMENT, dated as of [              ], 2013, is entered into by and among (i) the individuals listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto (collectively, the “ Management Stockholders ”) and (ii) the entities listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto (collectively, the “ LGP Stockholders ” and, together with the Management Stockholders, the “ Principal Stockholders ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1 .

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to the voting for members of the board of directors of The Container Store Group, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), in connection with their respective investments in the Company;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and understandings set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1  Definitions As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Voting Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and as hereafter from time to time amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Board of Directors ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Common Shares ” shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

Director ” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10 .

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the first public offering and sale of equity securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

LGP Directors ” shall mean the persons affiliated with the LGP Stockholders who are nominated for election as a Director.  The initial LGP Directors shall be Jonathan D. Sokoloff, Timothy J. Flynn and J. Kristopher Galashan.

 

Management Directors ” shall mean Kip Tindell, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff.

 



 

Person ” shall mean an individual, corporation, company, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, organization, business, trust or any other entity or organization, including a government or any subdivision or agency thereof.

 

Shares ” shall mean (i) the Common Shares issued and outstanding at the Effective Date and (ii) any Common Shares hereafter acquired by any Principal Stockholder or pursuant to conversion or exercise of any option, convertible security or warrant or other right to acquire Common Shares, whether or not held by any of the Principal Stockholders as of such date.

 

Voting Shares ” shall mean shares of the Company of any class or classes, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions).

 

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

SECTION 2.1  Board of Directors .  Each Principal Stockholder hereby agrees to vote all Shares owned or held of record by such Principal Stockholder at each annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which Directors of the Company are to be elected, in favor of, or to take all actions by written consent in lieu of any such meeting as are necessary, to cause the election as members of the Board of Directors of the LGP Directors and the Management Directors to the extent such persons are nominated for election as a Director by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.2  Restrictions on Other Agreements .  No Principal Stockholder shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust agreement, or arrangement of any kind with any Person with respect to its Shares if and to the extent the terms thereof conflict with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such proxy, voting trust, agreements or arrangements are with other Principal Stockholders, holders of Common Shares that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise).

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby represents and warrants to each other party to this Agreement that as of the date such party executes this Agreement:

 

SECTION 3.1  Existence; Authority; Enforceability .  Such party has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.  If such party is an entity, it is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, have been authorized by all necessary action, and no other act or proceeding on its part is necessary to authorize the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.  If such party is a natural person, such person has full capacity to contract.  This Agreement has been duly executed by each of the parties hereto and constitutes his or its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against

 

2



 

him or it in accordance with its terms except as enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, or by the general principles of equity.  No representation is made by any party with respect to the regulatory effect of this Agreement, and each of the parties has had an opportunity to consult with counsel as to his or its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement.  No party makes any representation to any other party as to future law or regulation or the future interpretation of existing laws or regulations by any governmental authority or self-regulatory organization.

 

SECTION 3.2  Absence of Conflicts .  The execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder does not and will not (i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision of the constitutive documents of such party, if any; (ii) result in any violation, breach, conflict, default or event of default (or an event which with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default), or give rise to any right of acceleration or termination or any additional payment obligation, under the terms of any contract, agreement or permit to which such party is a party or by which such party’s assets or operations are bound or affected; or (iii) violate any law applicable to such party.

 

SECTION 3.3  Consents .  Other than any consents which have already been obtained, no consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such party in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 4.1  Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the Management Stockholders and the LGP Stockholders ceasing to collectively own at least 40% of the Voting Shares of the Company then outstanding, (b) the written agreement of the Management Stockholders, on the one hand, and the LGP Stockholders, on the other hand, to terminate this Agreement or (c) its provisions become illegal or are interpreted by any governmental authority to be illegal, or any exchange on which the Company’s Common Shares are traded asserts that its existence will threaten the continued listing of the Company’s Common Shares on such exchange.

 

SECTION 4.2  Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 4.3  Amendment and Modification; Waiver of Compliance .

 

(a) This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument duly executed by the Management Stockholders and the LGP Stockholders.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party

 

3



 

entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

 

SECTION 4.4  Notices .  Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile, or first class mail, or by Federal Express, United Parcel Service or other similar courier or other similar means of communication, as follows:

 

(i)                                      If to the Management Stockholders, addressed to The Container Store Group, Inc.; 500 Freeport Parkway; Coppell, TX 75019; Attn:  Kip Tindell; and

 

(ii)                                   If to the LGP Stockholders, addressed to Green Equity Investors V, L.P.; 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000; Los Angeles, CA 90025; Attention:  Tim Flynn; Facsimile No.:  310-954-0404; with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Latham & Watkins LLP; 885 Third Avenue; New York, New York 10022; Attention: Howard A. Sobel, Esq. and John Giouroukakis, Esq.; Facsimile No.:  212-751-4864.

 

or, in each case, to such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate in writing to each Stockholder by written notice given in the manner specified herein.

 

All such communications shall be deemed to have been given, delivered or made when so delivered by hand or sent by facsimile (with confirmed transmission), on the next business day if sent by overnight courier service (with confirmed delivery) or when received if sent by first class mail.

 

SECTION 4.5  Entire Agreement .  The provisions of this Agreement and the other writings referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written agreements and memoranda and undertakings among the parties hereto with regard to such subject matter, including the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, by and among the Company, the Management Stockholders, the LGP Stockholders and the other stockholders of the Company.

 

SECTION 4.6  CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE NON-BREACHING PARTY WOULD BE IRREPARABLY HARMED AND COULD NOT BE MADE WHOLE BY MONETARY DAMAGES, AND THAT, IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER REMEDY TO WHICH THEY MAY BE ENTITLED AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, THE PARTIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO SUCH EQUITABLE OR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS MAY BE APPROPRIATE.  THE CHOICE OF FORUM SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT

 

4



 

OF A DELAWARE FEDERAL OR STATE COURT, OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO ENFORCE SUCH A JUDGMENT, IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE JURISDICTION.

 

IN THE EVENT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT COMMENCES ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY MATTERS DESCRIBED OR CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY (1) AGREE UNDER ALL CIRCUMSTANCES ABSOLUTELY AND IRREVOCABLY TO INSTITUTE ANY LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WHETHER A STATE OR FEDERAL COURT; (2) AGREE THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION, SUCH PARTIES WILL CONSENT AND SUBMIT TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT DESCRIBED IN CLAUSE (1) OF THIS SECTION AND TO SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON THEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULES AND STATUTES GOVERNING SERVICE OF PROCESS (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE DEEMED TO PREVENT ANY PARTY FROM SEEKING TO REMOVE ANY ACTION TO A FEDERAL COURT IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE); (3) AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT ANY SUCH LITIGATION, PROCEEDING OR ACTION WAS BROUGHT IN ANY INCONVENIENT FORUM; (4) AGREE, AFTER CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL, TO WAIVE ANY RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTES OR CLAIMS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT; (5) AGREE TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BY MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO SUCH PARTY; (6) AGREE THAT ANY SERVICE MADE AS PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (7) AGREE THAT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHTS OF ANY PARTY TO EFFECT SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

SECTION 4.7  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 4.8  Further Assurances .  At any time or from time to time after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as any other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the provisions of this Agreement and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder.

 

SECTION 4.9  Schedule 13D .  In accordance with the requirements of Rule 13d-1(k) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and subject to the limitations set forth therein, each party hereto agrees to file an appropriate Schedule 13D no later than 10 calendar days following the Effective Date.

 

5



 

SECTION 4.10  Effectiveness of Agreement .  Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Agreement shall thereupon be deemed to be effective (such date, the “ Effective Date ”).  However, to the extent the closing of such Initial Public Offering does not occur, the provisions of this Agreement shall be without any force or effect.

 

*       *       *

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has signed this Agreement as of the date first above written:

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Kip Tindell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Sharon Tindell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Melissa Reiff

 

Signature Page to Voting Support Agreement

 



 

 

GREEN EQUITY INVESTORS V, L.P.

 

 

 

By: GEI Capital V, LLC,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

GREEN EQUITY INVESTORS SIDE V, L.P.

 

 

 

By: GEI Capital V, LLC,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

TCS CO-INVEST LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Voting Support Agreement

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS

 

Kip Tindell

 

Sharon Tindell

 

Melissa Reiff

 



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

LGP STOCKHOLDERS

 

Jonathan D. Sokoloff

 

Timothy J. Flynn

 

J. Kristofer Galashan

 




Exhibit 4.5

 

Dear Stockholder:

 

All of us at The Container Store are so excited to begin this journey with you as we embark on the steps toward our anticipated Initial Public Offering (“ IPO ”). Through this transaction we know that our culture will continue to thrive and that many opportunities are ahead of us as we continue to work, together with you, to make The Container Store the best place to work and shop. Please read this letter carefully because there is important information we need to provide you regarding your current company stock. In addition, there are important steps you must take before October 10, 2013. If you have any questions as you review this letter, please contact Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835.

 

On September 30, 2013, The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) publicly filed a Registration Statement (the “ Registration Statement ”), relating to the proposed IPO of its common stock (the “ Company Common Stock ”). The Company plans to list the Company Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “TCS”. The number of shares to be sold and the price range for the proposed IPO have not yet been determined.

 

There are two important changes that will affect your stock ownership:

 

1)              A mandatory exchange of your shares of the Company’s senior and junior preferred stock into shares of Company Common Stock.

2)              The transition from the use of physical certificates representing Company Common Stock to recording your ownership of shares in book-entry (i.e., electronic) form at the Company’s new transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

In connection with this mandatory exchange and the transition to book-entry shares, you will need to return to the Company your certificates of Company senior and junior preferred stock and Company Common Stock. Please use the enclosed pre-paid UPS overnight envelope by October 10, 2013 . Please see the detailed Instructions at the end of this letter for more information.

 

The Payment of a Dividend on Your Company Preferred Stock

 

But first, we would like to tell you about a dividend that the Company expects to pay on your Company preferred stock. As described in greater detail in the Registration Statement, upon the closing of the IPO, the Company anticipates paying a cash dividend in an aggregate amount to be determined (the “ Dividend ”) as follows: (i) first, on a pro rata basis to the holders of shares of the Company’s 12% senior cumulative preferred stock (the “ Senior Preferred Stock ”), which will reduce the liquidation preference of such Senior Preferred Stock to $1,000.00 per share and (ii) second, the remainder of such dividend on a pro rata basis to the holders of shares of the Company’s 12% junior cumulative preferred stock (the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”), which will reduce the liquidation preference of each such share of the Junior Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013, the liquidation preference on (i) the Senior Preferred Stock was $1,614.28 per share and (ii) the Junior Preferred Stock was $2,084.77 per share. Dividend payments should arrive in your account shortly after the closing. We anticipate sending an update to all stockholders prior to closing informing them of the estimated amount of their dividend.

 

1



 

All of the holders of the Company’s Senior Preferred Stock received a dividend in April earlier this year. If any of your payment information has changed since that dividend payment, please contact Jennifer Franklin immediately at 972-538-6835.

 

The Exchange of Your Preferred Stock for Company Common Stock

 

As further described in the Registration Statement, pursuant to Section 1.10 of the stockholders agreement, dated as of August 16, 2007, by and among the stockholders of the Company and the Company, (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), a fund affiliated with Leonard Green & Partners, our largest stockholder, delivered a notice to the Company to have the Company engage in an IPO. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, upon the closing of the IPO and immediately following the payment of the Dividend, the Company will exchange (the “ Exchange ”) each outstanding share of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock for a number of shares of Company Common Stock determined by dividing (a) the remaining liquidation preference amount of such share of preferred stock by (b) the initial public offering price in the IPO.

 

Following the Exchange, all shares of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock will be immediately retired and cancelled, and Company Common Stock will be the only class of capital stock of the Company that will remain outstanding.

 

In order to exchange your shares, you must deliver the certificates representing your Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock Certificates”) to the Company, together with your completed and signed Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, no later than October 10, 2013. Please contact Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835 as soon as possible if any of your Preferred Stock Certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, or if you have any questions.

 

Please note, the actual initial public offering price and the amount of the Dividend will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to completion of the IPO. Your right to receive shares of Company Common Stock in exchange for your surrendered Preferred Stock Certificates is contingent upon the completion of the IPO. In the event the IPO is not completed, your Preferred Stock Certificates will be returned to you and you will have no further rights to receive shares of Company Common Stock in exchange for shares of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock.

 

Please be aware that the final exchange ratio of the Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock will be determined based on the final initial public offering price and the amount of dividends paid. In addition, the final exchange ratio of the Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock will be calculated using the liquidation preference as of the closing date of the IPO. The preliminary prospectus related to the Company’s Registration Statement for the IPO (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”) will contain illustrations of the exchange ratio for the Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock. The Preliminary Prospectus will be sent to you when it is available.

 

The Company’s Transition to Book-Entry Shares

 

Upon the closing of the IPO, the Company will not issue and will no longer honor physical certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock. All shares of Company Common Stock, including the shares of Company Common Stock that you will receive upon the effectiveness of the Exchange, will be registered in book-entry (i.e., electronic) form at the Company’s new transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“ AST ”). Book-entry registration eliminates the risks and costs

 



 

associated with physical certificates such as storage, safety of securities and replacing lost or stolen certificates, and it permits electronic stock transactions between your broker and AST. While you will no longer receive or hold physical certificates for your shares of Company Common Stock, shortly after the closing of the Company’s IPO you will receive from AST a statement indicating the number of shares of Company Common Stock that you hold, including the shares of Company Common Stock you received in connection with the Exchange. The statement will also include information regarding how you can transfer your shares, including to your brokerage account.

 

In order to assist the Company with this transition, we ask that you also return the certificate representing your Company Common Stock (the “Common Stock Certificate”) by the October 10, 2013 deadline. Please contact Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835 as soon as possible if your Common Stock Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed or if you have any questions.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

You hereby represent and warrant as follows:

 

You are the registered holder of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock represented by the Preferred Stock Certificates and Common Stock Certificates you are enclosing with this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, with good title to such shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock and full power and authority to sell, assign and transfer the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock represented by the Preferred Stock Certificates and Common Stock Certificates you are enclosing with this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, free and clear of any encumbrance, restriction on transfer (other than under any applicable federal or state securities laws), claim, lien, pledge, option, charge, security interest, defect of title or other similar right of any third party whether voluntarily exercised or arising by operation of law (“ Lien ”).

 

You have full power and authority (and, if an individual, legal capacity) to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange and to perform your obligations hereunder. You have duly signed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, which constitutes your valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions. You are not required to give any notice to, make any filing or registration with, or obtain any authorization, waiver, license, consent, or approval of any governmental authority or third party in connection with your execution and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, your performance of your obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange. To the extent that the undersigned is an entity, the execution and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange by the undersigned, the performance by the undersigned of its obligations hereunder, and the consummation by the undersigned of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors or other managing body of the undersigned and no other corporate or other action, as the case may be, on the part of the undersigned is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange by the undersigned, the performance by the undersigned of its obligations hereunder or the consummation by the undersigned of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

You will, upon request, sign any additional documents necessary or desirable to complete the surrender and exchange of the enclosed shares of Senior Preferred Stock and Junior Preferred Stock and the transition of the enclosed shares of Company Common Stock to book-entry shares. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange will be binding upon your successors,

 



 

assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives and will not be affected by, and will survive, your death or incapacity.

 

You agree that in connection with the IPO, you may be required to not make any public sale or distribution of your shares of Company Common Stock, including any sale under Rule 144 or Rule 144A, or, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Company Common Stock, any other securities of the Company or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Company Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters to the IPO, as the case may be, for 180 days following the closing date of the IPO (the “Holdback Period”). You would, however, be able to transfer Company Common Stock or other securities of the Company in accordance with Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of the Stockholders Agreement, so long as any such Permitted Transferee (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) or other transferee agrees to be subject to the Holdback Period. You will be advised at a later date if this restriction will be applied to you.

 

You understand that surrender is not made in acceptable form until receipt by the Company of this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, or a facsimile hereof, duly completed and signed, together with all accompanying evidences of authority in form satisfactory to the Company. All questions as to validity, form and eligibility of the surrender of any Preferred Stock Certificates and Common Stock Certificates hereunder will be determined by the Company and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

As we mentioned earlier, we are excited about the many opportunities for our Company. Together with you, we anticipate great things in the future. There are two copies of this letter enclosed. Sign one of the copies evidencing the exchange of the stock under the mandatory exchange and the Company’s transition to book-entry shares and return it to the Company. Please keep the second copy for your own records. Also complete and return the attached form entitled Surrendered Stock identifying the Preferred Stock Certificates and Common Stock Certificates you are surrendering.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Jodi Taylor

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

The Container Store

 

 



 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

 

X

 

 

Dated:                       , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name Here)

 

 

 

(Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on stock certificates or person(s) authorized to whom the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock surrendered have been assigned and transferred as evidenced by endorsements or stock powers transmitted herewith. If signing is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer of a corporation, attorney-in-fact or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title and enclose proper evidence of authority to so act.) (See Instruction 2).

 

 

(Area Code and Telephone Number)

 

 

(Email Address)

 

 

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

 



 

SURRENDERED STOCK

 

Please complete each of the following boxes.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CERTIFICATE OF

SENIOR PREFERRED STOCK SURRENDERED

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

 

Certificate Enclosed

 

 

 

 

Certificate Number

 

Number of Shares represented by Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

If Registered Holder(s) is not an individual, please indicate the domicile and type of entity (e.g., corporation, limited partnership, trust) and/or the form of ownership (e.g., as joint tenants, tenants in the entirety, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CERTIFICATE OF

JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK SURRENDERED

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

 

Certificate Enclosed

 

 

 

 

Certificate Number

 

Number of Shares represented by Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

If Registered Holder(s) is not an individual, please indicate the domicile and type of entity (e.g., corporation, limited partnership, trust) and/or the form of ownership (e.g., as joint tenants, tenants in the entirety, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CERTIFICATE OF

COMPANY COMMON STOCK SURRENDERED

 

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)

 

Certificate Enclosed

 

 

 

 

Certificate Number

 

Number of Shares represented by Certificate

 

 

 

 

 

If Registered Holder(s) is not an individual, please indicate the domicile and type of entity (e.g., corporation, limited partnership, trust) and/or the form of ownership (e.g., as joint tenants, tenants in the entirety, etc.).

 

 

 

 

 

o   Check here if any Preferred Stock Certificate or Common Stock Certificate has been lost, destroyed or mutilated. See Instruction 3. Number and type of shares represented by lost, destroyed or mutilated Certificate(s)                                                                                                                     .

 



 

INSTRUCTIONS

 

1.                                       GENERAL. When this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange has been properly filled-in, dated and signed, return it, together with your surrendered Preferred Stock Certificates and Common Stock Certificate (collectively, the “ Certificates ”), to the Company using the enclosed pre-paid UPS envelope. Please use this UPS envelope when returning your Certificates! If you choose not to use the enclosed UPS envelope, we recommend using registered mail, properly insured. Your completed and signed Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, together with the Certificates, must be received by the Company no later than October 10, 2013.

 

Until you have surrendered your Preferred Stock Certificates or a satisfactory affidavit relating to the loss of the Preferred Stock Certificates to the Company, you will not receive the shares of Company Common Stock to which you are entitled pursuant to the Exchange.

 

2.                                       SIGNATURE. The signature(s) required on this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange must be the signatures of the holders of the Certificates, exactly as the names of the holders appear on the Certificates, or, if the Certificates have been assigned, the signatures must be the signatures of the assignees, exactly as the names of the assignees appear on the instrument of assignment. If any of the shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock surrendered hereby were held of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange and the form of joint ownership must be indicated. In case the endorsement is executed by an attorney, executor, administrator, guardian or other fiduciary, or by an officer of a corporation, the person executing the endorsement must give his or her full title in such capacity, and appropriate evidence of authority to act in such capacity must be forwarded with the Certificates surrendered. If the endorsement is executed by anyone other than the registered holders of the shares please provide legal documentation that will serve as appropriate evidence of authority to act.

 

You should complete one Letter of Transmittal and Exchange listing all Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock and Company Common Stock registered in the same name. If any shares of Senior Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock are registered in different ways on several certificates, you will need to complete, sign, and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal and Exchange as there are different registrations of certificates.

 

If you have any questions, please call Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835.

 

3.                                       LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATES. If any Certificate(s) have been lost, stolen or destroyed, please check the appropriate box on page 6 of this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, complete this Letter of Transmittal and Exchange, and deliver it to the Company in the enclosed pre-paid UPS envelope by October 10, 2013. The Company will then forward to you the documentation necessary to be completed in order for you to receive any payment and Company Common Stock to which you are entitled. In addition, please contact Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835 as soon as possible.

 


 

 

October 21, 2013

 

Dear               :

 

In my previous letter to you (the “ Letter of Transmittal and Exchange ”) I shared the exciting news about the proposed Initial Public Offering (“ IPO ”) by The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”).  We have made more progress on that journey and wanted to give you an update.  On October 21, 2013, the Company filed Amendment No. 1 (“ Amendment No. 1 ”) to the Registration Statement, relating to the IPO.  Amendment No. 1 includes the preliminary prospectus for the IPO, and provides for an offering of 12,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock with a price range per share of between $14.00 and $16.00.

 

As you may be aware, depending upon a variety of unknown market and other conditions, the final price of a company’s stock at IPO can move up or down.  So in order to be assured that our final IPO price does not in any way impact the value of your original investment in the Company’s Common Stock that you hold, we have ensured that, in the recapitalization transactions in connection with the IPO, you will receive value for your Common Stock at least equivalent to your initial investment in that Common Stock.  This requires that the following changes to the transactions described in the Letter of Transmittal and Exchange be made:

 

·                   If the initial public offering price in the IPO is less than $18.00, you will exchange your shares of the Company’s junior preferred stock into shares of Company Common Stock at a price that is higher than the initial public offering price in the IPO, as set forth below (your senior preferred stock will be exchanged at the initial public offering price in the IPO (as previously described in the Letter of Transmittal and Exchange)):

 

Initial public offering price per share

 

$

14.00

 

$

15.00

 

$

16.00

 

$

17.00

 

$

18.00

 

$

19.00

 

Junior preferred stock exchange price

 

$

19.94

 

$

19.44

 

$

18.92

 

$

18.39

 

$

18.00

 

$

19.00

 

 

·                   If the initial public offering price in the IPO is at least $18.00, you will exchange your shares of the Company’s junior preferred stock into shares of Company Common Stock at the initial public offering price in the IPO (as previously described in the Letter of Transmittal and Exchange).

 

This letter has been sent to you electronically so you can confirm your consent to the changes described above.  If you have any questions, please let us know.

 

If you have any questions as you review this update, please contact Jennifer Franklin at 972-538-6835.

 

As we mentioned previously, we are excited about the many opportunities for our Company. Together with you, we anticipate great things in the future.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

Jodi Taylor

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

The Container Store

 

 



 

Signature block for letters signed via DocuSign:

 

I have received the Update to Letter of Transmittal and Exchange dated October 21, 2013 outlining changes to the transactions described in the Letter of Transmittal and Exchange and confirm my consent to such changes.  I acknowledge that my electronic signature shall have the same effect as an original signature.

 

 

 

 

 

/      /

Name

 

Date

 

 

 

Employee Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

Location

 

 

 

 

Signature block for letters signed manually:

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE TO CONFIRM YOUR CONSENT TO THE CHANGES DESCRIBED IN THIS UPDATE TO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND EXCHANGE

 

 

X

 

 

Dated:                        , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print Name Here)

 

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 5.1

October 21, 2013

GRAPHIC

The Container Store Group, Inc.
500 Freeport Parkway
Coppell, Texas 75019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " Company "), in connection with the proposed issuance of up to 14,375,000 shares (the " Shares ") of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the " Common Stock "). The Shares are included in a registration statement on Form S—1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Act "), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the " Commission ") on September 30, 2013 (Registration No. 333-191465) (as amended, the " Registration Statement "). The term "Shares" shall include any additional shares of Common Stock registered by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act in connection with the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement. This opinion is being furnished in connection with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act, and no opinion is expressed herein as to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement or related Prospectus, other than as expressly stated herein with respect to the issue of the Shares.

As such counsel, we have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as we have considered appropriate for purposes of this letter. With your consent, we have relied upon certificates and other assurances of officers of the Company and others as to factual matters without having independently verified such factual matters. We are opining herein as to General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws.


October 21, 2013
Page 2

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is our opinion that, as of the date hereof, when the Board of Directors of the Company has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in the form most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the " Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation "), when the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company has been duly filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and when the Shares shall have been duly registered on the books of the transfer agent and registrar therefor in the name or on behalf of the purchasers, and have been issued by the Company against payment therefor (not less than par value) in the circumstances contemplated by the form of underwriting agreement most recently filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the issue and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have assumed that the Company will comply with all applicable notice requirements regarding uncertificated shares provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

This opinion is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Act. We consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus under the heading "Legal matters." We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this letter and consent into any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) with respect to the Shares. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

    Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Latham & Watkins LLP



QuickLinks


Exhibit 10.7

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.
2013 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of The Container Store Group, Inc. 2013 Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “ Plan ”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) by linking the individual interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders.  The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.  The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1                                Administrator ” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 13.  With reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 13.6, or as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.

 

2.2                                Affiliate ” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent and (c) any domestic eligible entity that is disregarded, under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3, as an entity separate from either (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary, or (iii) any Parent.

 

2.3                                Applicable Accounting Standards ” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements under United States federal securities laws from time to time.

 

2.4                                Applicable Law ” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation:  (i) provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (ii) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (iii) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.

 



 

2.5                                Automatic Exercise Date ” shall mean, with respect to an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, the last business day of the applicable Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term that was initially established by the Administrator for such Option or Stock Appreciation Right ( e.g. , the last business day prior to the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right if the Option or Stock Appreciation Right initially had a ten year Option Term or Stock Appreciation Right Term, as applicable).

 

2.6                                Award ” shall mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Deferred Stock award, a Deferred Stock Unit award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan (collectively, “ Awards ”).

 

2.7                                Award Agreement ” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.

 

2.8                                Award Limit ” shall mean with respect to Awards that shall be payable in Shares or in cash, as the case may be, the respective limit set forth in Section 3.3.

 

2.9                                Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.10                         Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of (a) an event or series of events (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) by which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), but excluding the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any employee benefit plan of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan, and further excluding Leonard Green, William A. Tindell, III, Sharon Tindell and Melissa Reiff (together with their respective Affiliates) and any other “person” that, prior to such event or series of events, is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company; (b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.10(a), 2.10(c) or 2.10(d)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; (c) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or other business combination of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), or Leonard Green, William A. Tindell, III, Sharon Tindell, Melissa Reiff and/or any of their respective

 

2



 

Affiliates “beneficially owning”,  more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination; (d) the consummation of a sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), other than a sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are “beneficially owned” by (i) stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (ii) Leonard Green, William A. Tindell III, Sharon Tindell, Melissa Reiff and/or any of their respective Affiliates; or (e) stockholder approval of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary not to incur tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, no Change in Control shall be deemed to occur unless the applicable event or series of events constitutes a “change in control event” with respect to the Company under the Treasury Department Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), as revised from time to time.

 

2.11                         Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and official guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

2.12                         Committee ” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, appointed as provided in Section 13.1.

 

2.13                         Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share.

 

2.14                         Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

 

2.15                         Consultant ” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Affiliate that qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

 

2.16                         Covered Employee ” shall mean any Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.17                         Deferred Stock ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 10.4.

 

2.18                         Deferred Stock Unit ” shall mean a right to receive Shares awarded under Section 10.5.

 

2.19                         Director ” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.

 

2.20                         Director Limit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

2.21                         Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, awarded under Section 10.2.

 

3



 

2.22                         DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.

 

2.23                         Effective Date ” shall mean October 16, 2013.

 

2.24                         Eligible Individual ” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined by the Committee.

 

2.25                         Employee ” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Affiliate.

 

2.26                         Equity Restructuring ” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

 

2.27                         Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2.28                         Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 14.1.

 

2.29                         Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the Common Stock is listed on any (i) established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) national market system or (iii) automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(b)                                  If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)                                   If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a

 

4



 

recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and effective as of or following the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement relating to its initial public offering and on or prior to the Public Trading Date, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.30                         Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).

 

2.31                         Holder ” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.

 

2.32                         Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.33                         Leonard Green ” shall mean Leonard Green & Partners.

 

2.34                         Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.

 

2.35                         Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

2.36                         Non-Qualified Stock Option ” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.37                         Option ” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 6.  An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided , however , that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

2.38                         Option Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

 

2.39                         Parent ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities ending with the Company if each of the entities other than the Company beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

2.40                         Performance Award ” shall mean a cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 10.1.

 

5



 

2.41                         Performance-Based Compensation ” shall mean any compensation that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

2.42                         Performance Criteria ” shall mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Committee selects for an Award for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Performance Period, determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  The Performance Criteria that shall be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following:  (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation; (D) amortization; provided that any such adjustments shall be consistent with the adjustments used in determining Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement, entered into as of April 6, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, the Lenders (as defined therein), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) revenue growth or product revenue growth; (iv) net income (either before or after taxes); (v) adjusted net income; (vi) operating income (either before or after taxes); (vii) operating earnings or profit; (viii) pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); (ix) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (x) return on assets or net assets; (xi) return on capital; (xii) return on stockholders’ equity; (xiii) total stockholder return; (xiv) return on sales; (xv) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xvi) costs or reduction in costs; (xvii) funds from operations; (xviii) expenses; (xix) working capital; (xx) earnings or loss per share; (xxi) adjusted earnings per share; (xxii) price per share of the Common Stock; (xxiii) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the Common Stock or any other publicly-traded securities; (xiv) economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; (xxv) comparisons with various stock market indices; (xxvi) regulatory achievements and compliance; (xxvii) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxviii) market share; (xxix) customer satisfaction; (xxx) customer growth; (xxxi) employee satisfaction; (xxxii) recruiting and maintaining personnel; (xxxiii) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products (including with group purchasing organizations, distributors and other vendors)); (xxxiv) supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); (xxxv) co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements); (xxxvi) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxxvii) cost of capital or assets under management; (xxxviii) financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); (xxxix) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; and (xl) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease in the results of a peer group or market performance indicators or indices.

 

6



 

(b)                                  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that one or more objectively determinable adjustments shall be made to one or more of the Performance Goals.  Such adjustments may include one or more of the following:  (i) items related to a change in accounting principle; (ii) items relating to financing activities; (iii) expenses for restructuring or productivity initiatives; (iv) other non-operating items; (v) items related to acquisitions; (vi) items attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by the Company during the Performance Period; (vii) items related to the disposal of a business or segment of a business; (viii) items related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business under Applicable Accounting Standards; (ix) items attributable to any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of stock occurring during the Performance Period; (x) any other items of significant income or expense which are determined to be appropriate adjustments; (xi) items relating to unusual or extraordinary corporate transactions, events or developments, (xii)  items related to amortization of acquired intangible assets; (xiii) items that are outside the scope of the Company’s core, on-going business activities; (xiv) items related to acquired in-process research and development; (xv) items relating to changes in tax laws; (xvi) items relating to major licensing or partnership arrangements; (xvii) items relating to asset impairment charges; (xviii) items relating to gains or losses for litigation, arbitration and contractual settlements; or (xix) items relating to any other unusual or nonrecurring events or changes in Applicable Law or business conditions.  For all Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, such determinations shall be made within the time prescribed by, and otherwise in compliance with, Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.43                         Performance Goals ” shall mean, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon one or more Performance Criteria.  Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of an Affiliate, division, business unit, or an individual.  The achievement of each Performance Goal shall be determined, to the extent applicable, with reference to Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

2.44                         Performance Period ” shall mean one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to, and the payment of, an Award.

 

2.45                         Performance Stock Unit ” shall mean a Performance Award awarded under Section 10.1 which is denominated in units of value including dollar value of Shares.

 

2.46                         Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

2.47                         Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.

 

2.48                         Program ” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under the Plan.

 

7



 

2.49                         Public Trading Date ” shall mean the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

2.50                         Restricted Stock ” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 8 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

 

2.51                         Restricted Stock Units ” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Article 9.

 

2.52                         Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.53                         Share Limit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

2.54                         Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock.

 

2.55                         Stock Appreciation Right ” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article 11.

 

2.56                         Stock Appreciation Right Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.4.

 

2.57                         Stock Payment ” shall mean (a) a payment in the form of Shares, or (b) an option or other right to purchase Shares, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, awarded under Section 10.3.

 

2.58                         Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

2.59                         Substitute Award ” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided , however , that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

2.60                         Termination of Service ” shall mean:

 

(a)                                  As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or an Affiliate is terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

8



 

(b)                                  As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

(c)                                   As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any Affiliate is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of the Program, the Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.  For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Affiliate employing or contracting with such Holder ceases to remain an Affiliate following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1                                Number of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 14.2, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan is [      ](1) (the “ Share Limit ”).

 


(1)  This number will be equal to the sum of:

 

(i) 7% of the sum of (a) the number of Shares outstanding immediately following the Company’s initial public offering, plus (b) the number of Shares originally reserved for issuance pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan, adjusted to give effect to the stock split occurring in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, plus (c) the number described in this clause (i), plus

 

(ii) the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan (other than any such shares subject to outstanding options), adjusted to give effect to the stock split.

 

9


 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, Awards that provide for the delivery of Shares subsequent to the applicable grant date may be granted in excess of the Share Limit if such Awards provide for the forfeiture or cash settlement of such Awards to the extent that insufficient Shares remain under the Share Limit at the time that Shares would otherwise be issued in respect of such Award.

 

(b)                                  If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited or expire or such Award  is settled in cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the following Shares shall not be added to the Shares authorized for grant under Section 3.1(a) and shall not be available for future grants of Awards:  (i) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an Option; (ii) Shares tendered by a Holder or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award; (iii) Shares subject to a Stock Appreciation Right that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the Stock Appreciation Right on exercise thereof; and (iv) Shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of Options.  Any Shares repurchased by the Company under Section 8.4 at the same price paid by the Holder so that such Shares are returned to the Company shall again be available for Awards.  The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the Shares available for issuance under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan.  Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

3.2                                Stock Distributed .  Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.

 

3.3                                Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards .  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Section 14.2, the maximum aggregate number of Shares with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one person during any calendar year shall be 1,000,000 and the maximum aggregate amount that may be paid in cash to any one person during any calendar year with respect to one or more Awards

 

10



 

payable in cash shall be $5,000,000; provided , however , that the foregoing limitations shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitations shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the Share Limit); (b) the issuance of all of the Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; and (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, Shares subject to Awards which are canceled shall continue to be counted against the Award Limit.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

GRANTING OF AWARDS

 

4.1                                Participation.   The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the requirements of the Plan.  Except as provided in Section 4.6 regarding the grant of Awards pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, no Eligible Individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

4.2                                Award Agreement .  Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award, which may include the term of the Award, the provisions applicable in the event of the Holder’s Termination of Service, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.  Award Agreements evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.  Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

4.3                                Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

4.4                                At-Will Employment; Voluntary Participation .  Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Affiliate, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and any Affiliate, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or

 

11



 

without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Holder and the Company or any Affiliate.  Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the Plan shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual shall participate in the Plan.

 

4.5                                Foreign Holders .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided , however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the Share Limit, the Award Limit or the Director Limit; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law.  For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof.

 

4.6                                Non-Employee Director Awards .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written non-discretionary formula established by the Administrator (the “ Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan.  The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion.  The Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in the Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, the maximum aggregate grant date fair value of Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year shall be $500,000 (the “ Director Limit ”).

 

4.7                                Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards .  Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan.  Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 5.

 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS INTENDED TO QUALIFY AS PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION.

 

5.1                                Purpose .  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine at the time an Award is granted or at any time thereafter whether such Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee, in its sole discretion, decides to grant such an Award to an Eligible Individual that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation (other than an Option or Stock Appreciation Right), then the provisions of this Article 5 shall control over any contrary provision contained in the Plan.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals or any such other criteria and goals as the Administrator shall establish, but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 5 and that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.  Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of grant, the Performance Criteria with respect to an Award intended to be Performance-Based Compensation payable to a Covered Employee shall be determined on the basis of Applicable Accounting Standards.

 

5.2                                Applicability .  The grant of an Award to an Eligible Individual for a particular Performance Period shall not require the grant of an Award to such Eligible Individual in any subsequent Performance Period and the grant of an Award to any one Eligible Individual shall not require the grant of an Award to any other Eligible Individual in such period or in any other period.

 

5.3                                Types of Awards .  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may grant any Award to an Eligible Individual intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, including, without limitation, Restricted Stock the restrictions with respect to which lapse upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals, Restricted Stock Units that vest and become payable upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals and any Performance Awards described in Article 10 that vest or become exercisable or payable upon the attainment of one or more specified Performance Goals.

 

5.4                                Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards .  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted to one or more Eligible Individuals which is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no later than 90 days following the commencement of any Performance Period or any designated fiscal period or period of service (or such earlier time as may be required under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Eligible Individuals, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period based on the Performance Criteria, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period.  Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing whether and the extent to which the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period.  In determining the amount earned under such Awards, the Committee shall

 

13



 

have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant, including the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

 

5.5                                Payment of Performance-Based Awards .  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Program or Award Agreement and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code, as to an Award that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Holder must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate throughout the Performance Period.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Performance Goals, Program or Award Agreement, a Holder shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to such Awards for a Performance Period only if and to the extent the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.

 

5.6                                Additional Limitations .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, any Award which is granted to an Eligible Individual and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as Performance-Based Compensation, and the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

6.1                                Granting of Options to Eligible Individuals .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Options to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

 

6.2                                Qualification of Incentive Stock Options .  No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who is not an Employee of the Company or any “subsidiary corporation” (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) of the Company.  No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may be modified by the Administrator, with the consent of the Holder, to disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent or subsidiary corporation thereof (each as defined in Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.  The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted.

 

14



 

6.3                                Option Exercise Price .  The exercise price per Share subject to each Option shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).  In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code).

 

6.4                                Option Term .  The term of each Option (the “ Option Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Option Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted, or five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Options, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Option Term. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 6.4, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option, and may extend the time period during which vested Options may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 14.1, any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

6.5                                Option Vesting .

 

(a)                                  The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that an Option may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator, and, except as limited by the Plan, at any time after the grant of an Option, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may accelerate the period during which an Option vests.

 

(b)                                  No portion of an Option which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator either in the applicable Program, the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option, or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Option, the portion of an Option that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire thirty (30) days following such Termination of Service.

 

6.6                                Substitute Awards .  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of:  (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of:  (x) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time

 

15



 

immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

6.7                                Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may provide in the applicable Program or the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable with respect to the same number of Shares for which such substituted Option would have been exercisable, shall have the same exercise price and vesting schedule as the substituted Option, and shall have a Stock Appreciation Right Term equal in length to the remaining Option Term of the substituted Option.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

7.1                                Partial Exercise .  An exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part.  However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require that, by the terms of the Option, a partial exercise be with respect to a minimum number of Shares.

 

7.2                                Expiration of Option Term:  Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Options .  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) or as otherwise directed by an Option Holder in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Option outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an exercise price per share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Option Holder or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date.  In the sole discretion of the Administrator, payment of the exercise price of any such Option shall be made pursuant to Section 12.1(b) or 12.1(c) and the Company or any Affiliate shall deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 12.2.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, this Section 7.2 shall not apply to an Option if the Holder of such Option incurs a Termination of Service on or before the Automatic Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option with an exercise price per Share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 7.2.

 

7.3                                Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock administrator of the Company or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

16



 

(b)                                  Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 7.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

 

(d)                                  Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 12.1 and 12.2.

 

7.4                                Notification Regarding Disposition .  The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting (including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such Holder, or (b) one year after the transfer of such Shares to such Holder.

 

ARTICLE 8.

 

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

8.1                                Award of Restricted Stock .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions, applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided , however , that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.  In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted Stock.

 

8.2                                Rights as Stockholders .  Subject to Section 8.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares; provided , however , that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 8.3.  In addition, with respect to a share of Restricted Stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.

 

17



 

8.3                                Restrictions .  All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of the applicable Program or in each individual Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide.  Such restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting rights and transferability, and such restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times and pursuant to such circumstances or based on such criteria as selected by the Administrator, including, without limitation, criteria based on the Holder’s duration of employment, directorship or consultancy with the Company, the Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other criteria selected by the Administrator.  By action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the applicable Program or Award Agreement.  Restricted Stock may not be sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or expire.

 

8.4                                Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, if no price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and cancelled without consideration. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock shall not lapse, such Restricted Stock shall vest and, if applicable, the Company shall not have a right of repurchase.

 

8.5                                Certificates for Restricted Stock .  Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator shall determine.  Certificates or book entries evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall include an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.  The Company, in its sole discretion, may (a) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (b) require that the stock certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock be held in custody by a designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Restricted Stock.

 

8.6                                Section 83(b) Election .  If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the

 

18



 

Company promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

ARTICLE 9.

 

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

9.1                                Grant of Restricted Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.2                                Term .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

9.3                                Purchase Price .  The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

 

9.4                                Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Affiliate, one or more Performance Criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.5                                Maturity and Payment .  At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, set forth in any applicable Award Agreement and in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur following the later of (a) the 15 th  day of the third month following the end of calendar year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests and (b) the 15 th  day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests.  On the maturity date, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.4(e), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined by the Administrator.

 

9.6                                Payment upon Termination of Service .  An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be payable only while the Holder is an Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided , however , that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid subsequent to a

 

19


 

Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

 

9.7                                No Rights as a Stockholder .  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Holder of Restricted Stock Units shall possess no incidents of ownership with respect to the Shares represented by such Restricted Stock Units, unless and until such Shares are transferred to the Holder pursuant to the terms of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9.8                                Dividend Equivalents .  Subject to Section 10.2, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be earned by a Holder of Restricted Stock Units based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the date an Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted to a Holder and the maturity date of such Award.

 

ARTICLE 10.

 

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, STOCK PAYMENTS, DEFERRED STOCK, DEFERRED STOCK UNITS

 

10.1                         Performance Awards .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance Awards, including Awards of Performance Stock Units, to any Eligible Individual and to determine whether such Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation.  The value of Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Units, may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria determined by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods and in such amounts as may be determined by the Administrator.  Performance Awards, including Performance Stock Unit awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as determined by the Administrator.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting Section 10.1(a), the Administrator may grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Any such bonuses paid to a Holder which are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the provisions of Article 5.

 

10.2                         Dividend Equivalents .

 

(a)                                  Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates with respect to dividends with record dates that occur during the period between the date an Award is granted to a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator.  Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator.  In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the

 

20



 

vesting of such Award shall be paid out to the Holder only to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

10.3                         Stock Payments .  The Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any Eligible Individual.  The number or value of Shares of any Stock Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, determined by the Administrator.  Shares underlying a Stock Payment which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator shall not be issued until those conditions have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of a Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment until such time as the Stock Payment has vested and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.  Stock Payments may, but are not required to, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Eligible Individual.

 

10.4                         Deferred Stock .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any Eligible Individual.  The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Shares underlying a Deferred Stock award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator shall be issued on the vesting date(s) or date(s) that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied, as applicable.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

 

10.5                         Deferred Stock Units .  The Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock Units to any Eligible Individual.  The number of Deferred Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator and may (but is not required to) be based on one or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including service to the Company or any Affiliate, as the Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.  Each Deferred Stock Unit shall entitle the Holder thereof to receive one Share on the date the Deferred Stock Unit becomes vested or upon a specified settlement date thereafter (which settlement date may (but is not required to) be the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service).  Shares underlying a Deferred Stock Unit award which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the Administrator shall not be issued until on or following the date that those conditions and criteria have been satisfied.  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock Units shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock Units until such time as the Award has vested and any other applicable conditions and/or criteria have been satisfied and the Shares underlying the Award have been issued to the Holder.

 

21



 

10.6                         Term .  The term of a Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award shall be established by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

10.7                         Purchase Price .  The Administrator may establish the purchase price of a Performance Award, Shares distributed as a Stock Payment award, shares of Deferred Stock or Shares distributed pursuant to a Deferred Stock Unit award; provided , however , that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

 

10.8                         Termination of Service .  A Performance Award, Stock Payment award, Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award is distributable only while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as applicable.  The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion, may provide that the Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Stock Payment award, Deferred Stock award and/or Deferred Stock Unit award may be distributed subsequent to a Termination of Service in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of Service.

 

ARTICLE 11.

 

AWARD OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

11.1                         Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights .

 

(a)                                  The Administrator is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.

 

(b)                                  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the Stock Appreciation Right from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.  Except as described in (c) below, the exercise price per Share subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 11.1(b) to the contrary, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the Shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Right may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the excess of:  (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the Shares subject to the Substitute Award, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of:  (x) the

 

22



 

aggregate fair market value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

 

11.2                         Stock Appreciation Right Vesting .

 

(a)                                  The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, a Stock Appreciation Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and the Administrator may determine that a Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised in whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted.  Such vesting may be based on service with the Company or any Affiliate, any of the Performance Criteria, or any other criteria selected by the Administrator.  Except as limited by the Plan, at any time after grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, may accelerate the period during which a Stock Appreciation Right vests.

 

(b)                                  No portion of a Stock Appreciation Right which is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the Administrator in the applicable Program, the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, or by action of the Administrator following the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

 

11.3                         Manner of Exercise .  All or a portion of an exercisable Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock administrator of the Company, or such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:

 

(a)                                  A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised.  The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right or such portion of the Stock Appreciation Right;

 

(b)                                  Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Law.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 11.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator; and

 

(d)                                  Full payment of applicable withholding taxes to the stock administrator of the Company for the Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by Sections 12.1 and 12.2.

 

23



 

11.4                         Stock Appreciation Right Term .  The term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the “ Stock Appreciation Right Term ”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided , however , that the Stock Appreciation Right Term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.  The Administrator shall determine the time period, including the time period following a Termination of Service, during which the Holder has the right to exercise the vested Stock Appreciation Rights, which time period may not extend beyond the last day of the Stock Appreciation Right Term applicable to such Stock Appreciation Right.  Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 11.4, the Administrator may extend the Stock Appreciation Right Term of any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder, and may amend, subject to Section 14.1, any other term or condition of such Stock Appreciation Right relating to such a Termination of Service.

 

11.5                         Payment .  Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 11 shall be in cash, Shares (based on their Fair Market Value as of the date the  Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

11.6                         Expiration of Stock Appreciation Right Term: Automatic Exercise of In-The-Money Stock Appreciation Rights .  Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) or as otherwise directed by a Stock Appreciation Right Holder in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Stock Appreciation Right outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an exercise price per share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Stock Appreciation Right Holder or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date.  In the sole discretion of the Administrator, the Company or any Affiliate shall deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 12.2.  For the avoidance of doubt, no Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price per share that is equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 11.6.

 

ARTICLE 12.

 

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS

 

12.1                         Payment .  The Administrator shall determine the methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate

 

24



 

payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, or (d) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion.  The Administrator shall also determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Holders.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

12.2                         Tax Withholding .  The Company or any Affiliate shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan.  The Administrator, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, may withhold, or allow a Holder to elect to have the Company withhold, Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. The Administrator shall determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.

 

12.3                         Transferability of Awards .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 12.3(b) and 12.3(c):

 

(i)                                      No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed;

 

(ii)                                   No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 12.3(a)(i); and

 

(iii)                                During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise an Award (or any portion thereof) granted to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been

 

25



 

disposed of pursuant to a DRO; after the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions:  (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the Award); and (iii) the Holder and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding Section 12.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death.  A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder, except to the extent the Plan, the Program and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator.  If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner.  If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of descent and distribution.  Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.

 

12.4                         Conditions to Issuance of Shares .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.

 

26



 

(b)                                  All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law.  The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

 

(c)                                   The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

 

(d)                                  No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

12.5                         Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions .  Pursuant to its general authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to provide, in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or to require a Holder to agree by separate written or electronic instrument, that:

 

(a)                                  (i) Any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award, shall be paid to the Company, and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited, if (x) a Termination of Service occurs prior to a specified date, or within a specified time period following receipt or exercise of the Award, or (y) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company, or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or (z) the Holder incurs a Termination of Service for “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, or as set forth in the Award Agreement relating to such Award); and

 

(b)                                  All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of Applicable Law, including without limitation the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

27



 

12.6                         Prohibition on Repricing .  Subject to Section 14.2, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per share, or (ii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares.  Subject to Section 14.2, the Administrator shall have the authority, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, to amend any outstanding Award to increase the price per share or to cancel and replace an Award with the grant of an Award having a price per share that is greater than or equal to the price per share of the original Award.

 

ARTICLE 13.

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

13.1                         Administrator .  The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein).  To the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and with respect to Awards that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, including Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the Committee (or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall take all action with respect to such Awards, and the individuals taking such action shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule and an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.  Additionally, to the extent required by Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee (or another committee or subcommittee of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 13.l or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee.  Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment.  Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms “Administrator” and “Committee” as used in the Plan  shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 13.6.

 

13.2                         Duties and Powers of Committee .  It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions.  The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Programs and the Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent

 

28



 

therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Program or Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise permitted under Section 14.10.  Any such grant or award under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Holder.  Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

13.3                         Action by the Committee .  Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.  Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Affiliate, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

13.4                         Authority of Administrator .  Subject to the Company’s Bylaws, the Committee’s Charter and any specific designation in the Plan, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

 

(a)                                  Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;

 

(b)                                  Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual;

 

(c)                                   Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

 

(d)                                  Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any Performance Criteria, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;

 

(e)                                   Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

29


 

(f)                                    Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;

 

(g)                                   Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(h)                                  Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(i)                                      Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;

 

(j)                                     Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

 

(k)                                  Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects and Section 14.2.

 

13.5                         Decisions Binding .  The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and conclusive on all parties.

 

13.6                         Delegation of Authority .  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article 13; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals:  (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees or (c) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and other Applicable Law.  Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee.  At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 13.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 14.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 14.1, the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board or the Committee.  However, without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Administrator, no action of the Administrator may,

 

30



 

except as provided in Section 14.2, (a) increase the Share Limit, (b) reduce the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or take any action prohibited under Section 12.6, or (c) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation Right price per share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares.  Except as provided in Section 14.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, impair any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so provides.  No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Expiration Date ”).  Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

14.2                         Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate Events .

 

(a)                                  In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares of the Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the Share Limit and Award Limit) ; (ii) t he number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; (iii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-Employee Directors pursuant to any Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy adopted pursuant to Section 4.6; (iv) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (v) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.  Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 14.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon

 

31



 

the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 14.2 the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, having an aggregate value not exceeding the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested;

 

(ii)                                   To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(iii)                                To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;

 

(iv)                               To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement; and

 

(v)                                  To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

(c)                                   In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 14.2(a) and 14.2(b):

 

(i)                                      The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and/or

 

(ii)                                   The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the Share Limit and Award Limit ).  The adjustments provided under this Section 14.2(c) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, (i) each outstanding Award (other than Awards subject to performance-based vesting) shall continue in effect or be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation and (ii) each Award subject to performance-based vesting shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award

 

32



 

Agreement and, if no applicable terms and conditions are in such Award Agreement, the Administrator’s discretion.  In the event an Award continues in effect or is assumed or an equivalent Award substituted, and the surviving or successor corporation terminates Holder’s employment or service without “cause” (as such term is defined in the sole discretion of the Administrator, or as set forth in the Award Agreement relating to such Award) upon or within twelve (12) months following the Change in Control, then such Holder shall be fully vested in such continued, assumed or substituted Award.

 

(e)                                   In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award (other than an Award subject to performance-based vesting), the Administrator may cause any or all of such Awards to become fully exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction and all forfeiture restrictions on any or all of such Awards to lapse.  If such an Award is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that such Award shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, and such Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

(f)                                    For the purposes of this Section 14.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

 

(g)                                   The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(h)                                  With respect to Awards which are granted to Covered Employees and are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, unless the Administrator determines that the Award should not so qualify.  No adjustment or action described in this Section 14.2 or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code.  Furthermore, no such adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to comply with such exemptive conditions.

 

33



 

(i)                                      The existence of the Plan, the Programs, the Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

(j)                                     No action shall be taken under this Section 14.2 which shall cause an Award to fail to either be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code or the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(k)                                  In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the Company in its sole discretion may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of any such transaction.

 

14.3                         Approval of Plan by Stockholders .  The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.  Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval; provided that such Awards shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse and no Shares shall be issued pursuant thereto prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and provided , further , that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve (12) month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

 

14.4                         No Stockholders Rights .  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Holder shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner of such Shares.

 

14.5                         Paperless Administration .  In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

14.6                         Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans .  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company or any Affiliate:  (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in

 

34



 

connection with any proper corporate purpose including, without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or association.

 

14.7                         Compliance with Laws .  The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Law (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.  Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

 

14.8                         Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act .  The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.

 

14.9                         Governing Law .  The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.

 

14.10                  Section 409A .  To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code.  To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Programs and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under such Section.

 

35



 

14.11                  No Rights to Awards .  No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly.

 

14.12                  Unfunded Status of Awards .  The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation.  With respect to any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

14.13                  Indemnification .  To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

14.14                  Relationship to other Benefits .  No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

14.15                  Expenses .  The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates.

 

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

36



 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of The Container Store Group, Inc. on October 16, 2013, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of The Container Store Group, Inc. on October 16, 2013.

 

Executed on this 16th day of October, 2013.

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1.               Purpose

 

This Senior Executive Incentive Bonus Plan (the “ Bonus Plan ”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of The Container Store Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and its subsidiaries toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Bonus Plan is for the benefit of Covered Employees (as defined below).

 

2.               Administration

 

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Bonus Plan.

 

3.               Eligibility and Participation

 

The Compensation Committee shall select the persons eligible to participate in the Bonus Plan, which may include, without limitation, the executives of the Company and its subsidiaries who are or, as determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, may become, “covered employees” (as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)) of the Company and its subsidiaries for the applicable taxable year of the Company (such selected persons, the “ Covered Employees ”).

 

4.               Bonus Determinations

 

(a)           A Covered Employee may receive a bonus payment under the Bonus Plan based upon the attainment of performance objectives which are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial, operational or other metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Performance Goals ”), including but not limited to:  (i) net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation, (D) amortization; provided that any such adjustments shall be consistent with the adjustments used in determining Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Credit Agreement, entered into as of April 6, 2012, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein) party thereto, the Lenders (as defined therein), JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) revenue growth or product revenue growth; (iv) net income (either before or after taxes); (v) adjusted net income; (vi) operating income (either before or after taxes); (vii) operating earnings or profit; (viii) pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); (ix) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (x) return on assets or net assets; (xi) return on capital; (xii) return on stockholders’ equity; (xiii) total stockholder return; (xiv) return on sales; (xv) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xvi) costs or reduction in costs; (xvii) funds from operations; (xviii) expenses; (xix) working capital; (xx) earnings or loss per share; (xxi) adjusted earnings per share; (xxii) price per share of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”); (xxiii) appreciation in and/or

 

1



 

maintenance of the price of Common Stock or any other publicly-traded securities; (xiv) economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; (xxv) comparisons with various stock market indices; (xxvi) regulatory achievements and compliance; (xxvii) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxviii) market share; (xxix) customer satisfaction; (xxx) customer growth; (xxxi) employee satisfaction; (xxxii) recruiting and maintaining personnel; (xxxiii) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; and establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products); (xxxiv) supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); (xxxv) co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; (xxxvi) financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; (xxxvii) cost of capital or assets under management; (xxxviii) financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); (xxxix) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; and (xl) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease in the results of a peer group or market performance indicators or indices.

 

(b)           Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(b):  (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Employees under the Bonus Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance objectives relating to the Performance Goals; (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Employees shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee (generally, for performance periods of one year or more, no later than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the Performance Goals relate); and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Employees unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a certification with respect to the attainment of the performance objectives.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Employees under the Bonus Plan based upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

 

(c)           The payment of a bonus to a Covered Employee with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Employee’s employment by the Company on the last day of the performance period; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may make exceptions to this requirement, in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, in the case of a Covered Employee’s termination of employment, retirement, death or disability or such payments may be made in accordance with employment contracts in place.

 

2



 

5.               Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions

 

The Compensation Committee may provide that any bonuses paid under the Bonus Plan shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules, regulations or interpretations thereunder, to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy.

 

6.               Other Provisions

 

(a)           Neither the establishment of the Bonus Plan nor the selection of any individual as a Covered Employee shall give any individual any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or any right whatsoever under the Bonus Plan other than to receive bonus payments awarded by the Compensation Committee.

 

(b)           No member of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation Committee shall be liable to any individual in respect of the Bonus Plan for any act or omission of such member, any other member, or any officer, agent or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(c)           The Company and its subsidiaries shall withhold such amounts as may be required by federal, state or local law from all bonus payments under the Bonus Plan.

 

(d)           To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Bonus Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)           The Bonus Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted and construed in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.  Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, each bonus under the Bonus Plan shall be paid (i) subject to the applicable Covered Employee’s continued employment through the date of payment of such bonus or (ii) in the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the applicable performance period ends (or otherwise in compliance with Section 409A of the Code).  Notwithstanding any provision of the Bonus Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Company determines that any provision of the Bonus Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the penalty taxes imposed under Section 409A of the Code, the Company may adopt such amendments to the Bonus Plan or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Company determines are necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of any penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code be transferred from a Covered Employee or any other person to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents pursuant to the terms of the Bonus Plan or otherwise.

 

3



 

7.               Amendment and Termination

 

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Bonus Plan at any time in its sole discretion.  Any amendments to the Bonus Plan shall require stockholder approval only to the extent required by any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

8.               Stockholder Approval

 

No bonuses shall be paid under the Bonus Plan unless and until the Company’s stockholders shall have approved the Bonus Plan.  The Bonus Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders after the initial adoption of the Bonus Plan by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

9.               Term of Bonus Plan

 

The Bonus Plan shall become effective as of the day immediately prior to the first date upon which Common Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system (the “ Effective Date ”).  The Bonus Plan shall expire on the earliest to occur of:  (a) the first material modification of the Bonus Plan (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(h)(1)(iii)); (b) the first meeting of the Company’s stockholders at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (c) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code, and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder (including without limitation Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2)).  The Bonus Plan is intended to be subject to the relief set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1) and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

4



 

I hereby certify that the Bonus Plan was duly authorized, approved and adopted by the Board of Directors of The Container Store Group, Inc. as of October 16, 2013, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

I hereby certify that the Bonus Plan was approved by the stockholders of The Container Store Group, Inc. as of October 16, 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.
2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

 

The Container Store Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2013 Equity Incentive Award Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to the holder listed below (“ Participant ”), an option to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock (“ Stock ”) set forth below (the “ Option ”).  The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Agreement ”) and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in the Grant Notice and the Agreement.

 

Participant:

 

 

 

Grant Date:

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

$

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

$

 

 

Total Number of Shares Subject to the Option:

shares

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

 

 

Type of Option:

Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

By his or her signature and the Company’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and the Grant Notice.  Participant has reviewed the Agreement, the Plan and the Grant Notice in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing the Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.  Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, the Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

THE CONTAINER STORE GROUP, INC.

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Print Name:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

1



 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Pursuant to the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached, the Company has granted to Participant an Option under the Plan to purchase the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

GENERAL

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Plan or the Grant Notice.

 

1.2                                Incorporation of Terms of Plan .  The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Grant Notice and the Plan, which are incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

GRANT OF OPTION

 

2.1                                Grant of Option .  In consideration of Participant’s past and/or continued employment with or service to the Company or a Subsidiary and for other good and valuable consideration, effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Grant Date ”), the Company has granted to Participant the Option to purchase any part or all of an aggregate of the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Grant Notice, upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, the Plan and this Agreement, subject to adjustments as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan. In connection with the grant of the Option, Participant shall cause his or her spouse, civil union partner or registered domestic partner (each, a “ Partner ”), if any, to execute the consent attached hereto as Exhibit B as soon as practicable following the Grant Date.

 

2.2                                Exercise Price .  The exercise price per share of the shares of Stock subject to the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

2.3                                Consideration to the Company .  In consideration of the grant of the Option by the Company, Participant agrees to render faithful and efficient services to the Company or any Subsidiary.  Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 3.

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

3.1                                Commencement of Exercisability .  Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 5.8 and 5.14 hereof, the Option shall become vested and exercisable in such amounts and at such times as are set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

3.2                                Duration of Exercisability .  The Option shall remain vested and exercisable until it becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

3.3                                Expiration of Option .  The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)                                  The expiration date set forth in the Grant Notice;

 

(b)                                  Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service other than for Cause (as defined below) or by reason of Participant’s death or disability, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service;

 

(c)                                   Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or disability; or

 

(d)                                  Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, upon Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.

 

(e)                                   Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the date the Optionee has violated any of the restrictive covenants set forth herein or any applicable, written employment agreement by and between the Company or any of its Affiliates and the Optionee.  To the extent Optionee’s principal place of business as of the Optionee’s Termination of Services is California, any such violation after the Optionee’s Termination of Services shall result in such Termination of Services constituting termination for cause for purposes of California Regulations Code §260.140.41(e).

 

As used in this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean (a) the Board’s determination that Participant failed to substantially perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from Participant’s disability); (b) the Board’s determination that Participant failed to carry out, or comply with, any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or Participant’s immediate supervisor; (c) Participant’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere , or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony, indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (d) Participant’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s (or any Subsidiary’s) premises or while performing Participant’s duties and responsibilities; or (e) Participant’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any Subsidiary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company (or any Subsidiary), then “ Cause ” shall be as such term is defined in the applicable written employment or consulting agreement.

 

3.4                                Tax Withholding .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Company and its Subsidiaries have the authority to deduct or withhold, or require Participant to remit to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the employee portion of any FICA obligation)

 

3



 

required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising pursuant to this Agreement.  The Company and its Subsidiaries may withhold or Participant may make such payment in one or more of the forms specified below:

 

(i)                                      by cash or check made payable to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to which the withholding obligation arises;

 

(ii)                                   by the deduction of such amount from other cash compensation payable to Participant;

 

(iii)                                with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, with the consent of the Administrator, by requesting that the Company withhold a net number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Option having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;

 

(iv)                               with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, with the consent of the Administrator, by tendering to the Company shares of Stock having a then current Fair Market Value not exceeding the amount necessary to satisfy the withholding obligation of the Company and its Subsidiaries based on the minimum applicable statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes;

 

(v)                                  subject to Section 5.19, with respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the exercise of the Option, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to which the withholding obligation arises in satisfaction of such withholding taxes; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company or the applicable Subsidiary at such time as may be required by the Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

 

(vi)                               in any combination of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any withholding taxes arising in connection with the Option, in the event Participant fails to provide timely payment of all sums required pursuant to Section 3.4(a), the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat such failure as an election by Participant to satisfy all or any portion of Participant’s required payment obligation pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(ii) or Section 3.4(a)(iii) above, or any combination of the foregoing as the Company may determine to be appropriate.  The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any certificate representing shares of Stock issuable with respect to the exercise of the Option to Participant or his or her legal representative unless and until Participant or his or her legal representative shall have paid or otherwise satisfied in full the amount of all federal, state, local and foreign taxes applicable with respect to the taxable income of Participant resulting from the exercise of the Option or any other taxable event related to the Option.

 

(c)                                   In the event any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option will be satisfied under Section 3.4(a)(iii) above, then the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on Participant’s behalf a whole number of shares from those shares of Stock that are issuable upon exercise of the Option as the Company determines to be appropriate to generate cash proceeds sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding obligation

 

4



 

and to remit the proceeds of such sale to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to which the withholding obligation arises.  Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company and such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this Section 3.4(c), including the transactions described in the previous sentence, as applicable.  The Company may refuse to issue any shares of Stock to Participant until the foregoing tax withholding obligations are satisfied.

 

(d)                                  Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Stock.  The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

4.1                                Person Eligible to Exercise .  During the lifetime of Participant, only Participant may exercise the Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of Participant, the Option may, prior to the time when the Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof, be exercised by Participant’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

4.2                                Partial Exercise .  Subject to Section 6.2, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or applicable portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof.

 

4.3                                Manner of Exercise .  Subject to Section 5.7 of the Plan, the Option may be exercised solely by delivery to the Secretary of the Company (or any third party administrator or other person or entity designated by the Company), during regular business hours, of all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.3 hereof:

 

(a)                                  An exercise notice in a form specified by the Administrator, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Administrator;

 

(b)                                  The receipt by the Company of full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option or portion thereof is exercised, in such form of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof that is acceptable to the Administrator;

 

(c)                                   The payment of any applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 3.4;

 

(d)                                  Any other written representations or documents as may be required in the Administrator’s sole discretion to effect compliance with Applicable Law; and

 

(e)                                   In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by any person or persons other than Participant, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

5



 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the right to specify all conditions of the manner of exercise, which conditions may vary by country and which may be subject to change from time to time.

 

4.4                                Method of Payment .  Payment of the exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

 

(a)                                  Cash or check;

 

(b)                                  With the consent of the Administrator, surrender of shares of Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Option) held for such period of time as may be required by the Administrator in order to avoid adverse accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 6.19, through the delivery of a notice that Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker acceptable to the Company with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, but in any event not later than the settlement of such sale; or

 

(d)                                  Any other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Administrator.

 

4.5                                Conditions to Issuance of Stock .  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of the Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (A) the admission of such shares of Stock to listing on all stock exchanges on which such Stock is then listed, (B) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or under rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable, (C) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable, (D) the receipt by the Company of full payment for such shares of Stock, which may be in one or more of the forms of consideration permitted under Section 4.4 hereof, and (E) the receipt of full payment of any applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 3.4 by the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to which the applicable withholding obligation arises.

 

4.6                                Rights as Stockholder .  Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any shares of Stock purchasable upon the exercise of any part of the Option unless and until certificates representing such shares of Stock (which may be in book-entry form) will have been issued and recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account).  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance, recordation and delivery, except as provided in Section 14.2 of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided herein, after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares of Stock, including, without limitation, the right to receipt of dividends and distributions on such shares.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 5.
[RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS

 

In consideration of the Company’s grant of this Option, the Optionee hereby makes the covenants and agreements described in this Article 5:

 

5.1                                Obligation to Maintain Confidentiality .  The Optionee acknowledges that the confidential or proprietary information and data (including trade secrets) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates obtained by the Optionee while employed by or in the service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, prior to the date of this Agreement) (“ Confidential Information ”) are the property of the Company or such Subsidiaries or Affiliates, including information concerning acquisition opportunities in or reasonably related to the Company’s, or such Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ business or industry of which the Optionee becomes aware during the period of the Optionee’s employment or service.  Therefore, the Optionee agrees that he or she will not disclose to any unauthorized person, group or entity or use for the Optionee’s own account any Confidential Information without the Company’s written consent, unless and to the extent that the Confidential Information, (a) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the Optionee’s acts or omissions to act, (b) was known to the Optionee prior to the Optionee’s employment or service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or (c) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.  The Optionee shall use reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Company on the date of his or her Termination of Services, or at any other time the Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes, printouts and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information, Work Product (as defined below) or the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates (including, without limitation, all acquisition prospects, lists and contact information) which the Optionee may then possess or have under his or her control, but excluding financial information of the Company relating to the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Common Stock, which information will nonetheless continue to constitute Confidential Information.

 

5.2                                Ownership of Property .  The Optionee acknowledges that all discoveries, concepts, ideas, inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, processes, programs, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, patent applications, copyrightable work and mask work (whether or not including any Confidential Information) and all registrations or applications related thereto, all other proprietary information and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ actual or anticipated business, research and development, or existing or future products or services and that were or are conceived, developed, contributed to, made, or reduced to practice by the Optionee (either solely or jointly with others) while employed by or in the service of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (including, without limitation, prior to the date of this Agreement) (including any of the foregoing that constitutes any proprietary information or records) (“ Work Product ”) belong to the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate and the Optionee hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, all of the above Work Product to the Company or to such Subsidiary or Affiliate.  Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by the Optionee in the course of the Optionee’s work for any of the foregoing entities shall be deemed a “work made for hire” under the copyright laws, and the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall own all rights therein.  To the extent that any such copyrightable work is not a “work made for hire,” the Optionee hereby assigns and agrees to assign to the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate all right, title, and interest, including without limitation, copyright in and to such copyrightable work.  The Optionee shall as promptly as practicable under the circumstances disclose such Work Product and copyrightable work to the Company and perform all actions reasonably requested by the Company (whether during or after the Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) to establish and confirm the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s ownership (including, without limitation, assignments, consents, powers of attorney, and other instruments).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee understands that this Agreement does not require assignment of any Work Product to the extent such Work Product qualifies for protection under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, Section

 

7



 

49.44.140 of the Revised Code of Washington, 765 Illinois Compiled Statutes 1060, Section 44-130 of the Kansas Statutes, or Section 181.78 of the 2010 Minnesota Statutes, the current text of each which is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

5.3                                Third Party Information .  The Optionee understands that the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“ Third Party Information ”) subject to a duty on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes.  During the period of the Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and thereafter, and without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 5.1 above, the Optionee will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than personnel and consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates) or use, except in connection with the Optionee’s work for the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by the Company in writing or unless and to the extent that the Third Party Information, (a) becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the Optionee’s acts or omissions to act, (b) was known to the Optionee prior to the Optionee’s employment with or service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, or (c) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any applicable law or court order.

 

5.4                                Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation .  The Optionee acknowledges that, in the course of the Optionee’s employment, the Optionee will become familiar with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ trade secrets and with other confidential information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and that the Optionee’s services will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.  Therefore, the Optionee agrees that:

 

(a)                                  Noncompetition .  During the Noncompete Period (as defined below), the Optionee shall not, anywhere in the world where the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates conduct or actively propose to conduct business during the Optionee’s employment, directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, be employed by or in any manner engage in any business that is engaged in, or plans to be engaged in, the storage and organization retail business (a “ Competitive Business ”); provided, however , that the Optionee may manage, control, participate in, consult with, be employed by or in any manner engage with an entity which derives less than 5% of its gross revenues from a Competitive Business so long as the Optionee’s responsibilities, activities and contributions in respect of such entity do not directly impact the Competitive Business; provided further that the Optionee may own up to 2% of any class of an issuer’s publicly traded securities. Nothing in this Section 5.4(a) confers upon the Optionee any right to receive severance or obligates the Company to pay any severance to the Optionee in connection with his or her Termination of Services for any reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Noncompete Period” shall mean (i) if Optionee’s principal place of business as of the date of his or her Termination of Services is California, (A) for purposes of Section 5.4(b)(i), the period of Optionee’s employment or services with the Company or any of its Affiliates and the period beginning on the date of Optionee’s Termination of Services for any reason and ending on the first anniversary of the date of such Termination of Services and (B) for all other purposes under this Agreement, the period of Optionee’s employment or services with the Company or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) if Optionee’s principal place of business as of the date of his or her Termination of Services is not California, the period of Optionee’s employment or services with the Company or any of its Affiliates and the period beginning on the date of Optionee’s Termination of Services for any reason and ending on the first anniversary of the date of such Termination of Services.

 

(b)                                  Nonsolicitation .  During the Noncompete Period, the Optionee shall not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company or its

 

8



 

Subsidiaries or Affiliates to leave the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and any employee thereof, and (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates within 180 days prior to the time such employee was hired by the Optionee, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or (iv) directly or indirectly acquire or attempt to acquire an interest in any business relating to the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and with which the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates has entered into substantive negotiations or has requested and received confidential information relating to the acquisition of such business by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in the two-year period immediately preceding the Optionee’s Termination of Services with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(c)                                   Enforcement .  If, at the time of enforcement of Section 5.4(a) or (b), a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein to cover the maximum duration, scope and area permitted by law.  The Optionee agrees that because his or her services are unique and the Optionee has access to confidential information, money damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Article 5.  The Optionee agrees that the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Article 5, may seek injunctive or other equitable relief in addition to any other remedy available to them in a court of competent jurisdiction without posting bond or other security.

 

5.5                                Non-disparagement .  The Optionee agrees that at no time during his employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or thereafter shall he make, or cause or assist any other person to make, any statement or other communication to any third party which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, in any material respect, the reputation, business or character of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers or employees; provided that the Optionee shall not be required to make any untruthful statement or to violate any law.

 

5.6                                Forfeiture Upon Violation .  In the event of the Optionee’s violation of any restrictive covenant within this Article 5 or any employment agreement by and between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Affiliates, as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, then the Optionee shall pay to the Company in cash any financial gain the Optionee realized from exercising all or a portion of the Option.  For purposes of this Section 5.6, “financial gain” shall equal the sum of (a) any excess of the greater of (i) Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise or (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the time of the Optionee’s sale of the Common Stock, if any, over the Exercise Price, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise (without reduction for any shares of Common Stock surrendered) and (b) any and all dividends paid to the Optionee with respect to shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise.  By accepting this Option, the Optionee hereby acknowledges, agrees and authorizes the Company to reduce any amounts owed by the Company (including amounts owed as wages or other compensation, fringe benefits, or vacation pay, as well as any other amounts owed to the Optionee by the Company), by the amounts the Optionee owes to the Company under this Section 5.6.  To the extent such amounts are not recovered by the Company through such set-off, the Optionee agrees to pay such amounts immediately to the Company upon demand.  This right of set-off is in addition to any other remedies the Company may have against the Optionee for the Optionee’s breach of this Agreement or any employment agreement.  The Optionee’s obligations under this Section 5.6 shall be cumulative (but not duplicative) of any similar obligations the Optionee have pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company.

 

9



 

5.7                                Acknowledgments .  The Optionee acknowledges that the provisions of this Article 5 are (a) in addition to, and not in limitation of, any obligation of Optionee’s under the terms of any employment agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (b) in consideration of (i) employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (ii) the issuance of the Option by the Company and (iii) additional good and valuable consideration as set forth in this Agreement.  In addition, the Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Article 5 do not preclude the Optionee from earning a livelihood, nor do they unreasonably impose limitations on the Optionee’s ability to earn a living.  The Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the potential harm to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the non-enforcement of this Article 5 outweighs any potential harm to the Optionee of its enforcement by injunction or otherwise.  The Optionee acknowledges that he or she has carefully read this Agreement and has given careful consideration to the restraints imposed upon the Optionee by this Agreement, and is in full accord as to their necessity for the reasonable and proper protection of confidential and proprietary information of the Company, and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates now existing or to be developed in the future.  The Optionee expressly acknowledges and agrees that each and every restraint imposed by this Agreement is reasonable with respect to subject matter, time period and geographical area.]

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

6.1                                Administration .  The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons.  To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Law, no member of the Committee or the Board will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made with respect to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

 

6.2                                Whole Shares .  The Option may only be exercised for whole shares of Stock.

 

6.3                                Option Not Transferable .  Subject to Section 4.1 hereof, the Option may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the shares of Stock underlying the Option have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares of Stock have lapsed.  Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

 

6.4                                Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the Stock contemplated by Section 14.2 of the Plan (including, without limitation, an extraordinary cash dividend on such Stock), the Administrator shall make such adjustments as the Administrator deems appropriate in the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option, the exercise price of the Option and the kind of securities that may be issued upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and Section 14.2 of the Plan.

 

10


 

6.5                                Notices .  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office, and any notice to be given to Participant shall be addressed to Participant at Participant’s last address reflected on the Company’s records.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 6.5, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to that party.  Any notice that is required to be given to Participant shall, if Participant is then deceased, be given to the person entitled to exercise the Option pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof by written notice under this Section 6.5.  Any notice shall be deemed duly given when sent via email or when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited (with postage prepaid) in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

6.6                                Titles .  Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

6.7                                Governing Law .  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the interpretation, validity, administration, enforcement and performance of the terms of this Agreement regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflicts of laws.

 

6.8                                Conformity to Securities Laws .  Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan shall be administered, and the Option is granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to Applicable Law.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

 

6.9                                Amendment, Suspension and Termination .  To the extent permitted by the Plan, this Agreement may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Administrator or the Board, provided that, except as may otherwise be provided by the Plan, no amendment, modification, suspension or termination of this Agreement shall adversely affect the Option in any material way without the prior written consent of Participant.

 

6.10                         Successors and Assigns .  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 6.3 and the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

6.11                         Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Option, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

6.12                         Not a Contract of Employment .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Participant any right to continue to serve as an employee or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of

 

11



 

Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

 

6.13                         Entire Agreement .  The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.14                         Section 409A .  This Award is not intended to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (together with any Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof, “ Section 409A ”).  However, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, if at any time the Administrator determines that this Award (or any portion thereof) may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator shall have the right in its sole discretion (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Participant or any other person for failure to do so) to adopt such amendments to the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement, or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate for this Award either to be exempt from the application of Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

6.15                         Agreement Severable .  In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

 

6.16                         Limitation on Participant’s Rights .  Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided.  This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and shall not be construed as creating a trust.  Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets.  Participant shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Stock as a general unsecured creditor with respect to options, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6.17                         Counterparts .  The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

6.18                         Broker-Assisted Sales .  In the event of any broker-assisted sale of shares of Stock in connection with the payment of withholding taxes as provided in Section 3.4(a)(v) or Section 3.4(c) or the payment of the exercise price as provided in Section 4.4(c): (A) any shares of Stock to be sold through a broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the tax withholding obligation or exercise of the Option, as applicable, occurs or arises, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (B) such shares of Stock may be sold as part of a block trade with other participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (C) Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (D) to the extent the proceeds of such sale exceed the applicable tax withholding obligation or exercise price, the Company agrees to pay such excess in cash to Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (E) Participant acknowledges that the Company or its designee is under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price, and that the proceeds of any such sale may not be sufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation or exercise price; and (F) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation, Participant agrees to pay

 

12



 

immediately upon demand to the Company or its Subsidiary with respect to which the withholding obligation arises, an amount sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Company’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s withholding obligation.

 

6.19                         Lock-Up; Prohibition on Sales of Shares prior to January 31, 2014 .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Participant shall not directly or indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Stock purchased by the Participant upon exercise of the Option (including in connection with a broker-assisted sale of shares of Stock in connection with the payment of withholding taxes as provided in Section 3.4(a)(v) or the payment of the exercise price as provided in Section 4.4(c), or in connection with the payment of withholding taxes with respect to, or the exercise price of, any other stock option held by him or her) prior to January 31, 2014.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until such date.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

13



 

EXHIBIT B

 

PARTNER CONSENT

 

As the undersigned spouse, registered domestic partner or civil union partner (each, a “ Partner ”) of Participant, I hereby acknowledge that I have read that certain Stock Option Agreement by and between my Partner and the Company and dated as of October 31, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), and that I understand its contents.  I am aware that the Agreement imposes certain restrictions on the transfer of the shares of Stock subject to my Partner’s Option.  I agree that my Partner’s interest in the Option and the shares of Stock subject to such Option are subject to the Agreement and any interest I may have in such Option and the shares of Stock subject to such Option shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further that my community property interest, if any, shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

 

I am aware that the legal, financial and other matters contained in the Agreement are complex and I am free to seek advice with respect thereto from independent counsel.  I have either sought such advice or determined after carefully reviewing the Agreement and the Plan that I will waive such right.

 

Capitalized terms used in this consent and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness

 

14



 

[ EXHIBIT C

 

Section 2870 of the California Labor Code

 

As of the date of this Agreement, Section 2870 of the California Labor Code is as follows:

 

(a)                                  Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1)                                  Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

(2)                                  Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

15



 

Section 49.44.140 of the Revised Code of Washington

 

As of the date of this Agreement, 49.44.140 of the Revised Code of Washington is as follows:

 

(1)                                  A provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign or offer to assign any of the employee’s rights in an invention to the employer does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the employer, or (ii) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the employee for the employer. Any provision which purports to apply to such an invention is to that extent against the public policy of this state and is to that extent void and unenforceable.

 

(2)                                  An employer shall not require a provision made void and unenforceable by subsection (1) of this section as a condition of employment or continuing employment.

 

(3)                                  If an employment agreement entered into after September 1, 1979, contains a provision requiring the employee to assign any of the employee’s rights in any invention to the employer, the employer must also, at the time the agreement is made, provide a written notification to the employee that the agreement does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) directly to the business of the employer, or (ii) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work preformed [performed] by the employee for the employer.

 

16



 

765 Illinois Compiled Statutes 1060

 

As of the date of this Agreement, 765 Illinois Compiled Statutes 1060 is as follows:

 

(1)                                  A provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign or offer to assign any of the employee’s rights in an invention to the employer does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) to the business of the employer, or (ii) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the employee for the employer. Any provision which purports to apply to such an invention is to that extent against the public policy of this State and is to that extent void and unenforceable. The employee shall bear the burden of proof in establishing that his invention qualifies under this subsection.

 

(2)                                  An employer shall not require a provision made void and unenforceable by subsection (1) of this Section as a condition of employment or continuing employment. This Act shall not preempt existing common law applicable to any shop rights of employers with respect to employees who have not signed an employment agreement.

 

(3)                                  If an employment agreement entered into after January 1, 1984, contains a provision requiring the employee to assign any of the employee’s rights in any invention to the employer, the employer must also, at the time the agreement is made, provide a written notification to the employee that the agreement does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility, or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless (a) the invention relates (i) to the business of the employer, or (ii) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (b) the invention results from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

17



 

Section 44-130 of the Kansas Statutes

 

As of the date of this Agreement, Section 44-130 of the Kansas Statutes is as follows:

 

(a)                              Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign or offer to assign any of the employee’s rights in an invention to the employer shall not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless:

 

(1)   The invention relates to the business of the employer or to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or

 

(2)   the invention results from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b)   Any provision in an employment agreement which purports to apply to an invention which it is prohibited from applying to under subsection (a), is to that extent against the public policy of this state and is to that extent void and unenforceable. No employer shall require a provision made void and unenforceable by this section as a condition of employment or continuing employment.

 

(c)   If an employment agreement contains a provision requiring the employee to assign any of the employee’s rights in any invention to the employer, the employer shall provide, at the time the agreement is made, a written notification to the employee that the agreement does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, unless:

 

(1)   The invention relates directly to the business of the employer or to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; or

 

(2)   the invention results from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(d)   Even though the employee meets the burden of proving the conditions specified in this section, the employee shall disclose, at the time of employment or thereafter, all inventions being developed by the employee, for the purpose of determining employer and employee rights in an invention.

 

18



 

Section 181.78 of the 2010 Minnesota Statutes

 

As of the date of this Agreement, Section 181.78 of the 2010 Minnesota Statutes is as follows:

 

Subdivision 1.                                     Inventions not related to employment.

 

Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign or offer to assign any of the employee’s rights in an invention to the employer shall not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, and (1) which does not relate (a) directly to the business of the employer or (b) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (2) which does not result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. Any provision which purports to apply to such an invention is to that extent against the public policy of this state and is to that extent void and unenforceable.

 

Subdivision 2.                                     Effect of subdivision 1.

 

No employer shall require a provision made void and unenforceable by subdivision 1 as a condition of employment or continuing employment.

 

Subdivision 3.                                     Notice to employee.

 

If an employment agreement entered into after August 1, 1977 contains a provision requiring the employee to assign or offer to assign any of the employee’s rights in any invention to an employer, the employer must also, at the time the agreement is made, provide a written notification to the employee that the agreement does not apply to an invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the employer was used and which was developed entirely on the employee’s own time, and (1) which does not relate (a) directly to the business of the employer or (b) to the employer’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (2) which does not result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.]

 

19




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" and "Interim Results and Seasonality" and to the use of our report dated September 30, 2013 in the Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-191465) and related Prospectus of The Container Store Group, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Dallas, Texas
October 21, 2013




QuickLinks